0% found this document useful (0 votes)

392 views760 pages

Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)

This technical manual provides instructions for maintenance and repair of an Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) vessel. It includes safety warnings and explanations of hazardous materials. Personnel are warned about dangers such as confined spaces, electrical hazards, heavy lifting, rotating equipment, and pressurized lines. Safety icons illustrate hazards from falling objects, sharp edges, slipping, and more. Hazardous materials requiring precautions are also described, including batteries which produce explosive gas and corrosive electrolyte.

Uploaded by

Advocate

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

392 views760 pages

Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)

Uploaded by

Advocate

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 760

*TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

TECHNICAL MANUAL FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR

INLAND AND COASTAL LARGE TUG (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)

MG ANTHONY WAYNE

US ARMY LT - 803

18 17 16 15 14 13

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

*SUPERSEDURE NOTICE - This manual supersedes TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1, dated 30 November 2005, including all changes. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 31 JANUARY 2013

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(frntcover) wpno(F00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this vessel and its equipment. Failure to observe these precautions could result in serious injury or death to personnel. Also included are explanations of safety and of hazardous materials used within the technical manual. FIRST AID DATA Although the 128 ft Large Tug is normally assigned a medic, first aid is still an important skill for all crewmembers. The ability to promptly administer first aid to another crewmember could mean the difference between life and death for that crewmember. First aid procedures for soldiers are contained in FM 4-25.11. EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS

EAR PROTECTION - Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears.

ELECTRICAL - Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present.

ELECTRICAL - Electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard is present.

FALLING PARTS - Arrow bouncing off human shoulder and head shows that falling parts present a danger to life or limb.

FLYING PARTICLES - Arrows bouncing off face shows that particles flying through the air will harm face.

FLYING PARTICLES - Arrows bouncing off face with face shield show that particles flying through the air will harm face.

HEAVY OBJECT - Human figure stooping over heavy object shows physical injury potential from improper lifting technique.

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS - Continued

HEAVY PARTS - Hand with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.

HEAVY PARTS - Foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION - Continued

WARNING
LOCKING HARDWARE Never reuse locking hardware. Reuse of locking hardware such as lockwashers, locking nuts, cotter pins, and lockwire can result in undetected loosening of fastening hardware causing catastrophic component failure resulting in death, injury, or damage to equipment. Ensure that all locking hardware is discarded upon removal and replaced with new.

WARNING

MACHINE GUN NOISE HAZARD During M2 caliber 0.50 weapons firing, all personnel standing outside on deck must wear Army Hearing Protection Devices (HPDs). Failure to comply with this warning could result in serious injury.

WARNING
PRESSURIZED LINES Hydraulic hoses and lines may be under pressure. Relieve pressure by operating the appropriate control valve, if possible. Loosen fittings on hose lines slowly. Allow oil to run around threads of fitting, releasing pressure before disconnecting fitting. Releasing pressurized oil suddenly may cause death or severe personal injury.

WARNING

ROTATING EQUIPMENT Use extreme caution when working around rotating components. Do not allow hands or tools to come in contact with the rotating components. Do not wear loose clothing, jewelry, or anything else which might become entangled in the rotating components. Failure to comply can result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
SAFETY HARNESS Ensure that a safety harness is worn when inspecting antennas. Failure to comply could result in injury or death.

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(warnsum) wpno(F00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

WARNING SUMMARY - Continued

EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS AND DESCRIPTIONS

BIOLOGICAL - Abstract symbol bug shows that a material may contain bacteria or viruses that present a danger to life or health.

CHEMICAL - Drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.

CRYOGENIC - Hand in block of ice shows that the material is extremely cold and can injure human skin or tissue.

EXPLOSION - Rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high pressure.

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

Page/WP No. WP 0168 (4 pages) WP 0169 (4 pages) WP 0170 (4 pages) WP 0171 (8 pages) WP 0172 (4 pages) WP 0173 (4 pages) WP 0174 (8 pages) WP 0175 (16 pages) WP 0176 (2 pages) WP 0177 (8 pages) WP 0178 (4 pages) WP 0179 (14 pages) WP 0180 (4 pages) WP 0181 (12 pages) WP 0182 (4 pages) WP 0183 (4 pages) WP 0184 (4 pages) WP 0185 (6 pages) WP 0186 (8 pages) WP 0187 (6 pages) WP 0188 (8 pages) WP 0189 (6 pages) WP 0190 (4 pages) WP 0191 (6 pages) WP 0192 (4 pages) WP 0193 (10 pages) WP 0194 (6 pages) WP 0195 (8 pages) WP 0196 (12 pages) WP 0197 (6 pages) WP 0198 (4 pages) WP 0199 (4 pages) WP 0200 (2 pages) WP 0201 (6 pages) WP 0202 (10 pages) WP 0203 (6 pages) WP 0204 (6 pages) WP 0205 (4 pages) WP 0206 (8 pages) WP 0207 (4 pages) WP 0208 (8 pages) WP 0209 (4 pages) WP 0210 (6 pages) WP 0211 (6 pages) WP 0212 (6 pages) WP 0213 (4 pages) WP 0214 (10 pages) WP 0215 (6 pages) WP 0216 (6 pages) WP 0217 (6 pages) WP 0218 (6 pages) Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page/WP No. WP 0219 (4 pages) WP 0220 (8 pages) WP 0221 (4 pages) WP 0222 (4 pages) WP 0223 (4 pages) WP 0224 (4 pages) WP 0225 (8 pages) WP 0226 (6 pages) WP 0227 (4 pages) WP 0228 (8 pages) WP 0229 (10 pages) WP 0230 (6 pages) WP 0231 (8 pages) WP 0232 (4 pages) WP 0233 (8 pages) WP 0234 (4 pages) WP 0235 (12 pages) WP 0236 (6 pages) WP 0237 (6 pages) WP 0238 (6 pages) WP 0239 (4 pages) WP 0240 (4 pages) WP 0241 (4 pages) WP 0242 (4 pages) WP 0243 (4 pages) WP 0244 (6 pages) WP 0245 (4 pages) Back Cover VOLUME 3 Front Cover (2 pages) Warning Summary (12 pages) i-xvi (14 pages) Chapter 6 Title Page WP 0246 (2 pages) WP 0247 (4 pages) Chapter 7 Title Page WP 0248 (8 pages) WP 0249 (4 pages) WP 0250 (10 pages) WP 0251 (4 pages) WP 0252 (4 pages) WP 0253 (6 pages) WP 0254 (4 pages) WP 0255 (14 pages) WP 0256 (6 pages) WP 0257 (4 pages) WP 0258 (4 pages) WP 0259 (4 pages) WP 0260 (4 pages) WP 0261 (4 pages) Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(loepwp) wpno(F00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES - Continued

Page/WP No. WP 0262 (8 pages) WP 0263 (4 pages) WP 0264 (4 pages) WP 0265 (4 pages) WP 0266 (6 pages) WP 0267 (8 pages) WP 0268 (4 pages) WP 0269 (4 pages) WP 0270 (4 pages) WP 0271 (4 pages) WP 0272 (10 pages) WP 0273 (6 pages) WP 0274 (26 pages) WP 0275 (4 pages) WP 0276 (4 pages) WP 0277 (4 pages) WP 0278 (4 pages) WP 0279 (4 pages) WP 0280 (4 pages) WP 0281 (4 pages) WP 0282 (4 pages) WP 0283 (6 pages) WP 0284 (6 pages) WP 0285 (4 pages) WP 0286 (4 pages) WP 0287 (6 pages) WP 0288 (6 pages) WP 0289 (16 pages) WP 0290 (4 pages) WP 0291 (10 pages) WP 0292 (4 pages) WP 0293 (4 pages) WP 0294 (4 pages) WP 0295 (4 pages) WP 0296 (4 pages) WP 0297 (4 pages) WP 0298 (6 pages) WP 0299 (6 pages) WP 0300 (4 pages) WP 0301 (8 pages) WP 0302 (6 pages) WP 0303 (4 pages) WP 0304 (4 pages) WP 0305 (14 pages) Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Page/WP No. WP 0306 (4 pages) WP 0307 (4 pages) WP 0308 (4 pages) WP 0309 (6 pages) WP 0310 (4 pages) WP 0311 (4 pages) WP 0312 (4 pages) WP 0313 (6 pages) WP 0314 (4 pages) WP 0315 (4 pages) WP 0316 (8 pages) WP 0317 (4 pages) WP 0318 (4 pages) WP 0319 (6 pages) WP 0320 (4 pages) WP 0321 (4 pages) WP 0322 (4 pages) WP 0323 (4 pages) WP 0324 (6 pages) WP 0325 (4 pages) WP 0326 (4 pages) WP 0327 (4 pages) WP 0328 (4 pages) WP 0329 (4 pages) WP 0330 (4 pages) WP 0331 (4 pages) WP 0332 (4 pages) WP 0333 (4 pages) WP 0334 (4 pages) WP 0335 (4 pages) WP 0336 (4 pages) WP 0337 (4 pages) WP 0338 (8 pages) WP 0339 (12 pages) Chapter 8 Title Page WP 0340 (6 pages) WP 0341 (4 pages) WP 0342 (24 pages) WP 0343 (18 pages) WP 0344 (4 pages) Glossary-1 - Glossary-4 Index-1 - Index-12 Back Cover Change No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(loepwp) wpno(F00003)

*TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, D.C., 31 JANUARY 2013

TECHNICAL MANUAL
FIELD AND SUSTAINMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR

INLAND AND COASTAL LARGE TUG (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the Internet on the TACOM Unique Logistics Support Applications (TULSA) Web site. The Internet address is https://tulsa.tacom.army.mil. Access to all applications requires CAC authentication, and you must complete the Access Request form the first time you use it. The DA Form 2028 is located under the TULSA Applications on the left-hand navigation bar. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the TULSA Web site will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and to better manage the DA Form 2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/ TECH PUBS, MS 727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000. The e-mail address is [email protected]. The fax number is DSN 786-1856 or Commercial (586) 282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.

*SUPERSEDURE NOTICE - This manual supersedes TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1, dated 30 November 2005, including all changes. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A - Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.

i/ii blank
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(titleblk) wpno(F00004)

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(titleblk) wpno(F00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page No. WP Sequence No.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

081 EQUIPMENT DATA ............................................................................................................................ WP 0016 082 Table 1. Equipment Data ..............................................................................................................0016-1

083 THEORY OF OPERATION MAIN PROPULSION ENGINES.............................................................. WP 0017 084 085 086 087 Figure 1. Main Engine Fuel System ..............................................................................................0017-2 Figure 2. Engine Operation and Air Starting System ....................................................................0017-3 Figure 3. Engine Air Starting System ............................................................................................0017-5 Figure 4. Main Engine Lubrication System ...................................................................................0017-7

088 THEORY OF OPERATION ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMS............................................................... WP 0018 089 090 091 Figure 1. Typical Keel Cooler Engine Cooling System .................................................................0018-3 Figure 2. Typical Radiator Engine Cooling System.......................................................................0018-4 Figure 3. Typical Heat Exchanger Engine Cooling System ..........................................................0018-5

092 THEORY OF OPERATION REVERSE REDUCTION GEAR SYSTEM.............................................. WP 0019 093 094 Figure 1. Reverse Reduction Gear Schematic..............................................................................0019-2 Figure 2. Reduction Gear Fresh Water Cooling System...............................................................0019-3

095 THEORY OF OPERATION PROPELLER SHAFTS AND PROPELLERS .......................................... WP 0020 096 097 098 Figure 1. Propeller Shaft and Propellers .......................................................................................0020-2 Figure 2. Shaft Seal ......................................................................................................................0020-3 Figure 3. Disk Brakes....................................................................................................................0020-3

099 THEORY OF OPERATION BOW THRUSTER SYSTEM ................................................................... WP 0021 0100 Figure 1. Bow Thruster Components ............................................................................................0021-3

0101 THEORY OF OPERATION FUEL SYSTEM ....................................................................................... WP 0022 0102 0103 0104 Figure 1. Fuel System ...................................................................................................................0022-2 Figure 2. Fuel System ...................................................................................................................0022-3 Figure 3. Fuel Oil Fill and Transfer Manifold .................................................................................0022-4

0105 THEORY OF OPERATION LUBRICATING AND HYDRAULIC OIL FILL AND TRANSFER 0106 SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... WP 0023 0107 Figure 1. Lubricating Oil Fill and Transfer Piping System .............................................................0023-3

0108 THEORY OF OPERATION STEERING SYSTEM .............................................................................. WP 0024

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page No. WP Sequence No.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

0109 0110 0111

Figure 1. Steering Gear Pump Unit and Hydraulic Layout ............................................................0024-3 Figure 2. Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 1) ..................................................0024-4 Figure 3. Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 2) ..................................................0024-5

0112 THEORY OF OPERATION HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS ......................................................................... WP 0025 0113 0114 0115 0116 0117 0118 Figure 1. Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 1) ..................................................0025-2 Figure 2. Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 2) ..................................................0025-3 Figure 3. Central Hydraulic System (Main Deck) ..........................................................................0025-4 Figure 4. Central Hydraulic System (Power Pack)........................................................................0025-5 Figure 5. Central Hydraulic System (Crane) .................................................................................0025-6 Figure 6. Towing Machine Hydraulic System................................................................................0025-7

0119 THEORY OF OPERATION COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM ................................................................ WP 0026 0120 0121 Figure 1. Compressed Air System Simplified Schematic..............................................................0026-3 Figure 2. Air Compressor ..............................................................................................................0026-5

0122 THEORY OF OPERATION CONTROL AIR SYSTEM ........................................................................ WP 0027 0123 0124 0125 0126 Figure 1. Control Air System. (Sheet 1 of 4) .................................................................................0027-3 Figure 1. Control Air System. (Sheet 2 of 4) .................................................................................0027-4 Figure 1. Control Air System. (Sheet 3 of 4) .................................................................................0027-5 Figure 1. Control Air System. (Sheet 4 of 4) .................................................................................0027-5

0127 THEORY OF OPERATION POTABLE WATER SYSTEM .................................................................. WP 0028 0128 0129 0130 0131 0132 0133 0134 Figure 1. Potable Water System (AMS 1) .....................................................................................0028-2 Figure 2. Potable Water System (AMS 2) .....................................................................................0028-3 Figure 3. Potable Water System (Main Deck Galley)....................................................................0028-4 Figure 4. Living Cell Prior to Naturally Occurring Osmosis ...........................................................0028-6 Figure 5. Living Cell After Naturally Occurring Osmosis ...............................................................0028-7 Figure 6. ROWPU System Diagram..............................................................................................0028-9 Table 1. Major Functional Components of the ROWPU System (Refer to Figure 6) ..................0028-10

0135 THEORY OF OPERATION BILGE AND BALLAST SYSTEMS .......................................................... WP 0029

vii

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page No. WP Sequence No.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

0136 0137 0138

Figure 1. Bilge and Ballast Systems .............................................................................................0029-2 Figure 2. Bilge and Ballast Systems .............................................................................................0029-3 Figure 3. Oily Bilge System...........................................................................................................0029-5

0139 THEORY OF OPERATION MARINE SANITATION DEVICE ............................................................. WP 0030 0140 Figure 1. MSD Schematic .............................................................................................................0030-3

0141 THEORY OF OPERATION FIRE MAIN, WASHDOWN AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS...................... WP 0031 0142 0143 0144 0145 0146 0147 0148 0149 0150 Figure 1. Fire Monitor....................................................................................................................0031-2 Figure 2. Fire Station.....................................................................................................................0031-3 Table 1. Fire Station Locations .....................................................................................................0031-4 Figure 3. Main Deck and Below Main Deck Fire Station Locations ..............................................0031-5 Figure 4. Pilothouse and 01 Level Fire Station Locations.............................................................0031-6 Figure 5. AFFF Pump....................................................................................................................0031-7 Figure 6. Diesel Engine-Driven Firefighting Pump ........................................................................0031-7 Figure 7. Arms Locker Drenching System ....................................................................................0031-9 Figure 8. Engine Room Water Washdown Station......................................................................0031-10

0151 THEORY OF OPERATION FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS (FM-200, GALLEY GAYLORD 0152 AND PORTABLE) ..................................................................................................................... WP 0032 0153 0154 0155 0156 0157 0158 0159 0160 0161 0162 0163 Figure 1. FM-200 Component Locations (Overhead Systems).....................................................0032-3 Figure 2. FM-200 Component Locations (Bilge Systems) ............................................................0032-4 Figure 3. Interior FM-200 Pull Box ................................................................................................0032-5 Figure 4. Exterior FM-200 Pull Box ...............................................................................................0032-5 Figure 5. Components by Locations of the FM-200 Fire Suppression Alarm System ..................0032-7 Figure 6. Fire Suppression Alarm System Schematic...................................................................0032-9 Figure 7. Engine Room Water Washdown Station......................................................................0032-10 Figure 8. Engine Room Water Washdown System Sprinkler Head ............................................0032-11 Figure 9. Engine Room Water Washdown System Operating Instructions.................................0032-11 Figure 10. Galley Fire Suppression System................................................................................0032-12 Figure 11. Arms Locker Drenching Systems...............................................................................0032-13

viii

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page No. WP Sequence No.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

0164

Figure 12. Portable Dry Chemical Extinguisher ..........................................................................0032-14

0165 THEORY OF OPERATION POWER GENERATION SYSTEM .......................................................... WP 0033 0166 Figure 1. Power Generation System Block Diagram.....................................................................0033-3

0167 THEORY OF OPERATION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .......................................................................... WP 0034 0168 0169 0170 0171 0172 Figure 1. Main Switchboard Block Diagram ..................................................................................0034-2 Table 1. Main Switchboard Interlocks ...........................................................................................0034-3 Figure 2. Emergency Switchboard Block Diagram (LT 803 Only).................................................0034-5 Figure 3. Emergency Switchboard Block Diagram (All Other Vessels).........................................0034-6 Figure 4. Battery Power Distribution System Block Diagram ........................................................0034-7

0173 THEORY OF OPERATION INTERNAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ............................................ WP 0035 0174 0175 0176 Table 1. Intercom Stations ............................................................................................................0035-2 Figure 1. Engine Order Telegraph (EOT) System Functional Diagram ........................................0035-3 Figure 2. Sound Powered Telephone System Functional Diagram ..............................................0035-5

0177 THEORY OF OPERATION ALARM SYSTEMS.................................................................................. WP 0036 0178 0179 0180 0181 0182 0183 Figure 1. Fire Alarm System Schematic........................................................................................0036-3 Figure 2. Fire and Smoke Detection Panel ...................................................................................0036-5 Figure 3. General Alarm System Simplified Block Diagram..........................................................0036-7 Figure 4. Radio Room, Arms Stowage, and Main Deck Fan Room Door Alarm Block Diagram ...............................................................................................................0036-8 Figure 5. Freezer Alarm Block Diagram........................................................................................0036-9 Figure 6. FM-200 Fire Suppression Alarm System Schematic ...................................................0036-10

0184 THEORY OF OPERATION HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 0185 SYSTEMS.................................................................................................................................. WP 0037 0186 0187 0188 0189 0190 Figure 1. Main Deck ......................................................................................................................0037-3 Figure 2. 01 Level .........................................................................................................................0037-4 Figure 3. Engine Room .................................................................................................................0037-5 Figure 4. 02 Level .........................................................................................................................0037-6 THEORY OF OPERATIONREFRIGERATION SYSTEM.......................................................... WP 0038

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Page No. WP Sequence No.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

0191 0192 0193 0194

Figure 1. Typical Refrigeration Cycle ............................................................................................0038-3 Figure 2. Refrigeration System .....................................................................................................0038-4 Figure 3. Refrigeration System .....................................................................................................0038-5 Figure 4. Refrigeration System AMS 2..........................................................................................0038-6

0195 THEORY OF OPERATION DECK MACHINERY................................................................................ WP 0039 0196 0197 0198 0199 0200 0201 0202 0203 0204 0205 0206 0207 0208 0209 0210 0211 Figure 1. Central Hydraulic Power Unit Hydraulic Schematic .......................................................0039-3 Figure 2. Central Hydraulic Power Unit Motor Controller ..............................................................0039-4 Figure 3. Machinery Control Panel in EOS ...................................................................................0039-5 Figure 4. Central Hydraulic Power Unit Electrical Schematic .......................................................0039-7 Figure 5. Towing Machine Hydraulic System..............................................................................0039-10 Figure 6. Towing Machine Hydraulic System..............................................................................0039-11 Figure 7. Capstan Hydraulic System...........................................................................................0039-13 Figure 8. Capstan Mechanical Operation....................................................................................0039-13 Figure 9. Anchor Windlass Hydraulic System .............................................................................0039-15 Figure 10. Anchor Windlass Mechanical Operation ....................................................................0039-17 Figure 11. Crane Hydraulic System ............................................................................................0039-19 Figure 12. Tow Pin Hydraulic System .........................................................................................0039-21 Figure 13. Towing Machine Mechanical Operation.....................................................................0039-22 Figure 14. Planetary Reduction Gear Operation.........................................................................0039-23 Figure 15. Towing Machine Control Panel (Operator), 01 Level (LT 803 Only)..........................0039-25 Figure 16. Towing Machine Control Panel (Operator), 01 Level (All Other Vessels)..................0039-27

0212 THEORY OF OPERATION CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM ..................................................... WP 0040 0213 Figure 1. Cathodic Protection System...........................................................................................0040-1

Chapter 2 - FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING MASTER INDEX FOR LT-800 SERIES 0214 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX ................................................................................................. WP 0041 Chapter 3 - FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR LT-800 SERIES 0215 HYDRAULIC WATERTIGHT DOORS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE.................................... WP 0042

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

Page No. WP Sequence No.

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

0270 MOTOR CONTROLLER: REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP; SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP 1 & 2; LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP; POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 & 2; GALLEY SUPPLY FAN; GALLEY EXHAUST FAN; SANITARY SPACE EXHAUST FAN; CREW MESS FAN COIL UNIT; 01, 02, 03 LEVELS FAN COIL UNIT; AIR COMPRESSOR 1 & 2; FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP; AFFF PUMP REPLACE.......................................................... WP 0137 0271 Figure 1. Motor Controller Type 1 (Typical) ..................................................................................0137-3

0272 MOTOR CONTROLLER: REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP; SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP 1 & 2; LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP; POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 & 2; GALLEY SUPPLY FAN; GALLEY EXHAUST FAN; SANITARY SPACE EXHAUST FAN; CREW MESS FAN COIL UNIT; 01, 02, 03 LEVELS FAN COIL UNIT; AIR COMPRESSOR 1 & 2; FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP; AFFF PUMP REPAIR............................................................... WP 0138 0273 Figure 1. Motor Controller Type 1 (Typical) ..................................................................................0138-3

0274 MOTOR CONTROLLER: LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP 1 & 2 REPLACE ........................................... WP 0139 0275 0276 Figure 1. Motor Controller Type 6 (Typical) ..................................................................................0139-2 Figure 2. Motor Controller Type 6 Cover Removed ...................................................................0139-3

0277 MOTOR CONTROLLER: LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP 1 & 2 REPAIR................................................ WP 0140 0278 0279 Figure 1. Motor Controller Type 6 (Typical) ..................................................................................0140-2 Figure 2. Motor Controller Type 6 Cover Removed ...................................................................0140-3

0280 MOTOR CONTROLLER: AMS 1 & 2 SUPPLY FAN; BOATSWAINS STORE ROOM SUPPLY FAN; ARMS LOCKER EXHAUST FAN; ENGINE ROOM SUPPLY FAN 1 & 2; ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST FAN 1 & 2 REPLACE.................................................................................. WP 0141 0281 Figure 1. Motor Controller Type 2 (Typical) ..................................................................................0141-3

0282 MOTOR CONTROLLER: AMS 1 & 2 SUPPLY FAN; BOATSWAINS STORE ROOM SUPPLY FAN; ARMS LOCKER EXHAUST FAN; ENGINE ROOM SUPPLY FAN 1 & 2; ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST FAN 1 & 2 REPAIR...................................................................................... WP 0142 0283 Figure 1. Motor Controller Type 2 (Typical)...................................................................................0142-3

0284 MOTOR CONTROLLER: BILGE & BALLAST PUMP 1 & 2; FIRE & GENERAL SERVICE EMERGENCY PUMP #1 & #2 REPLACE ................................................................................ WP 0143 0285 Figure 1. Type 3 Motor Controller .................................................................................................0143-3

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

USING THIS MANUAL When using this manual, read and understand the entire maintenance action before performing the task. Also, read and understand all warnings, cautions, and notes as well as general safety precautions that apply to the task to be performed. The warning summary will inform personnel of hazards associated with the equipment to be worked on. However, the summary is not all inclusive and personnel should be aware at all times of hazardous conditions that may arise. ACCESSING INFORMATION Information is accessed by referring to the table of contents, located in the front of this manual, or by looking in the alphabetical index, located in the back of this manual. To locate information using the table of contents, first scan the chapter titles to determine the general area in which your information will be contained. After locating the proper chapter, look beneath the chapter title to find the desired informational or procedural work package title. To the right of the work package title is a work package sequence number. This work package sequence number will direct you to the proper work package. Work packages are arranged in numerical order in this manual. To locate information using the alphabetical index, look down the subject column on the left side of the page until you find the desired subject. To the right of the subject is the work package sequence number and page number. Go to the indicated work package and indicated page number to find the desired information. INITIAL SETUP Initial setup requirements are located directly above many of the procedures in this manual. The information is given to ensure all materials, expendables, tools, and any other equipment necessary are readily available for use. The initial setup will be accomplished prior to starting the actual steps of each maintenance procedure. There are five basic headings listed under the initial setup: Tools and Special Tools: This section lists all tools (standard or special) required to perform the task. Tools are identified with an item number and work package number from Table 1 of the Tool Identification List (TIL). Materials/Parts: This section lists all of the materials and parts required to perform the task. If the material or part is needed each time the work package is used, then it is listed here. If the part is optional, replaced on a conditional basis, or is only needed for certain specific procedures within the work package, it is not listed. Personnel Required: This section lists all personnel necessary to perform the task. When a specific MOS or other personnel qualification is required, the MOS or additional requirement is also indicated. References: This section lists any other publications necessary to complete the task. When there are no references listed, all steps necessary to complete the task are contained within this manual. A listing of reference materials is contained in the Supporting Information chapter at the rear of this manual. Equipment Condition: This section notes the conditions that must exist before starting the task. The equipment condition will also include any prerequisite maintenance tasks to be performed with reference to the work package number or the TM number that contains the required maintenance task.

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(howtouse) wpno(F00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL - Continued

ILLUSTRATIONS Various visual methods are used to locate and repair components. Locator illustrations in Controls and Indicator tables, Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) tables, exploded views, and cut-away diagrams make the information in the manual easier to understand and follow. LOCATING MAJOR COMPONENTS The location and description work packages give brief descriptions of the major components, and provide illustrations showing the location of the components. Knowing the major components of the system is the first step to understanding system operation and maintenance. THEORY OF OPERATION The theory of operation work packages contain the theory of operation for the equipment and systems. Theory of operation is provided to familiarize the user with system operating principles. Once the operating principles are understood, the user is better equipped to operate, troubleshoot, and maintain the system. TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES A troubleshooting index work package is contained in this manual to permit easy location of troubleshooting procedures. Full directions for using the troubleshooting index and the accompanying troubleshooting procedures are contained in the troubleshooting index work packages. The troubleshooting procedure work package(s) immediately follow the troubleshooting index. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES To locate a maintenance procedure, consult the table of contents or the alphabetical index. Each maintenance work package contains complete maintenance procedures, starting with initial setup and continuing through follow-on maintenance as appropriate. Always ensure that all of the initial setup is complete before beginning a maintenance procedure and always ensure that all warnings, cautions, and notes are heeded. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) The MAC lists all of the authorized maintenance for the system and assigns that maintenance to the appropriate maintenance level (Field and Sustainment). Use of the MAC is explained fully in the Maintenance Allocation Chart Introduction work package. REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) The RPSTL lists all of the repair parts authorized for the system. Illustrations are provided to assist in locating the desired repair part. Full instructions for use of the RPSTL are contained in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List Introduction work package. Always follow the directions contained in this work package when using the RPSTL. ALPHABETICAL INDEX The Alphabetical Index, located in the back of this manual, contains an alphabetical list of all sections of this manual. For example, Location and Description of Major Components is found in section L. The work package sequence number is found on the right side of the title where the Location and Description of Major Components is located. Turn to the work package indicated to find the description and location of each component.

lii

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(howtouse) wpno(F00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS - Continued ABBREVIATION/ACRONYM xmtr yd QUALITY OF MATERIAL NAME Transmitter Yard(s)

0001

Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this manual. If quality of material requirements are not stated in this manual, the material must meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or approved engineering change proposals applicable to the subject equipment. SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING The following procedures should be observed when handling all Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) sensitive components and units containing such components. Failure to observe all of these precautions can cause permanent damage to the electrostatic device. This damage can cause the device to fail immediately or at a later date when exposed to an adverse environment. 1. Turn off and/or disconnect all power, signal sources, and loads used with the unit. 2. Place the unit on a grounded, non-conductive work surface. 3. Ground the repair operator using a non-conductive wrist strap or other device using 1 megaohm series resistor to protect the operator. 4. Ground any tools (including soldering equipment) that will contact the unit. Contact with the operator's hand provides a sufficient ground for tools that are otherwise electrically isolated. 5. All electrostatic sensitive replacement components are shipped in non-conductive foam or tubes and must be stored in the original shipping container until installed. 6. When these devices and assemblies are removed from the unit, they should be placed on the non-conductive work surface or in non-conductive containers. 7. When not being worked on, place disconnected circuit boards in plastic bags that have been coated or impregnated with a non-conductive material. 8. Do not handle these devices unnecessarily or remove them from their packages until actually used or tested. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0001-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(ginfowp) wpno(G00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES

0002

The Large Tug (LT) is used for coastal and ocean towing, docking, and undocking operations with large ocean vessels such as the SL-7 (FFS), LASH, and SEABEE vessels. The LT is capable of producing 54 long tons of bollard pull. It can tow five 231 A type barges with a payload capacity of 733 long tons per barge or five 231 B type liquid cargo barges with a payload capacity of 578 long tons per barge. The LT can sustain a minimum speed of 5 knots in Sea State 4 when under full tow as described above. The LT is capable of self-delivery to overseas locations. It has a maximum range of 5,000 NMI with 25 percent fuel reserve. The LT can handle high side, high flare ships. The LT is capable of providing limited firefighting, salvage, and rescue help to other ships and shore installations. The vessel has control stations in the pilothouse and auxiliary operating stations located aft on the 01 Level (near the tow winch control station) and on the port and starboard bridge wings. Each auxiliary control station contains engine speed and steering controls, bow thruster controls, and rudder angle indicator. Included in each control station are the indicators necessary for the safe operation of the LT. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0002-1/2 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS MAIN DECK EXTERIOR

0003

0003-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0003

MAIN DECK EXTERIOR

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30,31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 44 1 2 3 55 54 53 4 39 40 41 21 52 51

3 2 1

6 50 7

49 48 47 46 7

12 13

17 FWD

G1001T73

Figure 1.

Main Deck Exterior.

1. Tow roller (Figure 1, Item 1). Tow rollers reduce friction on the towing hawsers. 2. Retractable tow pins (Figure 1, Item 2). The tow pins guide the lines and hawsers to a desired location. 3. Steering gear compartment vent (Figure 1, Item 3). The steering gear compartment vent vents the steering gear compartment to weather. 4. Polyfiber grating (Figure 1, Item 4). The polyfiber grating protects the rudder motors from damage by the towing hawser.

0003-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN DECK EXTERIOR - Continued

0003

5. Fuel oil tank 4P vent and spill container (Figure 1, Item 5). The fuel oil tank 4P vent vents fuel oil tank 4P to weather. The spill container contains spillage from accidental overfilling. 6. Cleat (Figure 1, Item 6). The cleat is used to secure lines. It maintains lateral control of the towing machine wire rope by providing an attachment point for the hawsing strap. 7. Flush manhole (Figure 1, Item 7). The flush manhole provides access to the void and the fuel oil tanks. 8. Tow gear locker natural air vent (Figure 1, Item 8). This vent provides fresh air ventilation to the port side of the tow gear locker. 9. Fuel oil tank 4P cutoff valve (Figure 1, Item 9). This valve provides remote cutoff for fuel oil tank 4 port. 10. Ballast tank 2P vent (Figure 1, Item 10). This vent provides ventilation for the port aft ballast tank. 11. Fuel oil tank 4P sounding tube (Figure 1, Item 11). This sounding tube permits measurement of the fuel level in fuel oil tank 4 port. 12. Hatch (Figure 1, Item 12). The hatch provides access to towing gear locker. 13. H-bitt (Figure 1, Item 13). The H-bitt fixture is used to secure the towing hawser. 14. Tow pin control (Figure 1, Item 14). The tow pin control raises and lowers the tow pins. 15. Double bitt (Figure 1, Item 15). The double bitt is used to secure (moor) the Large Tug (LT). The double bitt is also used for ship handling. 16. Towing machine (Figure 1, Item 16). The hydraulically powered towing machine is used for towing other vessels and barges. 17. Countermeasure washdown sprinkler (Figure 1, Item 17). This sprinkler uses raw water for removing Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) contamination from exterior surfaces. 18. Sound powered telephone with stowage (Figure 1, Item 18). The sound powered telephone is used for intraship communications. 19. High level sea chest vent (Figure 1, Item 19). The high level sea chest vent allows trapped air to be released to the atmosphere. 20. Portable water fill connection (Figure 1, Item 20). This connection permits filling of the potable water tanks from a shore supply source. 21. Sewage shore connection (Figure 1, Item 21). This quick disconnection is used for sewage transfer to shore facilities. 22. Port shaft seal vent (Figure 1, Item 22). This vent vents the port shaft seal to weather. 23. Vent trunk (Figure 1, Item 23). The vent truck provides ventilation to the fan room. 24. Watertight door (Figure 1, Item 24). This door provides access to the fan room. 25. Shore power connection (Figure 1, Item 25). This connection provides a power connection from the shore to the vessel.

0003-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN DECK EXTERIOR - Continued

0003

26. Fire station 4 (Figure 1, Item 26). The firefighting station uses raw water for firefighting. The firefighting station is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all purpose nozzle. 27. Watertight door (Figure 1, Item 27). This door provides access to the vestibule. 28. Aft sea chest vent (Figure 1, Item 28). The aft sea chest vent allows trapped air to be released to the atmosphere. 29. Refrigerant vent (Figure 1, Item 29). This vent allows the refrigeration and environmental control systems discharge valves to discharge refrigerant to weather. 30. Exterior lighting (Figure 1, Item 30). The exterior lighting illuminates the aft main deck area. 31. FM-200 exterior manual pull box (Figure 1, Item 31). The FM-200 exterior manual pull box is a watertight enclosure. When the exterior manual pull box is activated, the FM-200 fire extinguishing agent is discharged into the engine room and AMS 1 within 60 seconds. 32. FM-200 alarm bell (Figure 1, Item 32). The FM-200 alarm bell sounds 60 seconds prior to the discharge of the FM-200 fire extinguishing agent into the engine room alerting the crewmembers of an emergency situation. 33. Escape hatch (Figure 1, Item 33). The escape hatch provides an escape access from the AMS 2. 34. Hydraulic pipework guard raised treadplate (Figure 1, Item 34). This treadplate provides damage protection for the towing machine piping. 35. Towing machine isolation valves (Figure 1, Item 35). The towing machine isolation valves allow each towing machine to be operated independent of the other. 36. Garbage stowage racks (Figure 1, Item 36). The garbage stowage racks provide storage for garbage cans beneath the ladder. 37. Waste oil drain tank vent (Figure 1, Item 37). This vent vents the waste oil drain tank to weather. 38. Life ring and personal distress light marker (Figure 1, Item 38). The life ring is an emergency personal flotation device. The distress light marker is a life saving device that emits a high intensity strobe light. It can also operate in the infrared mode to alert allies when concealment from hostile forces is necessary. The personal distress light marker is designed to flash continuously in either mode for a minimum of 8 hours. 39. Starboard shaft seal vent (Figure 1, Item 39). This vent vents the starboard shaft seal to weather. 40. FM-200 CO 2 vent (Figure 1, Item 40). The FM-200 vent vents CO 2 from the FM-200 system to weather. 41. Oily waste discharge shore connection (Figure 1, Item 41). This connection provides a portal for oily waste discharge. 42. Vent trunk (Figure 1, Item 42). The vent trunk provides an exhaust access to weather from AMS 2. 43. Capstan (Figure 1, Item 43). The hydraulically powered capstan is used to work lines during mooring and ship handling. 44. Capstan control station (Figure 1, Item 44). The capstan control station provides controls to operate the capstan.

0003-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN DECK EXTERIOR - Continued

0003

45. Potable water tank vents (Figure 1, Item 45). These vents vent the potable water tank to the weather. 46. Ballast tank 2S vent (Figure 1, Item 46). This vent provides ventilation for the starboard aft ballast tank. 47. Frame 6-7 void sounding tube (Figure 1, Item 47). This sounding tube permits sounding of the 6-7 frame void. 48. Tow gear locker natural air vent (Figure 1, Item 48). This vent provides fresh air ventilation to the starboard side of the tow gear locker. 49. Fuel oil tank 4S sounding tube (Figure 1, Item 49). The fuel oil tank 4S sounding tube is provided to measure the level of fuel oil in fuel oil tank 4S. 50. Fuel oil tank 4S cutoff valve (Figure 1, Item 50). This valve provides remote cutoff for fuel oil tank 4 starboard. 51. Tow bar (Figure 1, Item 51). The tow bar protects the polyfiber grating and rudder motors from damage caused by contact with the towing hawser(s). 52. Fuel oil tank 4S vent and spill container (Figure 1, Item 52). This vent vents fuel oil tank 4S to weather. The spill container contains spillage from accidental overfilling. 53. Hatch (Figure 1, Item 52). This hatch provides access to the steering gear compartment. 54. Rudder motor (Figure 1, Item 54). The rudder motors move the rudders into the requested position as directed by the helm or auxiliary control stations. 55. Chafing bar (Figure 1, Item 55). The chafing bar protects the polyfiber grating and the rudder motors from damage caused by contact with the towing hawser(s).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0003-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS 01 LEVEL EXTERIOR

0004

0004-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0004

01 LEVEL EXTERIOR

20 21

22 20

23 24 25 30 29 6 34 33 32 14 31 28 27 26

11 12

6 40

27
G1002T73

Figure 1.

01 Level Exterior.

0004-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00004)

5 16

38 37 36

FWD

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 01 LEVEL EXTERIOR - Continued

0004

1. Crane (Figure 1, Item 1). The hydraulically powered crane is used to deploy and recover the workboat, to install or stow the accommodation ladder, and to handle towing gear. 2. Accommodation ladder (Figure 1, Item 2). When installed, the accommodation ladder provides easy access from the shore or another vessel. 3. Floodlight (Figure 1, Item 3). The halide floodlight provides illumination for the fantail. 4. 50 Cal machine gun mount (Figure 1, Item 4). The mount supports the air cooled, belt-fed heavy machine gun (M2HB) used for vessel protection. 5. Life ring (Figure 1, Item 5). The life ring provides an emergency personal flotation device. 6. Countermeasure washdown sprinkler (Figure 1, Item 6). The countermeasure washdown sprinkler uses raw water to remove Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) contamination. 7. Floodlight (Figure 1, Item 7). The adjustable 200-watt incandescent floodlight provides illumination for the aft 01 level weather deck. 8. Vent for fuel oil tank 3C and fuel oil day tank with the spill container (Figure 1, Item 8). The vent ventilates the oil and fuel tanks to weather. The spill container catches any overfill of fuel. 9. Cleat (Figure 1, Item 9). The cleat is used to secure lines. 10. Lube oil fill connection (Figure 1, Item 10). The lube oil fill connection provides a portal for lube oil transfer to the tanks. 11. Vent for lube oil tank, fuel oil tank 2P, and hydraulic oil tank with the spill container (Figure 1, Item 11). The vent ventilates the oil and fuel tanks to weather. The spill container catches any overfill of the lube oil, fuel oil, and hydraulic tank. 12. Hydraulic oil fill connection (Figure 1, Item 12). The hydraulic oil fill connection provides a portal for the hydraulic oil transfer to tank. 13. Lube oil tank sounding tube (Figure 1, Item 13). The lube oil tank sounding tube determines the level of lube oil present in the storage tank. 14. Double bitt (Figure 1, Item 14). The double bitt is used for towing operations and for securing (mooring) the vessel. 15. Deck locker (Figure 1, Item 15). The deck locker provides storage for boatswain's gear. 16. Ladder (Figure 1, Item 16). The ladder provides access to the 02 level weather deck. 17. Ship's bell (Figure 1, Item 17). The ship's bell is used for audible signaling under specified conditions. 18. Anchor windlass (Figure 1, Item 18). The hydraulically powered windlass is used to lower and raise the anchors. An extended shaft drives the wildcat and gypsey. 19. Chain stopper (Figure 1, Item 19). The chain stopper secures the anchor chain in place. 20. Hawse pipe (Figure 1, Item 20). The hawse pipe runs through the deck and into the anchor pocket. The hawse pipe guides the anchor chain. When the anchors are hawsed, their shanks are stored in the hawse pipe.

0004-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 01 LEVEL EXTERIOR - Continued 21. H-Bitt (Figure 1, Item 21). The H-bitt fixture is used to secure towing hawser or mooring lines.

0004

22. Bull nose (Figure 1, Item 22). The bull nose is a metal fitting at the bow used to guide the towing hawser or mooring line. 23. Hawser drying rack (Figure 1, Item 23). The hawser drying rack is used for drying the hawser. 24. Watertight hatch (Figure 1, Item 24). The watertight hatch provides access to the boatswain's store. 25. Vents for fuel oil tank 1P and 1S with the spill container (Figure 1, Item 25). The vent ventilates the oil and fuel tanks 1P and 1S tanks to weather. The spill container catches any overfill of the 1P and 1S tanks. 26. Intercom (Figure 1, Item 26). The intercom provides intraship communications. 27. Sound powered telephone with bell (Figure 1, Item 27). The sound powered telephone provides intraship communications. 28. Ballast tank 1 vent (Figure 1, Item 28). The vent ventilates the ballast tank to weather. 29. Fire station 9 (Figure 1, Item 29). The firefighting station uses raw water and is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 30. Sound powered telephone stowage box (Figure 1, Item 30). The sound powered telephone stowage box provides storage for the sound powered telephone. 31. Anchor windlass control station (Figure 1, Item 31). The anchor windlass control station provides controls for the anchor windlass. 32. Oily waste tank sounding tube (Figure 1, Item 32). The oily waste tank sounding tube determines the level of oil waste present in the storage tank. 33. Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) storage tank vent (Figure 1, Item 33). The AFFF storage tank vent vents the AFFF tank to weather. 34. Vents for oily waste tank and fuel oil tanks 3C and 2S with the spill container (Figure 1, Item 34). The vents ventilate the oily waste tank and fuel oil tanks 3C and 2S to weather. The spill container catches any overfill of the oily waste tank and fuel oil tanks 3C and 2S. 35. Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) day tank and fuel oil day tank vents (starboard), spill container, and fill connections (Figure 1, Item 35). The vents ventilate the EDG day tank and fuel oil day tanks to weather (starboard). The spill container catches any overfill of the day tanks. 36. Louver vent (Figure 1, Item 36). The louver vent provides passive ventilation for the emergency diesel generator room. 37. EDG engine radiator exhaust louver (Figure 1, Item 37). The EDG engine radiator exhaust louver provides air exhaust access from the EDG compartment. 38. Flush watertight hatch (Figure 1, Item 38). The flush watertight hatch provides access to the galley. 39. Fire station 7 (Figure 1, Item 39). The firefighting station uses raw water and is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle.

0004-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 01 LEVEL EXTERIOR - Continued

0004

40. Ammunition locker (Figure 1, Item 40). The ammunition locker provides storage for the .50 cal machine gun ammunition. 41. Aft auxiliary control station (Figure 1, Item 41). The aft auxiliary control station provides speed and directional control for the main propulsion system and steering control for the rudders. 42. Towing machine control station (Figure 1, Item 42). The towing machine control station provides controls for the port and starboard towing machine and tow pins. 43. Soft patch (Figure 1, Item 43). The soft patch is a watertight bolted panel that can be removed to allow large machinery removal. 44. Work boat (Figure 1, Item 44). The work boat is a seven-person, 13 ft (3.9 m) long, rigid bottom, inflatable boat. The workboat is equipped with a console steering unit and a 40 hp (29.8 kW) outboard motor. 45. Gasoline can storage rack (Figure 1, Item 45). The gasoline can storage rack provides storage for three five gallon plastic fuel cans.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0004-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS 02 LEVEL EXTERIOR

0005

0005-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0005

02 LEVEL EXTERIOR

5 6

12 29 19 23 28 27 26 9 25 31 24 23 30 9 12 35 34 33 32 15 10

13 14

FWD 22 21 20 19 18 17 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 16
G1003T73

Figure 1.

02 Level Exterior.

1. Main engine combustion air intake (Figure 1, Item 1). The main engine combustion air intake provides fresh air to the main engine's combustion system. 2. Port main engine exhaust (Figure 1, Item 2). This exhaust discharges the port main engine's exhaust to weather. 3. Medium Frequency (MF), High Frequency (HF), Global Maritime Distress Safety System (GMDSS) whip antenna, model, 5300 (Figure 1, Item 3). This antenna is coupled to the MF/HF transceiver for the GMDSS. Refer to TM 55-5821-311-10 for details. 4. Engine room vent air exhaust (Figure 1, Item 4). The engine room vent air exhaust provides exhaust for the engine room. 5. Engine room ventilation damper handles (Figure 1, Item 5). These three ventilation damper handles OPEN and CLOSE the main engine intake, the engine room ventilation intake, and the engine room exhaust vent. 6. Life raft (Figure 1, Item 6). The inflatable raft provides holding capacity for 25 crewmembers. 7. Flood light (port and starboard) (Figure 1, Item 7). The flood light provides illumination for night towing operations.

0005-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 02 LEVEL EXTERIOR - Continued

0005

8. Bridge wing control station (port and starboard) (Figure 1, Item 8). The bridge wing control station provides auxiliary control of steering, propulsion engines, and the bow thruster engine. 9. Column bearing repeater stand (Figure 1, Item 9). The bearing repeater stand is a compass repeater for the gyrocompass system. 10. Sound powered telephone (Figure 1, Item 10). The sound powered telephone provides communication to various areas of the vessel. 11. Deck light (Figure 1, Item 11). The deck light provides illumination for 02 deck and surrounding area. 12. Air cooled, belt-fed heavy machine gun (M2HB) (port and starboard) (Figure 1, Item 12). The M2HB is provided for vessel and crew defense. 13. Vertical ladder (Figure 1, Item 13). The vertical ladder provides access to the 01 deck. 14. Bow thruster and pump drive engine crankcase ventilation tubes (Figure 1, Item 14). These tubes vent the bow thruster and the pump drive engine crankcases to weather. 15. Ammunition locker (Figure 1, Item 15). The ammunition locker provides secure storage for ammunition. 16. Fire station 11 (Figure 1, Item 16). Firefighting station 11 uses raw water. This fire station is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 17. Port and starboard upper stack access hatch (Figure 1, Item 17). The upper stack access hatch provides access to the upper stack. 18. Emergency Diesel Engine (EDG) exhaust (Figure 1, Item 18). This exhaust discharges the EDG's exhaust to weather. 19. Bow thruster engine exhaust (Figure 1, Item 19). This exhaust discharges the bow thruster's engine exhaust to weather. 20. HF whip tactical antenna, model 4201N (Figure 1, Item 20). This antenna is coupled to the receivertransmitter. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 21. Starboard main engine exhaust (Figure 1, Item 21). This exhaust discharges the starboard main engine's exhaust to weather. 22. Lower stack access hatch (Figure 1, Item 22). The lower stack access hatch provides access to the lower stack. 23. Ship Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) exhaust vent (Figure 1, Item 23). This vent discharges the SSDG engine's exhaust to weather. 24. 01/02 deck level ladder (Figure 1, Item 24). The 01/02 deck level ladder provides access between the 01 and 02 decks. 25. Paint locker (Figure 1, Item 25). The paint locker provides storage for the vessel's paint and associated supplies. The paint locker is properly outfitted for hazardous materials. 26. Aft mast (Figure 1, Item 26). The mast provides mounting for many of the vessel's navigation lights and for various antennae.

0005-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 02 LEVEL EXTERIOR - Continued 27. Grenade locker (Figure 1, Item 27). The grenade locker provides secure storage for grenades.

0005

28. Pyrotechnic locker (Figure 1, Item 28). The pyrotechnic locker provides secure storage for pyrotechnic materiel. 29. Engine room vent air intake (Figure 1, Item 29). The engine room vent air intake provides fresh air to the engine room. 30. Vertical ladder (Figure 1, Item 30). The vertical ladder provides access to the pilothouse top. 31. Battery box (Figure 1, Item 31). The battery box provides dry storage for batteries. 32. Emergency gear storage locker (Figure 1, Item 32). The emergency gear storage locker provides storage for emergency gear. 33. Compressed air weather tool connection (Figure 1, Item 33). This connection provides a quick disconnect for compressed air. 34. Fire station 10 (Figure 1, Item 34). Firefighting station 10 uses raw water. This fire station is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 35. Potable water bibb (Figure 1, Item 35). This hose bibb supplies potable water to the 02 deck level.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0005-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS PILOTHOUSE TOP AND MASTS

0006

0006-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0006

PILOTHOUSE TOP
2 1 3 4 5 6

2 12 7

G1004T73

Figure 1.

Pilothouse Top.

0006-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE TOP - Continued

0006

1. Very High Frequency (VHF) (COMROD AV7) whip antenna (Figure 1, Item 1). This antenna is used with the vessel's bridge-to-bridge radio systems. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 2. Fire monitors (Figure 1, Item 2). The fire monitors supply water for fighting fires on the vessel, but are used primarily for other vessels. 3. Multimission tactical, multiband (Shakespeare SF3512/VRC) whip antenna (Figure 1, Item 3). This antenna is coupled to the vessel's Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissance (C4ISR) system. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 4. Watch receiver antenna (COMROD AV-42) (Figure 1, Item 4). This antenna is coupled to the High Frequency (HF) vessel's C4ISR system. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 5. Television (tv) and radio antenna (Naval Electronics Mk 12) (Figure 1, Item 5). This antenna is coupled to the vessel's entertainment tv. 6. VHF whip (COMROD AV7) (Figure 1, Item 6). This antenna is coupled to the vessel's C4ISR system. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 7. Magnetic compass (Figure 1, Item 7). The magnetic compass displays the heading of the vessel in degrees. 8. Radio room air conditioning unit (Figure 1, Item 8). The radio room air conditioning unit provides cooled conditioned air to the radio room. 9. Navigation Telex Receiver (NAVTEX) antenna (Shakespeare 390) (Figure 1, Item 9). This antenna is coupled to the vessel's C4ISR system. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 10. VHF (COMROD AV7) antenna (Figure 1, Item 10). This antenna is used with the communication equipment on the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) console. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 11. Radio Frequency (RF) transceiver fleet 77 antenna (TT-3008C) (Figure 1, Item 11). The antenna is coupled to International Maritime Satellite Organization System (INMARSAT). Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 12. Pilothouse rooftop air conditioning units (Figure 1, Item 12). The pilothouse rooftop air conditioning units provide heated or cooled conditioned air to the pilothouse.

0006-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0006

MAST: AFT
4 3 2 1 5 6 4 7 8 3 9

G10060T73

Figure 2.

Mast: Aft.

0006-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAST: AFT - Continued 1. Medium Frequency (MF)/High Frequency (HF) GMDSS model (Shakespeare 222) antenna (Figure 2, Item 1). This antenna is coupled to the MF/HF transceiver for the GMDSS. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details.

0006

2. Barometric pressure sensor (61202) (Figure 2, Item 2). This sensor detects exterior atmospheric pressure. 3. Global Positioning System (GPS)/Differential Global Positioning Sensor (DGPS) antenna (Figure 2, Item 3). This antenna is coupled to the Integrated Bridge System (IBS). Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 4. Tactical Satellite (TACSAT) Satellite-On-The-Move (SOTM) GV-2432 antenna (Figure 2, Item 4). This antenna is coupled with the Ultra High Frequency (UHF) radio set. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 5. GMDSS SAT C (55.747) antenna (Figure 2, Item 5). This antenna is coupled to the GMDSS. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 6. Marine wind tracker (model 06206) (Figure 2, Item 6). The marine wind tracker provides windspeed and direction display. The marine wind tracker also provides detailed information on relative wind angle. 7. Identification, Friend or Foe (IFF) antenna (AS-1778/UPX) (Figure 2, Item 7). This antenna is coupled to the vessel's C4ISR system. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 8. HF whip tactical (4201N) antenna (Figure 2, Item 8). This antenna is coupled to the tactical HF radio system. Refer to TM 55-5825-311-10 for details. 9. Humidity and temperature sensor (Figure 2, Item 9). The humidity and temperature sensor detects exterior atmospheric humidity and temperature.

0006-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0006

NAVIGATION LIGHTS AND RADARS: STARBOARD

1 2 13 3

12 5 11

10 9 8 7

FWD
Figure 3. Navigation Lights and Radars: Starboard View.

G1007T73

0006-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 NAVIGATION LIGHTS AND RADARS: STARBOARD - Continued

0006

1. Restricted in ability to maneuver and not under command (top light red) and anchor (bottom light white) lights (Figure 3, Item 1). The top light illuminates when the vessel has restricted maneuverability. The bottom light illuminates when the vessel's anchor is lowered. Both lights are visible for 360 degrees. 2. Towing (white top light) and steaming (white bottom light) lights (Figure 3, Item 2). This light illuminates when the vessel is towing and/or steaming. The towing and steaming light provides a 225 degree arc of white light. 3. Towing and restricted in ability to maneuver white light (Figure 3, Item 3). This light illuminates when the vessel is towing and/or the vessel has restricted maneuverability. The towing and restricted in ability to maneuver light provides a 225 degree arc of white light. 4. X-Band radar Raytheon M28342 (Figure 3, Item 4). This radar provides transmission and reception of X-Band radar waves. The X-Band radar communicates imagery to the X-Band modulator xmtr receiver. The X-Band radar is used for prevention of collisions between vessels and as an aid to navigation when close to shore. 5. S-band radar Raytheon M28346 (Figure 3, Item 5). This radar provides transmission and reception of S-Band radar waves. The S-Band radar communicates imagery to the S-Band modulator xmtr receiver. The S-Band radar assures target detection in adverse weather where X-Band radars are heavily affected by sea or rain clutter. 6. Side lights (Figure 3, Item 6). The side lights provide a 112.5 degree arc of light. The port side lights are red and the starboard side lights are green. 7. Stern light (Figure 3, Item 7). The stern light provides a 135 degree arc of white light visible from astern the vessel. 8. Towing stern light (Figure 3, Item 8). The towing stern light provides a 135 degree arc of yellow light visible from astern the vessel. 9. Inland side tow light (Figure 3, Item 9). The inland side tow light provides a 135 degree arc of yellow light visible from astern the vessel. 10. Towing/pushing light (Figure 3, Item 10). The towing/pushing light provides a 135 degree arc of yellow light visible from astern the vessel. 11. Restricted in ability to maneuver and not under command red light (Figure 3, Item 11). This light illuminates when the vessel has restricted maneuverability and is visible for 360 degrees. 12. Towing (top white) and restricted in ability to maneuver and not under command (bottom red) lights (Figure 3, Item 12). The top white light is illuminated during towing operations and is visible for 225 degrees. The bottom red light is illuminated during restricted maneuverability and is visible for 360 degrees. 13. Restricted in ability to maneuver white light (Figure 3, Item 13). This light illuminates when the vessel has restricted maneuverability and is visible for 360 degrees.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0006-7/8 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR

0007

0007-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0007

PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (PLAN VIEW)

36 16 37 38 7 35 (BELOW DECK) 34 (BELOW) 33 (ABOVE) 31 (ABOVE) 32 (BELOW) 29 (ABOVE) 30 (BELOW) 28 26 (ABOVE) 27 (BELOW) 48 49 50 51 47 52 (BELOW) 44 45 46 39 40 41 42 43 44 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

25 19 4

FWD

G1008T73

Figure 1. Pilothouse Interior (Plan View).

0007-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (PLAN VIEW) - Continued 1. Chart table (Figure 1, Item 1). The chart table provides open working space for navigation charts.

0007

2. Life preserver storage (Figure 1, Item 2). Storage is provided for four life preservers. Two are stowed on the port side and two on the starboard side. 3. Search and Rescue Transponder (SART) (Figure 1, Item 3). Two SARTs are provided, one for each life raft. The SART aids rescue personnel in locating the life rafts. 4. Fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 4). Three 10-lb (4.54 kg) dry chemical fire extinguishers are located in the pilothouse to permit extinguishing of small fires. 5. Door alarm switchboard (Figure 1, Item 5). The door alarm switchboard alerts pilothouse personnel to open door conditions for the radio room, arms locker, and main deck fan room. The door alarm switchboard also alerts the pilothouse personnel when the arms locker raw water drenching system has been activated. 6. X Band radar display (Figure 1, Item 6). The X band radar display is used for navigation. 7. Pilothouse port Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)/fresh air panel (Figure 1, Item 7). The pilothouse HVAC/fresh air panel provides controls for the port side pilothouse rooftop air conditioning unit and for the pilothouse fresh air fans. 8. Engine Order Telegraph (EOT) power failure panel (Figure 1, Item 8). The EOT power failure panel notifies pilothouse personnel when an EOT power failure has occurred. 9. EOT transceiver (Figure 1, Item 9). The EOT transceiver transmits and receives engine order commands between the pilothouse and the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS). 10. Deck/console lighting panel (Figure 1, Item 10). The deck/console lighting panel provides controls for deck and console lighting. 11. Starboard searchlight control station (Figure 1, Item 11). The starboard searchlight control station provides controls for the starboard searchlight. 12. Steering stand (Figure 1, Item 12). The steering stand provides helm controls for the vessel. 13. Port and starboard main engine throttles (Figure 1, Item 13). The port and starboard main engine throttles control the speed of the main engines and the direction of rotation of the propeller shafts. 14. Pilothouse starboard HVAC panel (Figure 1, Item 14). The pilothouse starboard HVAC panel provides controls for the starboard side pilothouse rooftop air conditioning unit. 15. Remote propulsion indicator panel (Figure 1, Item 15). The remote propulsion indicator panel provides instrumentation for the main engines and for the bow thruster. 16. Clearview screen (Figure 1, Item 16). Two clearview screens are provided to maximize pilothouse visibility in rain, snow, and sleet. One clearview screen is mounted forward, the other aft. 17. Bow thruster START/STOP controls (Figure 1, Item 17). The bow thruster START/STOP controls permit pilothouse personnel to START and STOP the bow thruster engine. 18. Bow thruster control (Figure 1, Item 18). The bow thruster control permits pilothouse personnel to control the speed and direction of the bow thruster.

0007-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (PLAN VIEW) - Continued

0007

19. Primary Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) display (Figure 1, Item 19). The primary ECDIS display provides an interface between key navigation components permitting pilothouse personnel to perform trip planning and navigation tasks. 20. S Band radar display (Figure 1, Item 20). The S band radar display is used for navigation. 21. Navigator's chair (Figure 1, Item 21). The navigator's chair provides seating for the navigator. 22. Drinking fountain (Figure 1, Item 22). The drinking fountain provides chilled potable water for personal consumption by pilothouse personnel. 23. Coffee maker (Figure 1, Item 23). The coffee maker brews coffee and maintains the brewed coffee at an acceptable temperature. 24. Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) suite (Figure 1, Item 24). The GMDSS suite provides emergency and distress communication between the Large Tug (LT), other vessels, and shore stations. 25. 120 V radar power distribution panel (Figure 1, Item 25). The 120 V radar power distribution panel provides circuit breakers for the X band and S band radars. 26. Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) bypass and disconnect switch box (Figure 1, Item 26). The UPS bypass and disconnect switch box permits bypassing or disconnection of the UPSs for the Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (C4ISR) gear. 27. Radar distribution panel isolation transformer (Figure 1, Item 27). The radar distribution panel isolation transformer protects the radar gear from electrical anomalies. 28. 24 V general alarm battery charger (Figure 1, Item 28). The 24 V general alarm battery charger maintains the charge for the general alarm battery bank. 29. 24 V GMDSS battery charger (Figure 1, Item 29). The 24 V GMDSS battery charger maintains the charge for the GMDSS battery bank. 30. GMDSS disconnect switch (Figure 1, Item 30). The GMDSS disconnect switch secures power to the 24 V GMDSS battery charger. 31. 12 V marine radio battery charger (Figure 1, Item 31). The 12 V marine radio battery charger maintains the charge for the 12 V marine radio battery. 32. 12 V disconnect switch (Figure 1, Item 32). The 12 V disconnect switch secures power to the 12 V marine radio battery charger. 33. Gyrocompass control unit (LT 803 Only) (Figure 1, Item 33). The gyrocompass control unit provides controls for the gyrocompass. Gyrocompass (All Other Vessels) (Figure 1, Item 33). The gyrocompass provides accurate directional data to pilothouse personnel and to key navigational gear. 34. Gyrocompass (LT 803 Only) (Figure 1, Item 34). The gyrocompass provides accurate directional data to pilothouse personnel and to key navigational gear. Gyrocompass control unit (All Other Vessels) (Figure 1, Item 34). The gyrocompass control unit provides controls for the gyrocompass.

0007-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (PLAN VIEW) - Continued

0007

35. Integrated Bridge System (IBS) UPS units (Figure 1, Item 35). The IBS UPS units provided uninterrupted power to the IBS gear. 36. Backup ECDIS display (Figure 1, Item 36). The backup ECDIS display provides a second ECDIS workstation. 37. Survival radios (Figure 1, Item 37). Three survival radios are provided to enable the life rafts to communicate with search and rescue personnel. 38. First aid kit (Figure 1, Item 38). The first aid kit provides emergency medical supplies. 39. Port searchlight control station (Figure 1, Item 39). The port searchlight control station provides controls for the port searchlight. 40. Fire pump START/STOP panel (Figure 1, Item 40). The fire pump START/STOP panel permits pilothouse personnel to START and STOP the fire and general service pumps. 41. Alarm panel (Figure 1, Item 41). The alarm panel notifies pilothouse personnel of flooding and of power interruption to key battery chargers. 42. 21 MC intercom (Figure 1, Item 42). The 21 MC intercom provides internal communication between stations located throughout the vessel. 43. Rudder angle indicator (Figure 1, Item 43). The rudder angle indicator displays the angle and direction of the rudders. 44. Ionization smoke detector (Figure 1, Item 44). Two ionization smoke detectors are mounted in the pilothouse overhead. The ionization smoke detectors activate the fire and smoke alarm system when smoke is detected. 45. Fire axe (Figure 1, Item 45). The fire axe is used in firefighting and damage control situations. 46. Vehicular Interface Control Station (VICS) (Figure 1, Item 46). The VICS station permits pilothouse personnel to utilize the tactical radios. 47. Sound powered telephone (Figure 1, Item 47). The sound powered telephone permits communication between the pilothouse and the other sound powered telephone stations throughout the vessel. 48. Drawing cabinet (Figure 1, Item 48). The drawing cabinet provides storage for navigational charts. 49. Navigation light panel (Figure 1, Item 49). The navigation light panel provides controls and circuit protection for the vessel's navigation lights. 50. Clinometer (heel) (Figure 1, Item 50). This clinometer indicates the vessel's heel angle. 51. Clinometer (trim) (Figure 1, Item 51). This clinometer indicates the vessel's trim angle. 52. Damage Control (DC) status board (Figure 1, Item 52). This board permits pilothouse personnel to post and update the damage control status of the vessel.

0007-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0007

PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING TO PORT)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

10 9 8

13 14

02 DECK

24 23

22 FWD

19 18 17 16
G1009T73

Figure 2.

Pilothouse Interior (Looking to Port).

1. Aft chart table overhead console (Figure 2, Item 1). The aft chart table overhead console contains various pieces of navigation and communication gear including a marine Very High Frequency (VHF) radio, Precision Lightweight GPS (Global Positioning System) Receiver (PLGR), and wind speed/direction readouts. 2. Speaker (Figure 2, Item 2). This speaker broadcasts output from the marine VHF radio. 3. Marine VHF radio (Figure 2, Item 3). The marine VHF radio permits communication between the LT and other vessels and shore stations. 4. Wind tracker translator box (Figure 2, Item 4). The wind tracker translator box receives input from the masthead wind tracker unit and translates that input into a display on the AN/PSN-11 wind tracker. 5. Leica GPS units (Figure 2, Item 5). These commercial GPS units provide accurate positional information to pilothouse personnel and to various electronic navigational systems. 6. PLGR (Figure 2, Item 6). This GPS unit provides accurate positional information to pilothouse personnel and to various electronic navigational systems. 7. AN/PSN-11 switchbox (Figure 2, Item 7). The AN/PSN-11 switchbox provides ON and OFF control for the equipment on the aft chart table overhead console. 8. Wind tracker (Figure 2, Item 8). The wind tracker displays wind speed and wind direction information.

0007-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING TO PORT) - Continued

0007

9. Adjustable chart table light (Figure 2, Item 9). The adjustable chart table light provides illumination for the chart table. 10. Fire alarm pull station (Figure 2, Item 10). The fire alarm pull station permits pilothouse personnel to manually actuate the fire and smoke detection alarm. 11. Fire detection remote indicator panel (Figure 2, Item 11). The fire detection remote indicator panel alerts pilothouse personnel to fire and smoke alarm indications from the vessel's four zones. 12. Emergency STOP switch for recirculation fan R01-32-2 (Figure 2, Item 12). The emergency STOP switch for recirculation fan R01-32-2 permits pilothouse personnel to STOP this fan (located in the 01 level fan room) in an emergency. 13. Emergency STOP switch for exhaust fan E01-44-02 (Figure 2, Item 13). The emergency STOP switch for exhaust fan E01-44-02 permits pilothouse personnel to STOP this fan (located in 01 level fan room) in an emergency. 14. Binocular stowage (Figure 2, Item 14). The binocular stowage provides a storage site for binoculars. 15. IBS distribution panel (Figure 2, Item 15). The IBS distribution panel provides circuit breakers for the IBS system. 16. Double receptacle (Figure 2, Item 16). The double receptacle provides a 120 V AC source of power for portable electrical equipment. 17. Door alarm switchboard (Figure 2, Item 17). The door alarm switchboard alerts pilothouse personnel to open door conditions for the radio room, arms locker, and main deck fan room. The door alarm switchboard also alerts the pilothouse personnel when the arms locker raw water drenching system has been activated. 18. General alarm contact maker (Figure 2, Item 18). The general alarm contact maker permits pilothouse personnel to actuate the general alarm system. 19. General alarm bell (Figure 2, Item 19). The general alarm bell sounds whenever the general alarm system is actuated. 20. Waste paper receptacle (Figure 2, Item 20). The waste paper receptacle stores waste generated in the pilothouse. 21. Fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 21). Three 10-lb (4.54 kg) dry chemical fire extinguishers are located in the pilothouse to permit extinguishing of small fires. 22. Fire detector alarm bell (Figure 2, Item 22). The fire detector alarm bell sounds whenever the fire and smoke alarm system senses an alarm condition in one of its four zones. 23. SART (Figure 2, Item 23). Two SARTs are provided, one for each life raft. The SART aids rescue personnel in locating the life rafts. 24. Life preserver storage (port) (Figure 2, Item 24). Storage is provided for two life preservers. 25. Chart table (Figure 2, Item 25). The chart table provides open working space for navigation charts. 26. Backup ECDIS display (Figure 2, Item 26). The backup ECDIS display provides a second ECDIS workstation.

0007-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING TO STARBOARD)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0007

AN/PSN-11 INTERFACE AND SWITCHBOX

SCAN "SAILOR" RT4822 VHF DSC RX LOG TX CALL ADDR BOOK TEL/ DSC DIM 7 P 1 SELCALL T/R 4

SCAN ADD2

SCAN DELETE 3

SCAN TIME 5 U.S. 8 SHIFT

D.W. 6 1W 9

ON/ OFF

"SAILOR"

DT4646E DATA TERMINAL

"SAILOR"
TX CALL ALARM

HC4500 MF/HF CONTROL UNIT

RX LOG TX CALL ADDR BOOK TEL/ DSC

"SAILOR"

DT4646E DATA TERMINAL

> Rx 4375.0 kHz Tx 4065.0 kHz

1 6

2 7

3 8

2182 DIST FREQ

DISTRESS

9 . 0 .

SHIFT

ON / OFF

BATTERY 1
EMERGENCY LIGHT

BATT 12

DIM

BATTERY 2
1 BATTERY ALARM 2 1 AC ALARM 2 TEST

9 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
G1010T73

Figure 3. Pilothouse Interior (Looking to Starboard).

0007-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING TO STARBOARD) - Continued

0007

1. Towing strain gage (Figure 3, Item 1). The towing strain gage provides a display of the strain on the towing machines' wire ropes. 2. Fog horn timer (Figure 3, Item 2). The fog horn timer permits pilothouse personnel to select between programmed fog horn signals. 3. Fire alarm pull station (Figure 3, Item 3). The fire alarm pull station permits pilothouse personnel to manually actuate the fire and smoke detection alarm. 4. PLGR (Figure 3, Item 4). This GPS unit provides accurate positional information to pilothouse personnel and to various electronic navigational systems. 5. AN/PSN-11 switchbox (Figure 3, Item 5). The AN/PSN-11 switchbox permits interface between communication and navigation equipment. 6. Adjustable panel mounted lamp (Figure 3, Item 6). The adjustable panel mounted lamp provides illumination for the GMDSS table. 7. Navigation Telex receiver (NAVTEX) (Figure 3, Item 7). The NAVTEX receives and prints out navigational information. 8. GMDSS suite (Figure 3, Item 8). The GMDSS suite contains equipment required to operate the GMDSS. See Figure 4 for details. 9. Survival suits (Figure 3, Item 9). Four survival suits are stowed beneath the GMDSS table. The survival suits maximize survivability in abandon ship situations. 10. GMDSS table (Figure 3, Item 10). The GMDSS table holds many components of the GMDSS suite and provides a work area for GMDSS operation. 11. Coffee maker (Figure 3, Item 11). The coffee maker brews coffee and maintains the brewed coffee at an acceptable temperature. 12. Drinking fountain (Figure 3, Item 12). The drinking fountain provides chilled potable water for personal consumption by pilothouse personnel. 13. Life preserver storage (starboard) (Figure 3, Item 13). Storage is provided for two life preservers. 14. SART (Figure 3, Item 14). Two SARTs are provided, one for each life raft. The SART aids rescue personnel in locating the life rafts. 15. Binocular stowage (Figure 3, Item 15). The binocular stowage provides a storage site for binoculars. 16. Fire extinguisher (Figure 3, Item 16). Three 10-lb (4.54 kg) dry chemical fire extinguishers are located in the pilothouse to permit extinguishing of small fires. 17. Double receptacle (Figure 3, Item 17). The double receptacle provides a 120 V AC source of power for portable electrical equipment. 18. S band radar display (Figure 3, Item 18). The S band radar display is used for navigation. 19. Starboard side console (Figure 3, Item 19). The starboard side console houses components that allow the operator control and view the status of the vessel's engines.

0007-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0007

GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS AND SAFETY SYSTEM (GMDSS)

1 2
SCAN "SAILOR" RT4822 VHF DSC RX LOG TX CALL ADDR BOOK TEL/ DSC DIM 7 P 1 SELCALL 4 U.S. 8 SHIFT 0 16 SCAN ADD 2 SCAN TIME 5 1W 9 SCAN DELETE 3 D.W. 6

4
"SAILOR"
DT4646E DATA TERMINAL

ON/ OFF

"SAILOR"
TX CALL ALARM

HC4500 MF/HF CONTROL UNIT

RX LOG TX CALL ADDR BOOK TEL/ DSC

1 6

2 7

3 8

2182 DIST FREQ

DISTRESS

9 . 0 .

SHIFT

ON / OFF

BATTERY 1
EMERGENCY LIGHT

BATT 12

DIM

BATTERY 2
1 BATTERY ALARM 2 1 AC ALARM 2 TEST

1 2 3

4
02 DECK

13 12 11 10 9 STBD

8 7 6

5
G1013T73

Figure 6. Pilothouse Interior (Looking Forward). 1. Aft chart table overhead console (Figure 6, Item 1). The aft chart table overhead console contains various pieces of navigation and communication gear including a marine VHF radio, PLGR, and wind speed/direction readouts. See Figure 2 for details. 2. UPS bypass and disconnect switch box (Figure 6, Item 2). The UPS bypass and disconnect switch box permits bypassing or disconnection of the UPSs for the C4ISR gear. 3. GMDSS table overhead console (Figure 6, Item 3). The GMDSS table overhead console holds many of the GMDSS components. See Figure 3 for details. 4. GMDSS table (Figure 6, Item 4). The GMDSS table holds many components of the GMDSS suite and provides a work area for GMDSS operation. 5. 120 V radar power distribution panel (Figure 6, Item 5). The 120 V radar power distribution panel provides circuit breakers for the X band and S band radars. 6. Radar distribution panel isolation transformer (Figure 6, Item 6). The radar distribution panel isolation transformer protects the radar gear from electrical anomalies. 7. 24 V general alarm battery charger (Figure 6, Item 7). The 24 V general alarm battery charger maintains the charge for the general alarm battery bank. 8. 24 V GMDSS battery charger (Figure 6, Item 8). The 24 V GMDSS battery charger maintains the charge for the GMDSS battery bank. 9. GMDSS disconnect switch (Figure 6, Item 9). The disconnect switch secures power to the 24 V GMDSS battery charger. 10. UPS unit (Figure 6, Item 10). This UPS unit provides uninterrupted power for radio room components.

0007-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING FORWARD) - Continued

0007

11. 12 V disconnect switch (Figure 6, Item 11). The disconnect switch secures power to the 12 V marine radio battery charger. 12. 12 V marine radio battery charger (Figure 6, Item 12). The 12 V marine radio battery charger maintains the charge for the 12 V marine radio battery charger. 13. Gyrocompass control unit (LT 803 Only) (Figure 6, Item 13). The gyrocompass control unit provides controls for the gyrocompass. Gyrocompass (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 13). The gyrocompass provides accurate directional data to pilothouse personnel and to key navigational gear. 14. IBS UPS units (Figure 6, Item 14). The IBS UPS units provided uninterrupted power to the IBS gear. 15. Gyrocompass (LT 803 Only) (Figure 6, Item 15). The gyrocompass provides accurate directional data to pilothouse personnel and to key navigational gear. Gyrocompass control unit (All Other Vessels) (Figure 6, Item 15). The gyrocompass control unit provides controls for the gyrocompass. 16. Chart table (Figure 6, Item 16). The chart table provides open working space for navigation charts. 17. Radio room (Figure 6, Item 17). The radio room houses the vessel's secure and tactical communication systems. See Figures 8 through 12 for details.

0007-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0007

PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING AFT)

5 7 STBD
Figure 7. Pilothouse Interior (Looking Aft).

6
G1014T73

0007-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE INTERIOR (LOOKING AFT) - Continued 1. Navigator's chair (Figure 7, Item 1). The navigator's chair provides seating for the navigator. 2. Sound powered telephone (Figure 7, Item 2). The sound powered telephone permits communication between the pilothouse and the other sound powered telephone stations throughout the vessel. 3. VICS (Figure 7, Item 3). The VICS permits pilothouse personnel to utilize the tactical radios. 4. Vent trunk (Figure 7, Item 4). The vent trunk provides ventilation for the radio room. 5. Guard rail (Figure 7, Item 5). The guard rail prevents personnel from falling into the ladderwell.

0007

6. Log table book case (Figure 7, Item 6). The log table book case provides storage for books at the log table. 7. Radio room (Figure 7, Item 7). The radio room houses the vessel's secure and tactical communication systems. See Figures 8 through 12 for details.

0007-17

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0007

RADIO ROOM INTERIOR (PORT BULKHEAD)

1 2

FWD
G1015T73

Figure 8.

Radio Room Interior (Port Bulkhead).

1. 120 V elex distribution panel (Figure 8, Item 1). The 120 V elex distribution panel contains circuit breakers for many of the IBS and C4ISR power supplies. 2. Sound powered telephone headset (Figure 8, Item 2). The sound powered telephone headset permits the radio operator to communicate via sound powered telephone. 3. Sound powered telephone jack (Figure 8, Item 3). The sound powered telephone jack provides a connection point for the sound powered telephone headset. 4. General alarm and emergency lighting distribution panel (Figure 8, Item 4). The general alarm and emergency lighting distribution panel contains circuit breakers for many of the pilothouse 24 V DC components. 5. Fire extinguisher (Figure 8, Item 5). A 10-lb (4.54 kg) dry chemical fire extinguisher is located in the radio room to permit extinguishing of small fires.

0007-18

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 RADIO ROOM INTERIOR (AFT BULKHEAD)

0007

STBD
Figure 9. Radio Room Interior (Aft Bulkhead).

G1016T73

1. Air conditioning fan unit (Figure 9, Item 1). The air conditioning fan unit provides air conditioning for the radio room. 2. Safe (Figure 9, Item 2). The safe provides secure document storage. 3. Desk (Figure 9, Item 3). The desk provides a work area in the radio room.

0007-19

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 RADIO ROOM FORWARD BULKHEAD (RADIO RACKS) (LT 803 ONLY)
1 2

0007

3 17 4 16 5 6 15 7 8 14 9

STBD

G1017T73

Figure 10.

Radio Room Forward Bulkhead (Radio Racks) (LT 803 Only).

1. AN/VRC 103A (Figure 10, Item 1). The AN/VRC 103A is the tactical radio providing voice and data capability in the 30 to 518 MHz range. 2. DC distribution panel (Figure 10, Item 2). The DC distribution panel contains circuit breakers for the 24 V DC communication components located in the radio room. 3. CD-82/VRC (Figure 10, Item 3). The CD-82/VRC is the interface between the tactical radios and the VICS. 4. Fleet 77 (Figure 10, Item 4). The Fleet 77 provides satellite communication capability for the vessel. 5. Secure Telephone Unit (Figure 10, Item 5). The STU provides a means of secure landline telephone communication. 6. Printer/fax (Figure 10, Item 6). The printer/fax prints output from the computer and can fax items for transmission. 7. Laptop computers (Figure 10, Item 7). The laptop computers are used to generate display messages in the C4ISR system. 8. TS-21 (Figure 10, Item 8). The TS-21 is a tactical secure fax machine. 9. UPS (Figure 10, Item 9). The UPS provides an uninterrupted power supply for the radio room gear. 10. Power supplies (Figure 10, Item 10). The power supplies provide power for the AN/VRC 103 radios. 11. Power amp (Figure 10, Item 11). The power amp is a component of the tactical radios.

0007-20

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 RADIO ROOM FORWARD BULKHEAD (RADIO RACKS) (LT 803 ONLY) - Continued.

0007

12. Identification, Friend or Foe (IFF) transceiver (Figure 10, Item 12). The IFF transceiver permits receipt and transmission of identifying signals. 13. AM 717 (Figure 10, Item 13). The AM 717s are the power amp and pre-amp for the Line of Sight Tactical (LST) 5D radios. 14. V DC-300 (Figure 10, Item 14). The V DC-300 is a secure data controller. 15. LST 5D (Figure 10, Item 15). The LST 5D is a LST radio system. 16. AN/PRC 150 (Figure 10, Item 16). The AN/PRC 150 is a HF/VHF tactical radio system. 17. AN/VRC 103B (Figure 10, Item 17). The AN/VRC 103B is the tactical radio providing voice and data capability in the 30 to 518 MHz range.

0007-21

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0007

RADIO ROOM FORWARD BULKHEAD (RADIO RACK) (ALL OTHER VESSELS)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 6 15 11 12 13 10

14
G1018T73

Figure 11. Radio Room Forward Bulkhead (Radio Racks) (All Other Vessels). 1. Radio communications console (Figure 11, Item 1). The radio communications console provides a mounting base for communication hardware. 2. FS 2570 control unit (Figure 11, Item 2). The FS 2570 control unit is a MF/HF radiotelephone used for general communication and GMDSS applications. The FS 2570 control unit also has Digital Selective Calling (DSC) capabilities that give an audible and visual alarm when a DSC message is received. 3. Remote tactical radio keypads (Figure 11, Item 3). The remote tactical radio keypads allow the operator to enter required data for the tactical radios from the radio station desk. 4. Tactical radio handset (Figure 11, Item 4). The tactical radio handset allows the operator to communicate over the tactical radios. 5. FS 2570 transceiver unit (Figure 11, Item 5). The FS 2570 transceiver unit houses the computer boards required for the RF (Radio Frequency) output power for the FS 2570 control unit. 6. Monitor (Figure 11, Item 6). The monitors display information from the GMDSS and the INMARSAT-C systems. 7. Radio rack (Figure 11, Item 7). The radio rack serves as a mounting base for communication equipment. 8. DC distribution panel (Figure 11, Item 8). The DC distribution panel contains circuit breakers for the 24 V DC communication components located in the radio room. 9. Printer/fax (Figure 11, Item 9). The printer/fax is used to print or fax messages for the GMDSS and INMARSAT systems.

0007-22

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 RADIO ROOM FORWARD BULKHEAD (RADIO RACK) (ALL OTHER VESSELS) - Continued

0007

10. Data selector switch panel (Figure 11, Item 10). The data selector switch panel contains two manual switchboxes. They are the data selector switch which allows the operator to select which device will send secure data and the printing switch which allows the operator to select which computer will print to the printer/ fax. 11. Computer (Figure 11, Item 11). The computer interface with the GMDSS and INMARSAT systems. 12. UPS (Figure 11, Item 12). The UPS allows the communication equipment to continue operating in the event of a complete power failure. 13. AN/PRC-117 tactical radio system (Figure 11, Item 13). The AN/PRC-117 tactical radio system sends and receives tactical radio messages. 14. Radio station desk unit (Figure 11, Item 14). The radio station desk provides a mounting base for the communication equipment and serves as a workstation for the operator. 15. Keyboard (Figure 11, Item 15). The keyboards are used to enter information into the computers and to respond to or send messages using the GMDSS and INMARSAT systems. 16. Radio switch unit (Figure 11, Item16). The radio switch unit allows the operator to select the radio to be used to send and receive data. 17. Voice data switch unit (Figure 11, Item 17). The voice data switch unit allows the operator to send and receive data over secure radio communication channels. 18. Power amplifier (Figure 11, Item 18). The power amplifiers are 100 W power amplifiers in the Satellite Communication (SATCOM) uplink band and provide a low noise, high dynamic range, 20 dB gain, and preamplifier in the SATCOM downlink band. 19. IFF system (Figure 11, Item 19). The IFF system sends and receives data that allows users of the system to determine friends from foes.

0007-23

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 RADIO ROOM PLAN VIEW

0007

FWD

2
G1019T73

Figure 12. Radio Room Plan View. 1. Air conditioning fan unit (Figure 12, Item 1). The air conditioning fan unit provides air conditioning for the radio room. 2. Ionization smoke detector (Figure 12, Item 2). The ionization smoke detector activates the fire alarm system when smoke is detected. 3. General alarm strobe light (Figure 12, Item 3). The general alarm strobe light flashes amber when the general alarm is activated. 4. Fire alarm strobe light (Figure 12, Item 4). The fire alarm strobe light flashes red when the fire and smoke alarm is activated.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0007-24

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS 01 LEVEL INTERIOR

0008

0008-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0008

01 LEVEL INTERIOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 8 9 7 10 11

13 14 1 27 7 21 11 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 FWD 3 17 16 7 15
G1020T73

Figure 1.

01 Level Interior.

1. Stack (Figure 1, Item 1). The stack contains the engine exhaust and crankcase vents. 2. Aft fan room (Figure 1, Item 2). The aft fan room contains Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and electrical equipment. See Figure 2 for details. 3. Sanitary space (Figure 1, Item 3). This space contains sanitary facilities, including a water closet, a sink, and a shower. 4. Medical locker (Figure 1, Item 4). The medical locker provides storage space for medical supplies. 5. Officer's stateroom 2 (Figure 1, Item 5). The officer's stateroom 2 provides accommodations for four officers. See Figure 3 for details. 6. 120 V pilothouse emergency distribution panel (Figure 1, Item 6). This panel provides 120 V to various navigation system components, the windscreen elements, the intercom system, and the port and starboard searchlight power supplies. 7. Fire alarm pull station (Figure 1, Item 7). The fire alarm pull station immediately sends a signal to the fire and smoke alarm panel. 8. Forward fan room (Figure 1, Item 8). The forward fan room contains HVAC and electrical equipment. See Figure 4 for details.

0008-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 01 LEVEL INTERIOR - Continued

0008

9. 01 & 02 level reheater 120 V fuse box No. 1 (Figure 1, Item 9). This fuse box provides fused protection for 01 and 02 level reheaters. 10. Convector heater 120 V fuse box No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 10). This fuse box provides fused protection for 01 and 02 level convection heaters. 11. Chief Engineer's stateroom (Figure 1, Item 11). This is the berthing space for the chief engineer. See Figure 5 for details. 12. Drinking fountain (Figure 1, Item 12). The drinking fountain supplies chilled potable water for personal consumption. 13. Fire station 8 (Figure 1, Item 13). Fire station 8 is equipped with 50 ft (15.2 m) of 1-1/2 in. fire hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 14. Captain's stateroom (Figure 1, Item 14). This is the berthing space for the vessel master. See Figure 6 for details. 15. 120 V distribution panel No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 15). This distribution panel contains circuit breakers for many of the non-critical electrical circuits on the 01 level. 16. 220 V air conditioning distribution panel (Figure 1, Item 16). This distribution panel contains circuit breakers for the pilothouse and radio room rooftop air conditioning units. 17. General alarm bell (Figure 1, Item 17). The general alarm bell signals various emergency conditions on the vessel. 18. Fire axe (Figure 1, Item 18). The fire axe is used to aid the crew in gaining immediate access to a locked or enclosed area in the case of fire. 19. Key cabinet (Figure 1, Item 19). The key cabinet provides secure storage for up to 75 keys. 20. Officer's stateroom (Figure 1, Item 20). The officer's stateroom 1 provides accommodations for four officers. See Figure 7 for details. 21. Fire extinguisher (Figure 1, Item 21). The portable dry chemical fire extinguisher is used to extinguish fires on the 01 level. 22. 02 level fire main draindown valve (Figure 1, Item 22). The 02 level fire main draindown valve allows crewmembers to drain water from the 02 level fire main piping. 23. 120 V exterior emergency lighting panel No. 2 (Figure 1, Item 23). This panel contains circuit breakers for many of the emergency circuits on the 01 and 02 levels. 24. Noncommissioned Officer (NCO) stateroom (Figure 1, Item 24). This space provides berthing for two NCOs. See Figure 8 for details. 25. General alarm system distribution panel (Figure 1, Item 25). This panel provides a junction box to interconnect general alarm system cables. 26. General alarm contact maker (Figure 1, Item 26). The general alarm contact maker controls sounding of the general alarm bells.

0008-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 01 LEVEL INTERIOR - Continued

0008

0008-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0008

FORWARD FAN ROOM

6 5

4 3

2 FWD
Figure 4. Forward Fan Room.
G1023T73

0008-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FORWARD FAN ROOM - Continued 1. AMS 1 supply fan (Figure 4, Item 1). This fan supplies fresh air to AMS 1. 2. Sanitary spaces exhaust fan (Figure 4, Item 2). This fan removes foul air from the sanitary spaces.

0008

3. Starboard searchlight power supply (Figure 4, Item 3) (above). This power supply provides power to the starboard searchlight. 4. Port searchlight power supply (Figure 4, Item 4) (below). This power supply provides power to the port searchlight. 5. Sanitary spaces exhaust fan (E01-44-2) motor controller (Figure 4, Item 5) (above). This controller turns the sanitary space exhaust fan ON and OFF. 6. Ship's whistle power supply (Figure 4, Item 6) (below). This power supply provides power to the ship's whistle (automatic fog horn).

0008-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0008

CHIEF ENGINEER'S STATEROOM

4 16 5 6 15 7

8 9 14 13 FWD 12
Figure 5.

G1024T73

Chief Engineer's Stateroom.

0008-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 CHIEF ENGINEER'S STATEROOM - Continued 1. Refrigerator (Figure 5, Item 1). The refrigerator provides cold storage for perishable items.

0008

2. File cabinet (Figure 5, Item 2). The file cabinet with a combination lock provides secure storage for personal items. 3. Safe (Figure 5, Item 3). The safe provides a secure storage space. 4. Bunk (Figure 5, Item 4). The bunk provides sleeping arrangements for the chief engineer. 5. Night table (Figure 5, Item 5). The night table provides storage for miscellaneous items. 6. Chair (Figure 5, Item 6). The chair provides a place to sit. 7. Chest/desk combo (Figure 5, Item 7). The chest/desk combo provides storage space and a desktop for reading or writing. 8. Key cabinet (Figure 5, Item 8). The key cabinet stores keys to gain access to various areas of the vessel. 9. Shower (Figure 5, Item 9). The shower is provided for the chief engineer. 10. Convection heater (Figure 5, Item 10). The convection heater supplies supplemental heat to the sanitary space. 11. Water closet (Figure 5, Item 11). This is the commode for the sanitary space. 12. Intercom and sound powered telephone (Figure 5, Item 12). The intercom and sound powered telephone provide communication throughout the vessel. 13. Life jacket stowage (Figure 5, Item 13). The life jacket stowage provides storage for one life jacket. 14. Sink (Figure 5, Item 14). The sink provides hot and cold potable water for personal hygiene. 15. Thermostat (Figure 5, Item 15). The thermostat provides temperature control in the stateroom. 16. Reclining lounge chair (Figure 5, Item 16). This chair is provided for added comfort.

0008-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0008

CAPTAIN'S STATEROOM
4 1 2 3 5 6

7 8 9

16 10 15 11

14 13 12

FWD
G1025T73

Figure 6.

Captain's Stateroom.

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0008

NCO'S STATEROOM
1

2 3 8

6 4

6 7

FWD

G1027T73

Figure 8.

NCO's Stateroom.

0008-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 NCO'S STATEROOM - Continued 1. Thermostat (Figure 8, Item 1). The thermostat provides temperature control in the stateroom. 2. Chair (Figure 8, Item 2). The chair provides a place to sit.

0008

3. Chest/desk combo (Figure 8, Item 3). The chest/desk combo provides storage space and a desktop for reading or writing. 4. Lockers (Figure 8, Item 4). The lockers provide storage space for personal items. 5. Refrigerator (Figure 8, Item 5). The refrigerator provides cold storage for perishable items. 6. Life jacket stowage (Figure 8, Item 6). Each life jacket stowage provides storage for one life jacket. 7. Bunks (Figure 8, Item 7). The bunks provide sleeping arrangements for NCOs. 8. Intercom (Figure 8, Item 8). The intercom provides intraship communication.

0008-17

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0008

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM

3 14

4 5 13

6 7

11 1 FWD

10
G1028T73

Figure 9. Emergency Diesel Generator Room.

0008-18

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM - Continued

0008

1. Fire flap (Figure 9, Item 1). The fire flap can be manually closed in an emergency to deny oxygen to the space. 2. Fire extinguisher (Figure 9, Item 2). The portable fire extinguisher is used to put out small fires on the vessel. 3. Emergency switchboard (Figure 9, Item 3). The emergency switchboard controls various emergency electrical circuits throughout the vessel. 4. Fuel oil day tank (overhead) (Figure 9, Item 4). The fuel oil day tank stores fuel oil for the emergency diesel generator engine. 5. Intercom (above), sound powered telephone (middle), and telephone storage box (below) (Figure 9, Item 5). The intercom, sound powered telephone, and telephone storage box provides communication to the rest of the vessel. 6. Battery box vent to atmosphere (Figure 9, Item 6). The battery box vent vents explosive gases from the battery box to the atmosphere. 7. Battery box (Figure 9, Item 7). The battery box contains starting batteries for the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG). 8. Vent trunk (Figure 9, Item 8). The vent trunk provides a junction where vents from other spaces interconnect. 9. EDG starting battery switch (Figure 9, Item 9). This switch selects which battery bank starts the EDG. 10. Battery charger (Figure 9, Item 10). The battery charger maintains the battery charge when the engine is at rest. 11. Air intake supply vent (Figure 9, Item 11). This vent provides intake air to the diesel engine. 12. Emergency diesel generator set (Figure 9, Item 12). The emergency diesel generator set provides electrical power to the vessel's emergency circuits in the event of the Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) failure. 13. Transformers (overhead) (Figure 9, Item 13). The transformers step down 440 V AC to 120 V AC. 14. 120 V emergency load center distribution panel (Figure 9, Item 14). This panel controls the distribution of electrical power to the vessel's 120 V emergency lighting and distribution panels as well as to the general alarm battery charger and the EDG jacket water heater.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0008-19/20 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS MAIN DECK INTERIOR, BERTHING AREAS

0009

0009-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0009

MAIN DECK INTERIOR, BERTHING AREAS

1 2

6 FWD

3
G1029T73

Figure 1.

Main Deck Interior, Berthing Areas.

0009-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN DECK INTERIOR, BERTHING AREAS - Continued

0009

1. Sanitary space (Figure 1, Item 1). The sanitary space includes two showers, two water closets, a convection heater, and two sinks. Details of this space are contained in Figure 2. 2. Crew's stateroom 3 (Figure 1, Item 2). The crew's stateroom 3 contains living accommodations for four crewmembers. Details of this space are contained in Figure 3. 3. Crew's stateroom 1 (Figure 1, Item 3). The crew's stateroom 1 contains living accommodations for two crewmembers. Details of this space are contained in Figure 4. 4. Crew's stateroom 2 (Figure 1, Item 4). The crew's stateroom 2 contains living accommodations for four crewmembers. Details of this space are contained in Figure 5. 5. Crew's stateroom 4 (Figure 1, Item 5). The crew's stateroom 4 contains living accommodations for four crewmembers. Details of this space are contained in Figure 6. 6. Passageway (Figure 1, Item 6). The passageway provides crewmembers an access route to different areas of the vessel. Details of this space are contained in Figure 8 (WP 0010).

0009-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0009

SANITARY SPACE

FWD
G1030T73

Figure 2.

Sanitary Space.

0009-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SANITARY SPACE - Continued

0009

1. Sinks (Figure 2, Item 1). The sinks provide hot and cold potable water for washing and personal sanitation. 2. Showers (Figure 2, Item 2). The showers provide hot and cold potable water for washing and personal sanitation. 3. Water closets (Figure 2, Item 3). The water closets are used as toilets by the crew. 4. Convection heater (Figure 2, Item 4). The convection heater is used to provide supplemental heat to the sanitary space.

0009-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

CREW'S STATEROOM 2

2 10 9 3 4 11 10 9 4 1 6 5 3

7 8 FWD
G1033T73

Figure 5. Crew's Stateroom 2.

0009-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 CREW'S STATEROOM 2 - Continued 1. Bunks (Figure 5, Item 1). The bunks provide sleeping structures for two crewmembers. 2. Thermostat (Figure 5, Item 2). The thermostat provides temperature control in the stateroom. 3. Life jacket stowage (Figure 5, Item 3). The life jacket stowage provides storage for four life jackets. 4. Night table (Figure 5, Item 4). The night table provides storage for miscellaneous items. 5. Refrigerator (Figure 5, Item 5). The refrigerator provides storage for perishable items. 6. Intercom (Figure 5, Item 6). The intercom provides communication to the rest of the vessel.

0009

7. Locker (Figure 5, Item 7). The locker provides storage for the crewmembers' clothing and personal items. 8. Life jacket stowage (Figure 5, Item 8). The life jacket stowage provides storage for four life jackets. 9. Chair (Figure 5, Item 9). The chair provides seating for crewmembers. 10. Chest/desk combo (Figure 5, Item 10). The chest/desk combo provides storage space and a desktop for reading or writing. 11. Locker (Figure 5, Item 11). The locker provides storage for the crewmembers' clothing and personal items.

0009-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0009

CREW'S STATEROOM 4
1 2 1

3 4

6 3 4 8 6

5 7

FWD

G1034T73

Figure 6. Crew's Stateroom 4.

0009-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 CREW'S STATEROOM 4 - Continued

0009

1. Locker (Figure 6, Item 1). The locker provides storage space for crewmembers' clothing and personal items. 2. Thermostat (Figure 6, Item 2). The thermostat provides temperature control in the stateroom. 3. Chairs (Figure 6, Item 3). The chairs provide seating for crewmembers. 4. Chest/desk combo (Figure 6, Item 4). The chest/desk combo provides storage space and a desktop for reading or writing. 5. Bunks (Figure 6, Item 5). The bunks provide sleeping structures for four crewmembers. 6. Night table (Figure 6, Item 6). The night table provides storage for miscellaneous items. 7. Life jacket stowage (Figure 6, Item 7). The life jacket stowage provides storage for four life jackets. 8. Intercom (Figure 6, Item 8). The intercom provides communication to the rest of the vessel.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010

FAN ROOM

7 8 9 10 11

13 FWD

12
G1036T73

Figure 2.

Fan Room.

0010-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FAN ROOM - Continued

0010

1. Preheater (1-23-2) (Figure 2, Item 1) (overhead). This electric preheater preheats outside air going to the fan coil unit as required. 2. Manual adjustment dampener (Figure 2, Item 2) (overhead). The manual adjustment dampener controls the volume of airflow into the ventilation ducting. 3. Thermostat control (Figure 2, Item 3) (overhead). The thermostat control provides temperature control for the air going to the fan coil unit. 4. Preheater controller (1-23-2) (Figure 2, Item 4). This controller turns the (1-23-2) preheater ON and OFF. 5. Reheater controller (1-25-2) (Figure 2, Item 5). This controller turns the (1-25-2) reheater ON and OFF. 6. Preheater controller (1-23-4) (Figure 2, Item 6). This controller turns the (1-23-4) preheater ON and OFF. 7. Crew's mess fan coil unit (R1-25-2) controller (Figure 2, Item 7). This controller provides control of fan coil unit (5). 8. Galley supply fan (S1-22-4) motor controller (Figure 2, Item 8). This motor controller provides control of galley supply fan. 9. Filter supply system (Figure 2, Item 9) (overhead). The filter supply system provides removal of dirt and foreign particles from the outside air going to the galley supply fan. 10. AMS 2 supply fan (S1-22-2) motor controller (Figure 2, Item 10). This motor controller provides control for the AMS 2 supply fan. 11. Fan coil unit (R 1-25-2) (overhead) (Figure 2, Item 11). The fan coil unit provides a circulating fan for main deck spaces and an air conditioning coil for cooling. 12. Galley supply fan (Figure 2, Item 12). The vaneaxial fan provides makeup air for the galley ventilator hood. 13. Galley reheater (1-23-4) (Figure 2, Item 13). The (1-23-4) reheater reheats interior air recirculating to the fan coil unit. 14. AMS 2 supply fan (S1-22-2) (Figure 2, Item 14). The AMS 2 vaneaxial supply fan provides forced air supply to AMS 2. 15. Steering gear oil reservoir (Figure 2, Item 15) (overhead). The steering gear reservoir has 15.75 gal (59.6 L) capacity with a sight glass. This reservoir supplies hydraulic fluid for the steering gear system. 16. Refrigeration valves manifold (Figure 2, Item 16). The refrigeration valves manifold is a control center for the vessels refrigeration.

0010-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0010

MESS/RECREATION SPACE

3 4

5 6 27 26 25 24 7 8 9 10 11 23 22 12

16 FWD

13
G1037T73

Figure 3. Mess/Recreation Space. 1. Stack (Figure 3, Item 1). The stack contains engine exhaust and crankcase vents. 2. Thermostat (Figure 3, Item 2). The thermostat provides temperature control for the mess space. 3. Remote valve operator for valve LO-15 (Figure 3, Item 3). This remote valve operator operates LO-15 LUBO STOR TK OUT storage tank outlet valve. 4. Tv and VCR (Figure 3, Item 4). The tv and VCR provide viewing for entertainment purposes and for work purposes. 5. Remote hydraulic cutoff valve, HO-COV (Figure 3, Item 5). This remote cutoff valve operates HO-COV for hydraulic oil. 6. Bulletin board (Figure 3, Item 6). The bulletin board provides postings of articles of interest to all crewmembers.

0010-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MESS/RECREATION SPACE - Continued 7. Thermostat (Figure 3, Item 7). The thermostat provides temperature control for the recreation space. 8. Intercom (Figure 3, Item 8). The intercom provides communication with other areas of the vessel. 9. Sound powered telephone (Figure 3, Item 9). The sound powered telephone is used for intraship communication. 10. Drinking fountain (Figure 3, Item 10). The drinking fountain dispenses cold potable water.

0010

11. General alarm bell (Figure 3, Item 11). The general alarm bell signals various emergency conditions on the vessel. 12. 440 V power panel No. 3 (Figure 3, Item 12). This power panel provides 440 V power for the main deck supply and exhaust fans, preheaters, and reheaters. 13. Galley supply fan and crew's mess fan coil unit emergency stop (Figure 3, Item 13). The galley supply fan and crews mess fan coil unit emergency stop disconnects power to the supply fan and fan coil unit. 14. Cutlery dispenser with cabinet (Figure 3, Item 14). The cutlery dispenser contains the eating utensils. 15. Serving line (Figure 3, Item 15). The serving line is located adjacent to the roll-up window. The serving line provides a tray rail for cafeteria-style serving. 16. Mini refrigerator and with icemaker (under) (Figure 3, Item 16). The mini refrigerator provides cold storage for perishables and produces ice. 17. Milk dispenser (Figure 3, Item 17). This dispenses cold milk. 18. Beverage dispenser (Figure 3, Item 18). This dispenses cold beverages. 19. Coffee percolator (Figure 3, Item 19). The coffee percolator produces and holds hot coffee for consumption. 20. Cabinet (under) (Figure 3, Item 20). The cabinet provides dry good storage. 21. Microwave (over) (Figure 3, Item 21). The microwave reheats food and beverages. 22. Toaster (countertop) (Figure 3, Item 22). The toaster produces toast at various settings. 23. AMS 2 watertight door remote hand pump (bulkhead) (Figure 3, Item 23). Hand pump to open or close the AMS 2 watertight door. 24. 120 V main deck, 01 and 02 emergency lighting panel No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 24). This panel provides power distribution for main deck, 01, and 02 level emergency interior lighting. It also provides 120 V for the alarm switchboard and the FM-200 system. 25. Fire axe (Figure 3, Item 25). The fire axe is used to aid the crew in gaining immediate access to a locked or enclosed area in the case of fire. 26. Fire station 5 (Figure 3, Item 26). The firefighting station uses raw water and is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 27. Remote valve operator for valve FO-2, F.O. DAY TK FILL (Figure 3, Item 27). This remote valve operator operates the fill valve for the port day tank.

0010-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER

0010

4 3 FWD
Figure 4.

2
G1038T73

Damage Control Locker.

0010-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER - Continued 1. Shelves (Figure 4, Item 1). Shelves provide stowage for damage control lumber and equipment.

0010

2. Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas sampling port (Figure 4, Item 2). This port allows sampling of the atmosphere in AMS 1 after the FM-200 system has extinguished a potential fire. 3. Escape hatch (Figure 4, Item 3). The escape hatch provides an emergency escape from AMS 1. 4. Fire axe (Figure 4, Item 4). The fire axe is used to aid the crew in gaining immediate access to a locked or enclosed area in case of fire. 5. Sound powered telephone (Figure 4, Item 5). The sound powered telephone is used for intraship communications. 6. Desk (Figure 4, Item 6). The desk provides a workspace in the damage control locker. 7. Sound powered telephone system call terminal box (Figure 4, Item 7). This terminal box provides a junction for many of the vessel's sound powered telephone circuits.

0010-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0010

LAUNDRY ROOM

FWD 3
Figure 5.
G1039T73

Laundry Room.

1. Locker (Figure 5, Item 1). The locker provides storage for laundry supplies. 2. Iron and ironing board (Figure 5, Item 2). An iron and a full sized ironing board are provided for garment pressing. 3. Convection heater (Figure 5, Item 3). The convection heater supplies heat to the laundry room. 4. Deep sinks (Figure 5, Item 4). Deep sinks are provided for hand laundering and rinsing garments. 5. Washing machine (Figure 5, Item 5). The washing machine washes garments and washable linens on the vessel. 6. Dryer (Figure 5, Item 6). The dryer dries garments and linens on the vessel.

0010-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0010

ARMS LOCKER
1 2

3 6 4

5 FWD
G1040T73

Figure 6.

Arms Locker.

1. .50 Cal machine gun locker (Figure 6, Item 1). The .50 cal machine gun locker stores weapons in a secure location. 2. Sprinkler head assembly (Figure 6, Item 2). The sprinkler head assembly provides raw water to extinguish fires in the arms locker. 3. Water switch assembly (Figure 6, Item 3). The water switch assembly sends an emergency condition alarm signal to the pilothouse when water flows into the arms locker sprinkler piping system. 4. Small arms locker (Figure 6, Item 4). The small arms locker provides secure storage for small arms. 5. Temperature switch (Figure 6, Item 5). The temperature switch sends an emergency condition alarm signal to the pilothouse when the temperature rises above 105F (41C) in the arms locker. 6. Ammunition locker (Figure 6, Item 6). The ammunition locker provides storage for small arms ammunition.

0010-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 BOATSWAIN'S STORE

0010

1 2 3 4 22 21 20 6

7 19 18 17 4 4 16 15 14 11 13
Figure 7.

9 10 FWD

G1041T73

Boatswain's Store.

1. Fire extinguisher (Figure 7, Item 1). The fire extinguisher is used to extinguish small fires on the main deck level. 2. Arms locker sprinkler cutoff valve (Figure 7, Item 2). The sprinkler cutoff valve controls the supply of raw water to the arms locker drench system sprinkler heads. 3. Arms locker exhaust fan E01-62-2 (Figure 7, Item 3). The arms locker exhaust fan ventilates the arms locker. 4. Shelves (Figure 7, Item 4). The shelves provide storage space. 5. General alarm bell (Figure 7, Item 5). The alarm bell signals various emergency conditions on the vessel. 6. Public Address (PA) speaker volume control (Figure 7, Item 6). The PA speaker volume control adjusts the volume level of the PA speaker.

0010-12

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0010

GALLEY
6, 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 3 5 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26, 27 28 29 28 30 31 32 33

3 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 FWD

41 40

39 38 37

36 35
G1043T73

Figure 9.

Galley.

1. Fan coil unit (Figure 9, Item 1). One fan coil unit provides cooling capability for the chill box and a second fan coil unit provides cooling capability for the walk-in freezer. 2. Chill box (Figure 9, Item 2). The chill box is a walk-in refrigerator. 3. Shelves (Figure 9, Item 3). The shelves are used for storage. 4. Thaw room (Figure 9, Item 4). The thaw room is used to thaw frozen foods. 5. Freezer alarm switch (Figure 9, Item 5). The freezer alarm switch is provided in the event a crewmember becomes trapped inside the chill box or freezer. The crewmember can activate the freezer alarm using the freezer alarm switch. 6. Freeze box alarm, freeze box timer, heater connector and disconnect switches (Figure 9, Item 6). These switches control various functions in the galley reefer area. 7. Defrost heater controller for the vessel's storage refrigerator and freezer system (Figure 9, Item 7). The defrost heater controller controls the power to the vessel's storage refrigerator and freezer system defroster. 8. Trash compactor and safe (above) (Figure 9, Item 8). The trash compactor compacts trash, reducing the volume of trash. The safe provides a secured storage area for miscellaneous items.

0010-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 GALLEY - Continued 9. Freezer (Figure 9, Item 9). The freezer is used for frozen day stores.

0010

VESTIBULE

6 12

7 11 DN

9
Figure 10.

FWD
Vestibule.

8
G1044T73

0010-20

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 VESTIBULE - Continued 1. FM-55 (Figure 10, Item 1). Valve FM-55, F STA No. 4 supplies raw water to fire station 4.

0010

2. VIDMAR storage cabinets (Figure 10, Item 2). The VIDMAR storage cabinets provide stowage for spare and repair parts. 3. Flow control valve (Figure 10, Item 3). The hydraulic key flow control valve controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the deck crane. 4. Water Washdown Station (WWS) with HF sampling port (Figure 10, Item 4). This station permits raw water to flow from the fire main system to the engine room water wash down system. HF gas sampling can also be done at this station. 5. VIDMAR storage cabinets (Figure 10, Item 5). The VIDMAR storage cabinets provide stowage for spare and repair parts. 6. Fire and emergency stop panel (Figure 10, Item 6). FM-200 manual pull box (above), HVAC SYS EMER STOP, the FO XFER Pump EMER STOP (below), fire alarm pull station. The FM-20 manual pull box activates the engine room FM-200 system. The EMER STOP boxes shut OFF fuel oil transfer pumps 1 and 2. The HVAC SYS EMER STOP shuts OFF the AMS 1 and 2 supply fans, the engine room exhaust, and supply fans. The fire alarm pull station activates the fire alarm when pulled. 7. Tow machinery control panel (Figure 10, Item 7). The tow machinery control panel houses the logic control and circuitry connections for the tow machines. 8. AMS 2 watertight door pump and reservoir system (Figure 10, Item 8). This system is used to OPEN and CLOSE the AMS 2 watertight door. 9. Fire extinguisher (Figure 10, Item 9). Portable fire extinguisher used to extinguish small fires on the main deck. 10. Fire axe (Figure 10, Item 10). Used to aid crew in gaining immediate access to a locked or enclosed area in the case of fire. 11. Fire alarm pull station (Figure 10, Item 11). Pulling the handle of the fire alarm pull station activates the fire alarm system. 12. FM-200 manual pull box (Figure 10, Item 12). The FM-200 manual box provides a connection to the FM-200 fire activation system in the engine room.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0010-21/22 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS ENGINE ROOM

0011

ENGINE ROOM, PORT SIDE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

16 17 18

36 35 34

EOS

33 32 31 30 29 28 27 FWD 26 25 24 23 22

G1045T73

Figure 1.

Engine Room, Port Side.

ENCLOSED OPERATING STATION

1 2 3 4 5 6

23 2 22 21 20 19 7 18 17 16

8
G1046T73

Figure 2.

Enclosed Operating Station (EOS).

1. Sound powered telephone (Figure 2, Item 1). The sound powered telephone provides intraship communications. 2. Window (Figure 2, Item 2). The window allows observation of the engine room. 3. Vertical ladder (Figure 2, Item 3). This ladder provides an emergency exit from the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) to the main deck. 4. Scuttle (escape hatch) (Figure 2, Item 4). The scuttle provides an emergency exit from the enclosed operating station. 5. Table/book rack (Figure 2, Item 5). The table/book rack is used for record keeping and storage. 6. Master tank level indicator receiver panel, 7-channel (Figure 2, Item 6). The master tank level indicator receiver panel has seven meters for remote monitoring of tank levels for the sewage holding tank, oily waste holding tank, potable water tanks, and ballast water tanks.

0011-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENCLOSED OPERATING STATION - Continued

0011

7. Fire and smoke detection panel, fire alarm bell, and key cabinet (Figure 2, Item 7). The fire and smoke detection panel provides controls and indicators necessary for controlling and monitoring the fire detection system. 8. Main switchboard (Figure 2, Item 8). The switchboard includes facilities for the control of the SSDGs, including paralleling and power distribution (440 V AC). 9. Ship heel clinometer (Figure 2, Item 9). The ship's heel clinometer indicates the trim angle of the vessel. 10. Key box (Figure 2, Item 10). The key box provides a storage place for various keys. 11. Remote indicator (alarm) assembly (Figure 2, Item 11). The remote indicator (alarm) assembly monitors the effluent discharged by the oil water separator. The remote indicator (alarm) assembly emits an audible alarm when the selected alarm value is exceeded. 12. Special tools locker (Figure 2, Item 12). The special tools locker is located below the engine room EOS. The special tools locker contains shelves for storage of authorized special tools. 13. Air conditioner unit (Figure 2, Item 13). The air conditioner unit provides air conditioning for the EOS. 14. Engine Order Telegraph (EOT) wrong direction bell (Figure 2, Item 14). The EOT wrong direction bell indicates that the throttles are not set to desired speed/direction of the pilothouse EOT. 15. File cabinet (Figure 2, Item 15). The file cabinet provides storage space for records. 16. EOS console (Figure 2, Item 16). The EOS console houses central controls for the main engines and the machinery plant monitoring system. 17. Ship trim clinometer (Figure 2, Item 17). The ship's trim clinometer indicates the heel angle of the vessel. 18. Remote loudspeaker station (Figure 2, Item 18). The loudspeaker station amplifies audio messages to the engine room. 19. General alarm bell (Figure 2, Item 19). The general alarm bell sounds the general alarm, indicating various conditions and emergencies. 20. Intercom (Figure 2, Item 20). The intercom provides communication from the rest of the vessel. 21. Tank level indicator receiver panel, 11-channel (Figure 2, Item 21). This panel has 11 meters for remote monitoring of tank levels for the lube oil storage tank, fuel oil storage tanks, and fuel oil day tanks. 22. Steering alarm panel (Figure 2, Item 22). This panel provides remote indicators for the steering gear system. 23. EOT constant ring bell (Figure 2, Item 23). The EOT constant ring bell indicates that the pilothouse has changed the desired speed/direction.

0011-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0011

ENGINE ROOM, STARBOARD SIDE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

45 4 44 43 42 4 41 40 39 8 38 37 36

18 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 FWD 25 24 23 22 21 20 19

G1047T73

Figure 3.

Engine Room, Starboard Side.

1. Shaft brake panel 1 (Figure 3, Item 1). This panel provides control for the starboard shaft brake. 2. Lube oil hand pump (Figure 3, Item 2). The lube oil hand pump pumps lube oil from the reduction gears to the oily waste system. 3. Reduction gear cooling pumps (Figure 3, Item 3). The reduction gear cooling pumps are electric pumps that circulate cooling water for the reduction gears. 4. Fire extinguisher (Figure 3, Item 4). The fire extinguisher is used to extinguish small fires. 5. Fire alarm pull station and reduction gear 1 and 2 fresh water cooling pump pressure gages (Figure 3, Item 5). The fire alarm pull station is used to activate the fire alarm. The cooling pump pressure gages indicate the pressure of the reduction gear coolant. 6. Main engine 1 (Figure 3, Item 6). Main engine 1 is an air-started, fresh water-cooled main propulsion engine. Main engine 1 rotates clockwise when viewed from the flywheel. 7. General alarm bell (Figure 3, Item 7). The general alarm bell sounds a general alarm, indicating various conditions and emergencies. 8. General alarm light (Figure 3, Item 8). The general alarm light illuminates indicating various conditions and emergencies. 9. Engine control panel (Figure 3, Item 9). The engine control panel houses controls and status displays for the main engines.

0011-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ROOM, STARBOARD SIDE - Continued 10. Engine alarm horn (Figure 3, Item 10). The engine alarm sounds the engine alarm, indicating various conditions and emergencies.

0011

11. Load center distribution panel (Figure 3, Item 11). The load center distribution panel supplies 120 V to four distribution panels and to the machine shop. 12. Horn and PA speaker with volume control (Figure 3, Item 12). The horn sounds to alert the crew when the sound powered telephone (in EOS) has an incoming call. The PA speaker with the volume control amplifies messages throughout the engine room. 13. 440 V power panel No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 13). 440 V power panel No. 1 provides 440 V power distribution for engine room equipment. 14. Fire alarm pull station (Figure 3, Item 14). The fire alarm pull station activates the fire alarm when pulled. 15. Sewage discharge pump 1 motor controller (Figure 3, Item 15). The sewage discharge pump 1 motor controller turns sewage discharge pump 1 ON and OFF. 16. AMS 1 watertight door hand pump (Figure 3, Item 16). The AMS 1 watertight door hand pump is used to open and close the AMS 1 sliding watertight door. 17. Sewage discharge pump 1 (Figure 3, Item 17). Sewage discharge pump 1 is an electrically powered pump that pumps contents of the sewage tank to the sewage shore connection or overboard. 18. Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) pump suction gage (Figure 3, Item 18). This AFFF pump suction gage indicates the suction pressure of the AFFF pump. 19. Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 1 (Figure 3, Item 19). The SSDG 1 is a battery-started (24 V DC), fresh water-cooled, diesel engine-driven service generator providing electric power to the main switchboard. 20. Oily waste storage tank level indicator (Figure 3, Item 20). The oily waste storage tank level indicator displays the amount of oily waste present in the tank. 21. 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1 (Figure 3, Item 21). The 120 V emergency distribution panel No. 1 provides emergency power distribution for selected equipment. 22. Battery chargers (Figure 3, Item 22). Two battery chargers maintain the charge of two battery banks. One charger is for SSDG 1, the other for the machinery plant monitoring system. 23. Oil Content Monitor (OCM) (Figure 3, Item 23). The OCM monitors the oil content of the effluent discharge from the oil water separator and prevents overboard discharge of contaminated effluent. 24. Battery banks (Figure 3, Item 24). The upper battery bank provides battery power to start SSDG 1 and the lower battery bank provides power for the machinery plant monitoring system and engine control. 25. Oil water separator (Figure 3, Item 25). The oil water separator separates oil from water and discharges the water overboard sending only the separated oil back to the oily waste tank. 26. Oily bilge and oil water separator pressure gages (Figure 3, Item 26). The oily bilge and oil water separator pressure gages indicate the amount of pressure within the oily bilge and oil water separators. 27. Oily bilge pump (Figure 3, Item 27). The oily bilge pump is an air powered pump for removing oily water from bilges and transferring contents of the oily waste drain tank and the oily waste storage tank to the shore connection.

0011-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ROOM, STARBOARD SIDE - Continued 28. Oily bilge strainer (Figure 3, Item 28). The oily bilge strainer protects the oily bilge pump by removing sediment and debris from the bilge water.

0011

29. Vertical ladder (Figure 3, Item 29). The vertical ladder provides access to the starboard day tank and the starboard lifeboat station on the 02 level. 30. Fuel oil tank level indicators (Figure 3, Item 30). The fuel oil tank level indicators display the amount of fuel oil in the various fuel oil storage tanks on the vessel. 31. Fuel oil manifold (Figure 3, Item 31). The fuel oil manifold provides centralized control for the fuel oil piping system. 32. Reduction gear 1 (Figure 3, Item 32). Reduction gear 1 transfers power from main engine and provides directional control to the propeller shaft. 33. Fuel filter/water separator (Figure 3, Item 33). The fuel filter/water separator is used to remove water and solids from the fuel oil. 34. Fuel oil transfer pump 1 and 2 motor controllers (Figure 3, Item 34). The fuel oil transfer pump 1 and 2 motor controllers control the power to the fuel oil transfer pumps. 35. Fuel oil transfer pumps (Figure 3, Item 35). The fuel oil transfer pumps are used to transfer fuel within the fuel oil transfer piping system. 36. Space heater (Figure 3, Item 36). The space heater provides heated air for the engine room. 37. Fuel oil transfer pump pressure gages (Figure 3, Item 37). The fuel oil transfer pump pressure gages indicate the fuel oil pressure being discharged from the fuel oil transfer pump. 38. Fuel oil day tank high level alarm (Figure 3, Item 38). The fuel oil day tank high level alarm provides a visible and audible alarm when the transfer of fuel oil to the PORT or STARBOARD fuel oil day tanks have exceeded fill levels. 39. FM-200 relay panel box (Figure 3, Item 39). The FM-200 relay panel box houses the equipment shutdown relays. These relays shut down the engine room exhaust fans, the engine room supply fans, both SSDGs, the bow thruster engine, the AMS 1 supply fan, the fuel oil transfer pumps, and the pump drive engine. 40. Reduction gear 1 cooling water pump motor controller (Figure 3, Item 40). The reduction gear 1 cooling water pump motor controller controls the power to reduction gear water pump 1. 41. Reduction gear 2 cooling water pump motor controller (Figure 3, Item 41). The reduction gear 2 cooling water pump motor controller controls the power to reduction gear water pump 2. 42. Reefer refrigerant piping valve system (Figure 3, Item 42). The reefer refrigerant piping valve system is provided to operate the chill box and walk-in freezer's refrigerating system. 43. Engine room exhaust fan 1 and engine room supply fan 1 motor controllers (Figure 3, Item 43). The engine room exhaust fan 1 and engine room supply fan 1 motor controllers control the ventilation fans for the starboard side of the engine room. 44. Engine room exhaust fan 2 and engine room supply fan 2 motor controllers (Figure 3, Item 44). The engine room exhaust fan 2 and engine room supply fan 2 motor controllers control the ventilation fans for the port side of the engine room.

0011-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ROOM, STARBOARD SIDE - Continued

0011

45. AMS 2 watertight door hand pump (Figure 3, Item 45). The AMS 2 watertight door hand pump is used to OPEN and CLOSE the AMS 2 sliding watertight door.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0011-9/10 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS AMS 1 AND BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT

0012

AMS 1 AND BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT

AMS 1 BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT

FWD
Figure 1. AMS 1 and Bow Thruster Compartment.

G1048T73

1. AMS 1 houses the starting air receivers, the bow thruster engine, the pump drive engine, towing machine hydraulic reservoir, Marine Sanitation Device (MSD), and air compressors. Details of this space are contained in Figure 2. 2. The bow thruster compartment houses a lube oil reservoir, a general alarm bell, an access hatch, and the bow thruster unit. Details of this space are contained in Figure 3.

0012-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00012)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 1
1 2 3 4 5 37 36 35 34 33 31 32 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 18 23 20 21 FWD 22 19 17 42 LOOKING FORWARD DETAIL A
SEE DETAIL A

0012

6 7 38
OFF

39
RE SET

BLOWER RUN

40
HAND PUMP AUTO OFF

START

8 9 43

STOP

POWER AVAILABLE MOTOR RUN

41
ON ON ON

10 11 12, 13 14 15 16
RESET

OFF

POWER AVAILABLE MOTOR RUN

START STOP

MANUAL

AUTO

MANUAL

AUTO

RESET

DECK

G1049T73

Figure 2.

AMS 1.

1. Hot water recirculating pump (Figure 2, Item 1). The hot water recirculating pump provides continuous circulation of hot water in the hot potable water piping system. 2. Hot water heaters (Figure 2, Item 2). The two hot water heaters provide potable water, heated to the set point temperature, for the hot potable water piping system. 3. Air compressors (Figure 2, Item 3). The air compressors provide compressed air to the air receivers. 4. Ship's service air pressure gage (Figure 2, Item 4). The ship's service air pressure gage measures air pressure in the ship's service air receiver. 5. Ship's service air receiver (Figure 2, Item 5). The ship's service air receiver provides storage for the ship's service air.

0012-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00012)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 1 - Continued

0012

6. Air compressor 1 and 2 discharge pressure and ship's service air pressure gages (Figure 2, Item 6). The air compressor 1 and 2 discharge gages measure the level of pressure entering the starting air receivers. The ship's service air pressure gage measures the pressure in the ship's service air receiver. 7. Starting air receiver (Figure 2, Item 7). The starting air receiver provides storage for diesel engine starting air. 8. Starting air receiver pressure gage (Figure 2, Item 8). The starting air pressure gage measures the air pressure available to the engines' starting motors. 9. 440 V power panel No. 4 (Figure 2, Item 9). This power panel provides 440 volt power distribution for the air compressors 1 and 2, the MSD discharge pump and blower, the hot potable water recirculating pump, the AMS 1 supply fan, and the AMS 1 unit heater. 10. Scuttle (Escape hatch) (Figure 2, Item 10). The scuttle provides an emergency escape from AMS 1. 11. Vertical ladder (Figure 2, Item 11). The vertical ladder leads to the main deck. 12. AMS 1 supply fan motor controller (Figure 2, Item 12). This controller controls the operation of the AMS 1 supply fan. This controller also permits the operator to select FAST, SLOW, and STOP. 13. BOW THRUSTER BRAKE PANEL (Figure 2, Item 13). This panel provides local manual control for the bow thruster shaft brake. 14. Space heater (above) (Figure 2, Item 14). The heater provides heated air for AMS 1. 15. Bow thruster engine (Figure 2, Item 15). The bow thruster engine drives the bow thruster components. 16. Fire station 3 (Figure 2, Item 16). The firefighting station uses raw water and is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 17. Pump drive engine and bow thruster engine starting air pressure gages and fire main pressure gage (Figure 2, Item 17). The starting air pressure gages measures the level of air pressure available to the pump drive and the bow thruster starters. The fire main pressure gage measures the level of pressure available from the firefighting pump. 18. Hydraulic towing machine (Figure 2, Item 18). The hydraulic oil pump provides pressurized hydraulic oil to power the towing machine, and can be aligned to power the central hydraulic system. It is driven by the pump drive engine. 19. Pump drive engine (Figure 2, Item 19). The pump drive engine drives the hydraulic towing machine (Figure 2, Item 17) and the firefighting pump (Figure 2, Item 20). 20. Firefighting pump (Figure 2, Item 20). The firefighting pump provides pressurized raw water to the fire monitors located on the pilothouse top. The firefighting pump can also pressurize the fire main. 21. General alarm bell (above) (Figure 2, Item 21). The general alarm bell sounds indicating various conditions and emergencies. 22. Towing machine hydraulic reservoir (Figure 2, Item 22). The reservoir provides storage for the towing machine hydraulic system's hydraulic oil. 23. AMS 1 watertight door hand pump (Figure 2, Item 23). The watertight door hand pump is used to OPEN and CLOSE AMS 1 watertight door.

0012-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00012)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 1 - Continued

0012

24. Watertight door (Figure 2, Item 24). The watertight door provides compartmentalization in emergency situations. 25. General alarm rotating beacon (Figure 2, Item 25). The general alarm rotating beacon provides a revolving light that indicates a general alarm is in effect. 26. FM-200 alarm (Figure 2, Item 26). The FM-200 alarm indicates the FM-200 agent is being released into the engine room and AMS 1. 27. Duplex strainer (Figure 2, Item 27). The duplex strainer removes sediment and other large solids from the raw water used to cool the bow thruster engine (Figure 2, Item 15) and pump drive engine (Figure 2, Item 19). 28. Raw water strainer and Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) proportioner pressure gages (Figure 2, Item 28). The raw water strainer differential pressure gage measures the differential pressure across the raw water strainer. Excessive differential pressure indicates a clogged strainer. The AFFF proportioner pressure gage indicates the pressure at the AFFF proportioner. 29. MSD blower (Figure 2, Item 29). This blower aerates the sewage in the MSD to permit decomposition. 30. AFFF pump (Figure 2, Item 30). The AFFF pump supplies AFFF concentrate from the AFFF storage tank to the proportioner. 31. MSD wet well (Figure 2, Item 31). The MSD wet well is where the chlorine from the table chlorinator disinfects the effluent discharged from the media tank. 32. Sound powered telephone and storage box (Figure 2, Item 32). The sound powered telephone provides intraship communication. 33. MSD media tank (Figure 2, Item 33). The MSD media tank is where sewage is biologically decomposed. 34. MSD discharge pump pressure gage (Figure 2, Item 34). This gage measures the discharge pump pressure. 35. MSD discharge pump (Figure 2, Item 35). The MSD discharge pump discharges effluent from the wet well overboard after treatment. 36. Hot water recirculating pump pressure differential gage (Figure 2, Item 36). This gage indicates the pressure differential across the hot water recirculating pump. 37. Sewage holding tank (Figure 2, Item 37). The sewage holding tank (located below tank top level) holds the processed or unprocessed sewage until it is pumped through the shore connection. 38. MSD motor controller (Figure 2, Item 38). The MSD motor controller provides overload protection and control for the MSD discharge pump and blower. 39. Sewage holding tank level indicator (Figure 2, Item 39). This tank level indicator indicates the level of matter present in the sewage holding tank. 40. Hot potable water recirculating pump motor controller (Figure 2, Item 40). This controller turns the hot potable water recirculating pump ON and OFF. 41. AFFF pump motor controller (Figure 2, Item 41). This controller provides overload protection and control for the AFFF pump.

0012-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00012)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 1 - Continued

G1051T73

Figure 1. Below Main Deck, Aft of Engine Room. 1. Steering gear compartment (Figure 1, Item 1). This space houses all the equipment necessary to steer the vessel. Details of this space are contained in Figure 2. 2. Towing gear locker (Figure 1, Item 2). This space provides stowage for the vessel's towing gear and equipment. Details of this space are contained in Figure 3. 3. AMS 2 (Figure 1, Item 3). AMS 2 houses the various components and equipment. Details of this space are contained in Figure 4. 4. Workshop (Figure 1, Item 4). The workshop provides workspace and equipment necessary to make onboard repairs. The details of this space are contained in Figure 5.

0013-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 STEERING GEAR COMPARTMENT

0013

5 6 12

2 10

4 9 2 8 7 6 5

1
G1052T73

Figure 2. Steering Gear Compartment.

0013-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 STEERING GEAR COMPARTMENT - Continued

0013

1. Rudder stop (Figure 2, Item 1). The rudder stop limits the swing of the rudder to a maximum of 35 degrees to port or starboard. 2. Tiller arm (Figure 2, Item 2). The tiller arm connects the rudder post to the tie bar. 3. Tie bar (Figure 2, Item 3). The tie bar connects the tillers, providing unified tiller movement. 4. Raw water eductor gage (Figure 2, Item 4). The raw water eductor gage indicates the pressure available at the eductor. 5. Steering system rudder feedback unit (Figure 2, Item 5). The steering system rudder feedback unit displays the status and angle of the rudder. 6. Rudderpost (Figure 2, Item 6). The rudderpost is the shaft that allows the rudder to pivot 35 degrees to port or starboard. 7. Overboard discharge bilge eductor valve BB-8 (Figure 2, Item 7). This valve, when OPEN, allows water to be removed from the bilge of the steering compartment to the eductor and overboard. 8. Raised access hatch (Figure 2, Item 8). The raised access hatch provides entrance/exit to the steering gear compartment. 9. Starboard tow pin control valves (Figure 2, Item 9). These solenoid valves control the raising and lowering of the starboard tow pins. 10. Port tow pin control valves (Figure 2, Item 10). These solenoid valves control the raising and lowering of the port tow pins. 11. Eductor (Figure 2, Item 11). The eductor is part of the bilge ballast general service system. When placed online it can rapidly remove water from a compartment. 12. BB-11, OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC (Figure 2, Item 12). This valve secures the overboard flow from the eductor.

0013-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0013

TOWING GEAR LOCKER

5 6

FWD

9
G1053T73

Figure 3. Towing Gear Locker.

0013-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TOWING GEAR LOCKER - Continued

0013

1. PW-10, POT. WTR. TK. PORT. DR. (Figure 3, Item 1). This valve permits draining of the port potable water tank into the bilge. 2. Eductor valves (Figure 3, Item 2). The eductor valves control the operation of the eductor for this space. 3. PW-11, POT. WTR. TK. STBD. DR. (Figure 3, Item 3). This valve permits draining of the starboard potable water tank into the bilge. 4. General alarm bell (Figure 3, Item 4). The general alarm bell signals various emergency conditions on the vessel. 5. ST-4, BLST TK 2P SNDG. (Figure 3, Item 5). This valve permits sounding of the port ballast tank. 6. ST-3, BLST TK 2P SNDG. (Figure 3, Item 6). This valve permits sounding of the starboard ballast tank. 7. Shelving (Figure 3, Item 7). Shelving provides stowage for towing gear and equipment. 8. Space heater (Figure 3, Item 8). The space heater provides heat to the towing gear locker. 9. Mooring line stowage bin (Figure 3, Item 9). The mooring line stowage bin provides storage for mooring lines. 10. Vertical ladder (Figure 3, Item 10). This ladder provides access to the main deck. 11. Raised access hatch (Figure 3, Item 11). The raised access hatch provides access to the main deck for personnel. 12. Raised access hatch (Figure 3, Item 12). The raised access hatch provides access to the towing gear stowage bin for stowing and retrieving gear. 13. Towing gear stowage bin (Figure 3, Item 13). The towing gear stowage bin provides storage for towing gear and the shore power cable. 14. BB-11, OVBD. DISCH. BILGE EDUC (Figure 3, Item 14). This valve secures the overboard flow from the eductor.

0013-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 2

0013

2 1

4 5

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 11 32 31 12 30 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 9 10 8 6 7

29 27 28 27 7 26 25 24

G1054T73

Figure 4.

AMS 2.

0013-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 2 - Continued

0013

1. Bilge and ballast pumps (Figure 4, Item 1). The bilge and ballast pumps are electric motor-driven pumps used to pump the bilges and fill or drain the ballast tanks. 2. Bilge and ballast pumps pressure gages (Figure 4, Item 2). These pressure gages indicate the discharge pressure of the bilge and ballast pumps. 3. Ballast tank tank level indicators (Figure 4, Item 3). These indicators display the fluid level in the ballast tanks. 4. Brominator system (Figure 4, Item 4). The brominator introduces bromine into the potable water tanks. 5. Ballast manifold (Figure 4, Item 5). This duplex manifold provides centralized control of the fluid level within the ballast tanks. 6. Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Units (ROWPU) (Figure 4, Item 6). Two ROWPUs convert raw water to fresh water at a rate of 33 to 99 GPH (125.6 to 250 LPH). ROWPU 1 converts raw water to fresh water at a rate 66 GPH (249.8 LPH). ROWPU 2 converts raw water to fresh water at a rate of 33 GPH (125.6 LPH). 7. Access hatch for shaft alleys (Figure 4, Item 7). The access hatch is a hinged deck plate that provides access to the shaft alleys. 8. 440 V power panel No. 5 (Figure 4, Item 8). This panel provides 440 V power distribution for AMS 2 equipment. 9. Scuttle (escape hatch) and ladder (Figure 4, Item 9). The scuttle and ladder provide an emergency escape from AMS 2. 10. Hydraulic sliding watertight door (Figure 4, Item 10). This door is a hydraulically powered sliding watertight door used to prevent flooding from one compartment to another. 11. Two 600 lb (223.9 kg) FM-200 cylinders (Figure 4, Item 11). These FM-200 cylinders store the FM-200 extinguishing agent used in the engine room and AMS 1 overhead fire suppression system. 12. Watertight door hydraulic hand pump (Figure 4, Item 12). This hand pump is used to open and close the engine room sliding watertight door. 13. Potable water hydropneumatic tank (Figure 4, Item 13). The potable water hydropneumatic tank provides water pressure to the potable water system. 14. FM-200 delay bypass cylinder (Figure 4, Item 14). When CLOSED, the FM-200 bypass cylinder provides a 60-second delay before the FM-200 extinguishing agent is released. When OPEN, the FM-200 bypass cylinder redirects CO 2 pressure to activate the FM-200 system immediately. 15. CO 2 cylinder (Figure 4, Item 15). CO 2 cylinders store the CO 2 gas that actuates the FM-200 system. 16. Pressure switch PS-1 (Figure 4, Item 16). Pressure switch PS-1 shuts down the ventilation fans, SSDG's, bow thruster engine, and bow-driven engine, and activates the FM-200 amber strobes in the engine room, AMS 1, and AMS 2. The FM-200 alarm bell on the exterior bulkhead of the engine room vestibule sounds when the FM-200 fire suppressant system is activated. 17. Pressure switch PS-1A (Figure 4, Item 17). Pressure switch PS-1A activates the FM-200 electric horns in AMS 1 and the engine room when the FM-200 fire suppressant system is activated.

0013-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 2 - Continued

0013

18. Gyro compass repeater (Figure 4, Item 18). The gyro compass repeater aids steering operations during steering emergencies by displaying the vessel's heading at the emergency steering station. The gyro compass repeater is fed from the vessel's gyro compass located in the pilothouse. 19. Steering gear emergency hand pump (Figure 4, Item 19). This hand pump provides hydraulic pressure and directional control to the steering gear in an emergency. 20. Rudder angle indicator (Figure 4, Item 20). The rudder angle indicator displays the position angle of the rudder. 21. Steering hydraulic power pack (Figure 4, Item 21). These two power packs, each with a motor and an onboard hydraulic pump, provide hydraulic pressure to the steering gear. 22. Steering hydraulic power pack motor controllers (Figure 4, Item 22). These motor controllers provide electrical protection and control to the steering power pack electric motors. 23. Workshop exhaust fan (Figure 4, Item 23). The workshop exhaust fan exhausts air from the workshop to the weatherdeck. 24. Capstan isolation valves (Figure 4, Item 24). The capstan isolation valves isolate the capstan from the central hydraulic system when closed. 25. Sound powered telephone (Figure 4, Item 25). The sound powered telephone provides intraship communication. 26. Fire station 1 (Figure 4, Item 26). The firefighting station uses raw water and is equipped with 50 ft (15.24 m) of 1-1/2 in. hose and an all-purpose nozzle. 27. Potable water pump motor controllers (Figure 4, Item 27). These controllers provide control and circuit protection for potable water pumps electric motors. 28. Potable water tank level indicators and potable water pump gages (Figure 4, Item 28). The potable water tank level indicators display the level of potable water in the storage tanks. The potable water pump gages display water pumps 1 and 2 discharge pressures. 29. Potable water pumps (Figure 4, Item 29). The potable water pumps supply potable water to the hydropneumatic tank. 30. 200 lb (75 kg) FM-200 cylinder (Figure 4, Item 30). This FM-200 cylinder provides FM-200 extinguishing agent to the bilge in the engine room. 31. General alarm bell (Figure 4, Item 31). The alarm bell sounds an alarm, indicating various conditions and emergencies. 32. Air conditioning condensing unit (Figure 4, Item 32). The air conditioning condensing unit is used with the HVAC system. 33. General alarm rotating beacon and FM-200 rotating beacon (Figure 4, Item 33). The general alarm rotating beacon indicates a general alarm is in effect. The FM-200 revolving yellow light indicates the FM-200 system will be activated within 60 seconds. 34. Refrigeration condensing unit (Figure 4, Item 34). The refrigeration condensing unit is used with the fan coil units located in the walk-in freezer and chill box located aft of the galley.

0013-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AMS 2 - Continued

0013

35. Stern tube seal pressure gages (Figure 4, Item 35). These gages indicate the air pressure applied to the stern tube seal. 36. Fire and general service pumps (Figure 4, Item 36). These two pumps provide pressurized raw water to the fire main, general service system, and the washdown countermeasure system. 37. Fire and general service pump pressure gages (Figure 4, Item 37). These gages display the discharge pressure of the fire and general service pumps. 38. Bilge manifold (Figure 4, Item 38). This simplex manifold provides centralized control for bilge pumping operations. 39. Fire and general service pump 1 motor controller (Figure 4, Item 39). This motor controller controls the operation of the fire and general service pump 1. 40. Fire and general service pump 2 motor controller (Figure 4, Item 40). This controller controls the operation of the fire and general service pump 2. 41. Bilge and ballast pump 1 motor controller (Figure 4, Item 41). This controller controls the operation of the bilge and ballast pump 1. 42. Bilge and ballast pump 2 motor controller (Figure 4, Item 42). This controller controls the operation of the bilge and ballast service pump 2.

0013-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 WORKSHOP

0013

15 4

16 15 5

14 6

13 7 12 8

11
Figure 5. Workshop.

G1055T73

0013-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 WORKSHOP - Continued 1. Hand truck (Figure 5, Item 1). The hand truck is used to transport heavy items. 2. Waste can (Figure 5, Item 2). The waste can provides storage for non-toxic waste. 3. Cutting torch outfit (Figure 5, Item 3). The cutting torch outfit is used for metal cutting and shaping. 4. Wall locker (Figure 5, Item 4). The wall locker provides storage for tools and equipment. 5. Cabinet (over) (Figure 5, Item 5). The cabinet provides storage space.

0013

6. Bench grinder (Figure 5, Item 6). The grinder is used for tool sharpening and various equipment repairs. 7. Arc welder (below) (Figure 5, Item 7). The arc welder is used for repair of the vessel's equipment. 8. Drill press (Figure 5, Item 8). The drill press is used for drilling holes for repair of the vessel's equipment. 9. Workbench (Figure 5, Item 9). The workbench is used as a work area for repair of defective units and components. 10. Capstan hydraulic motor and isolation valve (Figure 5, Item 10). The capstan hydraulic motor turns the capstan when hydraulic pressure is applied. The isolation valve allows the capstan to be isolated from the central hydraulic system. 11. Space heater (Figure 5, Item 11). This heater provides heat for the workshop and AMS 2 compartment. 12. Pipe vise (Figure 5, Item 12). The hinged jaw pipe vise is used for holding equipment or components during repairs. 13. Vent hood (Figure 5, Item 13). The vent hood and exhaust fan remove air and fumes from the workshop area during welding operations. 14. Bench vise (Figure 5, Item 14). The bench vise is used for holding equipment or components during repairs. 15. Cabinet (Figure 5, Item 15). The cabinet provides storage for tools and equipment. 16. Vent hood exhaust fan controller (Figure 5, Item 16). The vent hood exhaust fan controller turns the exhaust fan ON and OFF.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0013-11/12 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS SHAFT ALLEYS

0014

STARBOARD SHAFT ALLEY

FWD
Figure 1. Starboard Shaft Alley.

G1056T73

1. Starboard shaft seal (Figure 1, Item 1). The starboard shaft seal prevents raw water leakage from around the propeller shaft. 2. Grating (Figure 1, Item 2). Grating is provided to permit personnel access into the starboard shaft alley while the vessel is underway. 3. Starboard propeller shaft (Figure 1, Item 3). The starboard propeller shaft transmits torque between the reduction gear and the propeller.

0014-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PORT SHAFT ALLEY

1 2

0014

FWD 5 4 3
G1057T73

Figure 2.

Port Shaft Alley.

1. Aft duplex strainer (Figure 2, Item 1). The aft duplex strainer removes large particulates from the raw water suction to fire and general service pump 2. 2. Forward duplex strainer (Figure 2, Item 2). The forward duplex strainer removes large particulates from the raw water suction to fire and general service pump 1. 3. Grating (Figure 2, Item 3). Grating is provided to permit personnel access into the port shaft alley while the vessel is underway. 4. Port propeller shaft (Figure 2, Item 4). The port propeller shaft transmits torque between the reduction gear and the propeller. 5. Port shaft seal (Figure 2, Item 5). The port shaft seal prevents raw water leakage from around the propeller shaft.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0014-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS TANKS

0015

TANK LOCATIONS Refer to Figures 1 and 2 for fluid tank locations. TANK CAPACITIES Tables 1 and 2 describe the various fluid tanks incorporated into the Large Tug's (LT) hull structure. The Tank column contains the name of the tank. The Item Number column directs the crewmember to the appropriate tank location as shown in Figures 1 and 2. The Capacity column lists each tank's capacity by volume.

0015-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK CAPACITIES - Continued

0015

10 01 LEVEL FWD 9

G1058T73

Figure 1. Above Tank Top Level Fluid Tank Locations.

0015-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK CAPACITIES - Continued Table 1. Tank Fuel Oil FO DAYTANK P FO DAYTANK S EDG DAYTANK FOT 4P FOT 4S TOTAL Oily Waste Oily Waste Storage Tank Oil Lube Oil Storage Tank Hydraulic Oil Potable Water Potable Water Tank P Potable Water Tank S TOTAL Ballast Water Ballast Water Tank 1 Miscellaneous AFFF Tank 7 517/1,957 514/1,946 6 11,850/44,857 11,850/44,857 2 11 3,601/13,631 3,601/13,631 7,202/27,262 3,601/13,631 3,601/13,631 7,202/27,262 4 5 2,550/9,653 514/1,946 2,550/9,653 514/1,946 8 2,550/9,653 2,550/9,653 3 10 9 1 12 Above Tank Top Level Fluid Tank Capacities. Item Number (Figure 1) Capacity (gal/L) LT 803 Only 4,367/16,531 4,367/16,531 100/379 8,016/30,344 8,016/30,344 24,866/94,129

0015

All Other Vessels 4,367/16,531 4,367/16,531 100/379 8,036/30,420 8,036/30,420 24,906/94,281

0015-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK CAPACITIES - Continued

0015

9 FWD

7
G1059T73

Figure 2.

Below Tank Top Level Fluid Tank Locations.

0015-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK CAPACITIES - Continued Table 2. Tank Ballast Water Ballast Water Tank 2P Ballast Water Tank 2S TOTAL Oily Waste Oily Waste Drain Tank Fuel Oil FOT 1 P FOT 1 S FOT 2C FOT 2P FOT 2S FOT 3C TOTAL Miscellaneous Sewage Holding Tank 5 2,013/7,620 2,013/7,620 6 7 3 4 8 2 9,376/35,492 9,376/35,492 17,632/66,744 5,051/19,120 5,051/19,120 8,734/33,096 55,229/209,064 9,372/35,477 9,389/35,541 17,708/67,032 5,060/19,154 5,054/19,150 8,808/33,342 55,391/209,696 9 517/1,957 520/1,968 1 10 Below Tank Top Level Fluid Tank Capacities. Item Number (Figure 2) Capacity (gal/L) LT 803 Only 4,617/17,477 4,617/17,477 9,234/34,954

0015

All Other Vessels 4,820/18,246 4,820/18,246 9,640/36,492

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0015-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT DATA

0016

Table 1. Component Length Overall Between perpendiculars

Equipment Data. Description 128 ft 4 in. (39.1 m) 123 ft 4 in. (37.6 m) 36 ft 0 in. (10.9 m) 19 ft 10 in. (6 m) 15 ft 6 in. (4.7 m) 14 ft 4 in. (4.3 m) 15 ft 11 in. (4.8 m) 16 ft 10 in. (5 m) 909 long tons (923.58 t) 786 long tons (798 t) 951 long tons (966 t) 1,057 long tons (1,073.96 t) 5,100 BHP (3,803 kW) 12 knots 13.5 knots @ 85% MCR 12 knots 5 knots 54.6 long tons 5 knots @ 85% MCR 5 knots Maintain steerage-way 500 NMI Twin, fixed pitch, 11 ft 0 in. (3.4 m) dia 2 each; type Turbo, each rated at 2,500 BHP/kW @ 900 RPM 2 each; two speed Ahead, one speed Astern 8 officers, 15 enlisted 2 each; 275 kW, 440 V AC, 60 Hz

Beam, molded Depth, molded Draft, designed Light 60% Consumables Max load Displacement Designed draft Light ship 60% Consumables Max load Brake Horse Power (BHP) Speed Self delivery Self delivery without tow Sea state 2 @ max load Under maximum tow

Bollard pull Max tow (50 long tons) Sea state 4 @ max load Sea state 5 @ max load Minimum Cruising Range (MCR) Propeller Propulsion engines Reduction gears and clutch Crew Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG)

0016-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1. Component Emergency generator Bow thruster Towing machine Crane Anchor windlass Capstan Steering gear Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) Monitoring system Pump drive engine Air compressors Desalination plant Workboat Life rafts Tank capacities Equipment Data - Continued. Description 65 kW, 440 V AC, 60 Hz Fixed pitch (tunnel type) reversible

0016

Twin single drum, side-by-side, each drum fitted with 2,500 ft (762 m) of 2-1/4 in. wire, diesel/hydraulic driven 360 degree rotation, telescoping boom, 1,500 lb (680 kg) capacity @ max extension Hydraulic powered 36 in. (0.9 m) dia Electro/hydraulic twin powered One self-contained system capable of supporting the ship's crew Computerized system to monitor major machinery and equipment Diesel engine providing power to towing machine and pumps Two electric powered compressors supply two starting receivers 400 gal (1,514 L) Reverse osmosis type (TM 55-1925-282-14&P) Inflatable ridged bottom with a 40 hp (29.8 kW) engine Two each, 25 man United States Coast Guard (USCG) approved inflatable with hydrostatic release See (WP 0015)

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0016-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(descwp) wpno(G00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION MAIN PROPULSION ENGINES

0017

PROPULSION PLANT There are two main propulsion plants installed. Each plant consists of a main engine coupled to a two-speed reversing reduction gear. The output shaft of the reduction gear is coupled to the propeller shaft. Each propeller shaft is equipped with a pneumatically operated shaft brake system. The shaft brake system is designed to lock the shaft when the reduction gear is in neutral. The machinery plant monitoring system monitors the propulsion plant. Operational control is provided by a pneumatic control system. MAIN PROPULSION ENGINES Two main propulsion engines are provided. Both engines are marine V-12 cylinders, 2 cycle diesel engines equipped with a turbocharger and an aftercooler. Both engines are air started using compressed air from the air starting system. The port engine is left-hand rotating; the starboard is right-hand rotating. ENGINE CONTROL PANEL The engine control panel contains indicators that monitor the operation of both engines. Gages monitor oil pressure, fuel pressure, air pressure, engine speed, cylinder temperature, and hours of operation. Eight warning lights monitor selected engine parameters. Switches are provided for starting, stopping, and testing alarms. GOVERNOR The operator sets the desired engine speed using the throttle control at the station in command. The governor converts the air pressure from the throttle controls to the proper setting of the engine injector rack linkage, which controls fuel to the cylinders. The governor also contains a manual shutdown button mounted on top for shutdown locally or in an emergency situation.

0017-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0017

FUEL SYSTEM The engine fuel oil system consists of four front mounted fuel filter/water separators (Figure 1, Item 4), a hand pump (Figure 1, Item 3), an engine mounted duplex fuel filter set (Figure 1, Item 5), a fuel supply manifold (Figure 1, Item 1), and fuel return manifold (Figure 1, Item 6). The fuel pump draws in fuel from the day tank to the engine front mounted fuel filter/water separator (Figure 1, Item 4). Fuel then passes through the duplex filter element and is sent to the fuel manifold. Fuel in the fuel manifold of the injection pump housing is the supply for the injection pumps. Injection pumps (one per cylinder) send fuel to the fuel injection nozzle. A small amount of fuel is pumped into the cylinder at a very high pressure through the needle valve and the spray tip of the fuel injector (Figure 1, Item 2). The amount of fuel injected depends upon the position of the plunger, which is controlled by the injector rack and governor. Excess fuel flowing through the fuel return manifold is then returned to the day tank. Excess fuel also cools and lubricates the injectors.

6 3

5 COMING FROM FILTER

Figure 1. Main Engine Fuel System.

4
G1060T73

0017-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0017

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM Air is ducted from the weather decks to the main propulsion engines. The air is thoroughly cleaned by passing through the air intake filters, protecting the engine from abrasive material as well as protecting the lubricating oil from contaminants. Filtered air is provided to the engine air box (Figure 2, Item 2) after being pressurized by the turbocharger (Figure 2, Items 1 and 3). ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM Exhaust gases from the engine cylinder are discharged from the cylinder heads into the exhaust manifold and turbocharger turbine (Figure 2, Item 3). Going through the turbine, the gases pass through the turbocharger ducting, up the stack, and to the atmosphere. The engine exhaust also has condensation drain lines and temperature sensors.

G1061T73

Figure 2. Engine Operation and Air Starting System.

0017-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

G1063T73

Figure 4.

Main Engine Lubrication System.

0017-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TURBOCHARGER OIL FILTER

0017

The turbocharger oil filter (Figure 4, Item 3) provides additional protection for the high-speed bearings and other lubricated areas of the turbocharger by filtering the oil just before it is admitted to the turbocharger. Oil enters the filter through a cast manifold and, after passing through the filter, returns to the upper idler gear stubshaft and into the turbocharger. The filter element is pleated paper construction, and is disposable. The filter is mounted on the camshaft drive housing at the right bank of the engine. PRELUBE SYSTEM The prelube system includes a prelube pump and related piping. The prelube system is used to circulate oil through the piston cooling and main lube oil systems before starting the engine after extended shutdowns or repairs. Oil for the prelube system is drawn from the oil pan. COOLING SYSTEM Each main engine cooling system consists of two engine-driven centrifugal water pumps, replaceable inlet water manifolds with an individual jumper line to each liner, cylinder head discharge elbows, an outlet manifold through which water is circulated, and keel coolers. The two centrifugal water pumps are mounted on the accessory drive housing and are driven by the governor drive gear. Engine coolant is also circulated through each aftercooler located in the turbocharger air discharge duct to cool the air before it enters the engine air box. The engine coolant flows through an external piping system to the keel coolers. The keel coolers transfer heat from the engine coolant to the sea. The cooling system is discussed in greater depth in (WP 0018). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0017-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMS

0018

GENERAL Several different types of engine cooling systems are used onboard the Large Tug (LT). Both main engines, and both Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) engines utilize keel cooler systems (Figure 1). The Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) uses a radiator cooling system (Figure 2). The bow thruster and pump drive engines use heat exchanger systems (Figure 3). The paragraphs below describe each of these cooling systems in detail. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM COMPONENTS Engine Coolant All engines described use engine coolant. The engine coolant is a mixture of water and ethylene glycol antifreeze. This mixture of water and antifreeze protects against freezing, overheating, and corrosion. A 50/50 mixture of ethylene glycol antifreeze and water will freeze at -34F (-36.7C), which is significantly lower than the freezing temperature of water alone. The same 50/50 mixture has a boiling point of up to 276F (135.6C) depending upon cooling system pressure. Ethylene glycol antifreeze also contains additives that help prevent corrosion of system components. Centrifugal Pumps Centrifugal pumps circulate the engine coolant throughout the cooling system on each engine. Coolant Passages Coolant passages route engine coolant to and around cylinders, cylinder heads, and other vital components. Oil Cooler Oil coolers provide cooling for oil that is heated while lubricating the engine. Aftercooler Engine coolant is circulated through the aftercooler, which is located in the turbocharger air discharge duct, to cool the intake air before it enters the engine.

0018-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00018)

0018-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00018)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0018

Heat Exchanger

NOTE
Only the bow thruster and the pump drive engines have heat exchangers. The heat exchanger (Figure 3, Item 1) contains a large number of tubes. Engine coolant circulates inside the tubes while raw water circulates outside the tubes. As the engine coolant and raw water flows through the heat exchanger, the raw water absorbs the heat from the engine coolant and carries the heat away.
1

2 3

G1066T73

Figure 3. Typical Heat Exchanger Engine Cooling System.

0018-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00018)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0018

KEEL, RADIATOR, AND HEAT EXCHANGER COOLING SYSTEMS OPERATIONS Main Engine and SSDG Keel Cooled Systems The coolant is circulated through the closed-loop cooling system by an engine-driven water pump (Figure 1, Item 5). As the coolant circulates through the engine, it absorbs heat from the engine's cylinder block (Figure 1, Item 4), cylinder heads (Figure 1, Item 3), exhaust manifold surfaces, engine oil, and from the marine transmission oil. After circulating through the engine, the coolant passes through the keel cooler (Figure 1, Item 6) that is longitudinally recessed in the hull. As the coolant circulates through the keel cooler, the heat absorbed from the engine is transferred to the raw water outside the hull. After the coolant has passed through the keel cooler, it reenters the engine through the water pump (Figure 1, Item 5) to begin the cooling cycle again. EDG Engine Radiator Cooled Systems Operations The coolant is circulated through the closed-loop cooling system by an engine-driven water pump (Figure 2, Item 6). As the coolant circulates through the engine, it absorbs heat from the engine's cylinder block (Figure 2, Item 5), cylinder head (Figure 2, Item 4), exhaust manifold surfaces, and engine oil. After circulating through the engine, the coolant passes through the radiator (Figure 2, Item 3). As the coolant circulates through the radiator, the heat absorbed from the engine is transferred to the air circulating through the radiator fins. After the coolant passes through the radiator, it reenters the engine through the engine-driven water pump to begin the cooling cycle again. Bow Thruster and the Pump Drive Engines Heat Exchanger Systems Operations The coolant is circulated through the closed-loop cooling system by an engine-driven water pump (Figure 3, Item 4). As the coolant circulates through the engine, it absorbs heat from the engine's cylinder block (Figure 3, Item 3), cylinder head (Figure 3, Item 2), exhaust manifold surfaces, engine oil, and the marine transmission oil. After circulating through the engine, the coolant passes through the heat exchanger (Figure 3, Item 1). As the coolant circulates through the heat exchanger, the heat absorbed from the engine is transferred to the raw water circulating through the heat exchanger tubing. After the coolant has passed through the heat exchanger, it reenters the engine through the engine-driven water pump to begin the cooling cycle again. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0018-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00018)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION REVERSE REDUCTION GEAR SYSTEM

0019

GENERAL There are two main propulsion plants on the vessel. Each propulsion plant consists of a main engine coupled to a two-speed reversing reduction gear. The output shaft of the reduction gear is coupled to the propeller shaft. The reverse reduction gear reduces the engine output revolutions per minute (rpm) and reverses rotational direction (when required) to the propeller shaft. Gear ratios are: Ahead 1 4.677:1, Ahead 2 and Astern 5.444:1. Direction of rotation and hydraulic clutch operation of each engine are controlled by a throttle control on the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) console, pilothouse console, or auxiliary control stations. A shaft brake is designed to lock the shaft when the reduction gear is in neutral.

0019-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0019

LUBRICATION SYSTEM A high-pressure gear pump (Figure 1, Item 3) is driven at engine speed to provide oil for clutch actuation and lubrication of the reduction gear. A pressure-increasing valve (Figure 1, Item 2) maintains high oil pressure for clutch lockup. The excess oil that bypasses the pressure-increasing valve is used for lubricating the gears, bearings, and clutch plates. The oil is cooled by a cooler (heat exchanger) (Figure 1, Item 1). If the oil flow ceases, the flow indicator (flow alarm) (Figure 1, Item 4) switch will sound an alarm and bring the reduction gear to neutral.

GOVERNOR INTERLOCK

AHEAD 1 CLUTCH ASTERN CLUTCH

AHEAD 2 CLUTCH

TRANSFER VALVE TEMPERATURE 1 PRESSURE P SWITCH RELIEF VALVE RELIEF VALVE DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE PRESSURE

RATIO SELECTOR VALVE

BYPASS VALVE FILTER 3

4
Figure 1. Reverse Reduction Gear Schematic.

G1067T73

0019-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0019

COOLING SYSTEM A fresh water cooling system (Figure 2) transfers heat from the reduction gear lubricating oil through the cooler (heat exchanger) (Figure 1, Item 1). Water from the cooling system is cooled in turn through keel coolers (Figure 2, Item 1). Water is circulated by an electric motor-driven coolant pump (Figure 2, Item 2). HAND PUMP A hand pump is provided to drain the PORT and STARBOARD reduction gear sumps. REDUCTION GEAR RATIO SELECTION A selector valve in the EOS console allows selection of the desired forward reduction gear ratio. The reduction gear selector will be disabled whenever the throttle control is not in the center (NEUTRAL) position, or command is at a station other than the EOS.

KEEL COOLER FWC-16 P

RED GEAR No. 2

No. 2 MAIN ENGINE

AMS No. 2

RED GEAR No. 1

FWC-15 KEEL COOLER

No. 1 MAIN ENGINE

G1068T73

Figure 2. Reduction Gear Fresh Water Cooling System. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0019-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION PROPELLER SHAFTS AND PROPELLERS

0020

GENERAL The propeller shafts (Figure 1, Item 2) and propellers (Figure 1, Item 1) create AHEAD and ASTERN thrust for the vessel. The propeller shafts are powered by the main engines (Figure 1, Item 5) through a two-speed reversing reduction gear (Figure 1, Item 4). The output shaft of the reversing reduction gear is coupled to one end of each propeller shaft. On the other end of the propeller shaft is the propeller. PROPELLER SHAFTS The propeller shafts (Figure 1, Item 2) transfer torque to the propellers (Figure 1, Item 1). The torque is generated by the main engines (Figure 1, Item 5) and is transferred to the propeller shafts by the reversing reduction gears (Figure 1, Item 4). PROPELLERS The propeller (Figure 1, Item 1) is designed to operate in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction. Direction of rotation is determined by operator input into the reversing reduction gear (Figure 1, Item 4). Main engine speed controls the thrust force. Displacement of raw water in a given direction generates an equal recoil force in the opposite direction, moving the vessel. SHAFT SEAL Shaft seals (Figure 1, Item 3) are installed on each propeller shaft (Figure 1, Item 2). The shaft seal's function is to seal the shaft alleys from leakage. Each shaft seal allows a small amount of raw water to leak past during rotation of the propeller shafts. This leakage prevents the shaft seals from being destroyed by heat. The shaft seals may also be inflated to stop all leakage during periods of extended layup. See Figure 2 for details of the shaft seal. SHAFT BRAKE Each propeller shaft (Figure 1, Item 2) is equipped with a hydropneumatically operated shaft brake (Figure 1, Item 6). The shaft brake system is designed to lock the propeller shaft when the reversing reduction gear (Figure 1, Item 4) is in NEUTRAL. When placed in NEUTRAL, the shaft brake actuator sends 1,200 to 1,500 PSI (82.7 to 103.4 bar) of hydraulic pressure to the shaft brake, bringing the propeller shaft and propeller (Figure 1, Item 1) to a full stop. Movement of the throttle 20 degrees AHEAD or ASTERN causes the shaft brake to immediately release. See Figure 3 for details of the shaft brake. SYSTEM OPERATION With the shaft seals (Figure 1, Item 3) manually deflated, and the throttle moved into the ASTERN or AHEAD position, the shaft brakes (Figure 1, Item 6) are immediately released. The main engines (Figure 1, Item 5) and reversing reduction gears (Figure 1, Item 4) plant begins to turn the propellers shafts (Figure 1, Item 2) and propellers (Figure 1, Item 1) in the desired direction of rotation, causing the Large Tug (LT) to move in the desired direction.

0020-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00020)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0020

Figure 1. Propeller Shaft and Propellers.

G1069T73

0020-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00020)

FWD

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0020

MOUNTING RING

MAIN CLAMP RING BELLOWS ASSEMBLY SPLASH GUARD

ADAPTER RINGS INFLATABLE SEAL STATIONARY COMPONENTS

O-RINGS SEAT DRIVE BOLTS

BUTT BOLTS

ROTATING COMPONENTS

FACE SEALING STRIP

Figure 2. Shaft Seal.

DRIVE BOLTS

G1070T73

INTENSIFIER BRAKE CONTROL LINE PROPULSION SHAFT HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAUGE BLEED SCREW

RESERVOIR VENT HOLE BLEED SCREW

CALIPER REDUCTION GEAR OUTPUT SHAFT BLEED SCREW CALIPER

Figure 3. END OF WORK PACKAGE

DISK
G1071T73

Disk Brakes.

0020-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00020)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION BOW THRUSTER SYSTEM

0021

0021-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0021

GENERAL The bow thruster system is comprised of a bow thruster set, bow thruster engine, and reduction gear. BOW THRUSTER SET The bow thruster is used in combination with the vessel's main propulsion system to give the Large Tug (LT) added maneuverability. A fixed propeller (Figure 1, Item 4) is driven through a right angle reduction gearbox (Figure 1, Item 3) by the bow thruster engine (Figure 1, Item 1). The propeller is designed to operate in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction, as selected by the operator on the control panel. Engine speed controls the thrust force. Displacement of raw water in a given direction generates an equal recoil force in the opposite direction, moving the bow of the LT as needed. Control of the bow thruster can be local or remote from the bow thruster control panel on the pilothouse console and auxiliary control stations. BOW THRUSTER ENGINE The bow thruster engine (Figure 1, Item 1) is a turbocharged, 4-cycle, inline 6-cylinder marine diesel engine. The engine is air started. It has its own lubricating oil, cooling, and fuel oil systems. A jacket water heater is provided to ease cold weather starting. The raw water cooling system consists of a horizontal centrifugal pump driven off the bow thruster engine, a duplex strainer, and a piping system. When the bow thruster engine is operating, the centrifugal pump draws raw water from the sea chest through a duplex strainer. This raw water is routed to the heat exchanger, where the heat from engine coolant is transferred to the raw water. The heated raw water is then pumped overboard (WP 0018). REDUCTION GEAR A reverse reduction gear (Figure 1, Item 2) reduces the engine output revolutions per minute (rpm) and reverses rotational direction to the drive shaft (Figure 1, Item 5). Direction of rotation and hydraulic clutch operation is controlled by a throttle control on the pilothouse console or auxiliary control stations. The reduction gear is equipped with a shaft brake. The shaft brake is designed to lock the drive shaft when the reduction gear is in neutral.

0021-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0021

AMS 1

1 2 3

FWD
Figure 1. END OF WORK PACKAGE Bow Thruster Components.

G1072T73

0021-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION FUEL SYSTEM

0022

GENERAL The fuel oil system (Figures 1 and 2) consists of four front mounted fuel filter/water separators, an engine mounted duplex fuel filter set, a fuel supply manifold, and a fuel return manifold. The fuel pump draws in fuel from the day tank to the engine front mounted fuel filter/water separator. Fuel passes through the filter element set to the fuel manifold of the fuel injection pump housing. Fuel in the fuel manifold of the injection pump housing is the supply for the injection pumps. Injection pumps (one per cylinder) send fuel to the fuel injection nozzle. A small amount of fuel is pumped into the cylinder, at a very high pressure, through the needle valve and the spray tip of the injector. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the position of the plunger, which is controlled by the injector rack and governor. Excess fuel flows through the fuel return manifold and is then returned to the day tank. Excess fuel also cools and lubricates the injector.

0022-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0022

FUEL OIL DAY TANK (PORT) FO-13 FO-33 FO-36

A FO-22 SSDG No.2 FO-26 B No. 2 MAIN ENGINE FO-20 No. 1 MAIN ENGINE FO-27 FO-15 FO-21 FO-28 ENGINE ROOM SEE FIGURE 2

FO-19

ACCESSORY RACK

FO-34 FO-37

FO-14

FO-35 FUEL OIL DAY TANK (STBD) ENGINE ROOM FWD FO-36 EDG DAY TANK FO-29 EDG 01 LEVEL
G1073T73

SSDG No. 1

FO-25

AND TRANSFER FROM FILL SYSTEM

FO-32

Figure 1.

Fuel System.

0022-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0022

A SEE FIGURE 1

B FO-30 FO-31

BOW THRUSTER

PUMP DRIVE

FO-24

FO-23 AMS NO. 1

FWD
Figure 2. Fuel System.

G1074T73

0022-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0022

FUEL OIL FILL AND TRANSFER PIPING SYSTEM The fuel oil fill and transfer piping system (Figure 3) replenishes the vessel's fuel oil tanks from deck discharge/fill connections. The system also replenishes fuel oil day tanks (PORT and STARBOARD) and the emergency diesel generator day tank by transferring fuel oil from the storage tanks. System control is maintained through a manifold and a combination of valves as shown in Figure 3. Fuel oil can be transferred from any storage tank to any day tank and from one storage tank to another. Power to fuel oil transfer pump 1 is supplied by the emergency switchboard and controlled by a local START/STOP pushbutton and an emergency STOP switch located outside the engine room. Power to fuel oil transfer pump 2 is supplied by the main switchboard through 440 V power panel No. 1 and is controlled by a local START/STOP pushbutton and an emergency STOP pushbutton located outside the engine room. Each pump shuts down upon activation of any FM-200 pressure switch IAW (WP 0032). Fuel oil purification is provided by a fuel filter/water separator between the manifold and the fuel oil transfer pump.

G1075T73

Figure 3. Fuel Oil Fill and Transfer Manifold. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0022-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION LUBRICATING AND HYDRAULIC OIL FILL AND TRANSFER SYSTEM

0023

GENERAL The lubricating oil fill and transfer piping system (Figure 1) supplies clean lubricating oil to fill and replenish the main propulsion engines, the Ship's Service Diesel Generators (SSDGs), the pump drive engine, and the bow thruster engine. Major components of the system include the following: a lube oil purifier (Figure 1, Item 7), a main engine lube oil transfer manifold (Figure 1, Item 1), a lube oil transfer manifold (Figure 1, Item 5), a lube oil transfer pump (Figure 1, Item 6), a lube oil storage tank, an oily waste drain tank (Figure 1, Item 8), an oily waste storage tank (Figure 1, Item 4), and a hand pump. SYSTEM OPERATION The lubrication oil fill and transfer system transfers lubricating oil from the lube oil storage tank to the main engine, SSDG sumps, bow thruster engine sump, and pump drive engine sump. System alignment is maintained by the lube oil transfer manifold (3-way manifold) (Figure 1, Item 1) and a combination of valves. A fast lube oil drain system allows dirty oil and sludge to be discharged from the engine sumps to the oily waste drain tank (Figure 1, Item 8) using gravity drains. Dirty oil from the port and starboard reduction gears is discharged to the oily waste drain tank using the lube oil hand pump (Figure 1, Item 9). Power for the lube oil transfer pump is supplied from the main switchboard, through 440 V power panel No. 1. A lube oil purifier (Figure 1, Item 7) purifies the lube oil for the main engines. Power for the lube oil purifier is supplied from main switchboard. Each unit has a START/STOP pushbutton adjacent to the unit.

0023-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0023

LUBE OIL PURIFIER The lube oil purifier (Figure 1, Item 7) separates water from oil and simultaneously removes solids suspended in the oil. Clean oil is returned to the engine sump. Lube oil purifier waste products (water and solids) are pumped to the oily waste drain tank (Figure 1, Item 8). MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL TRANSFER MANIFOLD The main engine lube oil transfer manifold (Figure 1, Item 1) is a duplex manifold used to control the flow of lube oil to and from the main engines. Valves are interlocked, so lube oil can only be drawn from one main engine and returned to the same main engine. LUBE OIL TRANSFER MANIFOLD (3-WAY MANIFOLD) The lube oil transfer manifold (3-way manifold) (Figure 1, Item 5) is a simplex manifold used to control the flow of lube oil to the SSDGs, the main engine lube oil transfer manifold (Figure 1, Item 1), the bow thruster engine (Figure 1, Item 2), and the pump drive engine (Figure 1, Item 3). LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP The rotary vane type lube oil transfer pump (Figure 1, Item 6) has a rated output of 15 GPM (68.2 LPM) at 25 PSI (1.7 bar). The lube oil transfer pump is driven by a 1 hp electric motor. Power is supplied from the main switchboard, through 440 V power panel No. 1, to the motor controller. OILY WASTE DRAIN TANK The oily waste drain tank (Figure 1, Item 8) receives and holds the waste discharge from the lube oil purifier (Figure 1, Item 7) and engine sumps. Oily waste is transferred via the oily bilge piping system to the oily waste storage tank (Figure 1, Item 4). OILY WASTE STORAGE TANK The oily waste storage tank (Figure 1, Item 4) provides a holding tank that supplies oily water to be processed by the oil water separator. The tank also receives the oil output from the oil water separator. When appropriate, the oily waste discharge pump can empty the oily waste storage tank through the shore connection. LUBE OIL HAND PUMP A lube oil hand pump (Figure 1, Item 9) is provided to drain the port and starboard reduction gear sumps.

0023-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0023

SEE DETAIL A

2 SSDG 2 MAIN ENGINE 2

MAIN ENGINE 1 SSDG 1

ENGINE ROOM AMS 1

3 FWD 4

7 5 TO PUMP DRIVE ENGINE (AMS 1)

DUAL HYDRAULIC POWER PACK

TO BOW THRUSTER ENGINE (AMS 1) TO SSDG 2

PURIFIER DRAIN TO DRAIN TANK FROM MAIN ENGINE 1 FROM MAIN ENGINE 2

TO MAIN ENGINE 1 TO MAIN ENGINE 2

DETAIL A

TO SSDG 1 6

G1076T73

Figure 1. Lubricating Oil Fill and Transfer Piping System. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0023-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION STEERING SYSTEM

0024

GENERAL The steering gear system is an electrically driven, hydraulically operated system (Figures 1, 2 and 3) that positions the rudders in response to steering commands. SYSTEM OPERATION SUMMARY The commands to move the rudder actuators (Figure 1, Item 1) originate from movement of the vessel's helm (wheel) or movement of the helm at the auxiliary control stations. This sends a signal to the solenoid actuated hydraulic valves (Figures 2 and 3) in the hydraulic power unit. The solenoid actuated hydraulic valves direct the flow of hydraulic fluid from the reservoir (Figure 1, Item 2) to the steering gear hydraulic pump units (Figure 1, Item 6) and to the rudder actuators (Figure 1, Item 1). In the event of the loss of all electrical power, the emergency hand pump (Figure 1, Item 3) provides the steering gear system with hydraulic pressure to resume steering control.

0024-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0024

SYSTEM COMPONENTS Oil Reservoir The oil reservoir (Figure 1, Item 2) stores the hydraulic oil for the steering gear system. Steering Gear Pump Unit Each steering gear hydraulic pump unit (Figure 1, Item 6) consists of an electric motor, a hydraulic pump, solenoid actuated hydraulic valves (maneuvering valves), and its own oil tank. The steering gear hydraulic pump units 1 and 2 supply the hydraulic pressure to the rudder actuators (Figure 1, Item 1) that move the rudders into the commanded position. Surge Arrestor The surge arrestor (Figure 1, Item 5) absorbs pressure fluctuations between the oil reservoir (Figure 1, Item 2), the steering gear hydraulic pump units (Figure 1, Item 6), and the rudder actuator (Figure 1, Item 1) to prevent damage to the steering gear system. Emergency Hand Pump The emergency hand pump (Figure 1, Item 3) provides manual directional control to the steering gear when electrical control has been lost at the helm or auxiliary stations. Rudder Actuators The rudder actuators (Figure 1, Item 1) move the rudders into the requested position (port or starboard direction) as directed by the helm or auxiliary control stations. Steering System Starter Panel (Port and Starboard) The steering system starter panels (Figure 1, Item 4) provide electrical power and control to the steering gear hydraulic pump units (Figure 1, Item 6). The steering gear starter panels turn the steering gear hydraulic pump units (Figure 1, Item 6) ON and OFF (locally or remotely). Helm Station The helm station is the vessel's main steering control station and is located in the pilothouse. Solenoid Actuated Hydraulic Valves (Maneuvering Valves) The solenoid actuated hydraulic valves (maneuvering valves) (Figures 2 and 3) receive input from the helm or auxiliary steering stations. They respond to this input by directing hydraulic pressure to the rudder actuators (Figure 1, Item 1). Direction and volume of the flow are determined by the input from the helm or auxiliary steering station. Auxiliary Steering Stations Auxiliary stations are used in place of the helm station to provide remote commands to the steering gear system. The auxiliary steering stations consist of the starboard pilothouse wing station, the port pilothouse wing station, and the aft control station.

0024-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0024

AMS 2

FROM PUMP UNIT 1 FROM EMERGENCY WHEEL PUMP FROM RUDDER ACTUATOR FROM PUMP UNIT 2

MAIN DECK

FWD
12 3

6 4

5
12 3

G1079T73

Figure 1.

Steering Gear Pump Unit and Hydraulic Layout.

0024-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0024

DP RUDDER ACTUATOR

OIL RESERVOIR (IN FAN ROOM MN DK.) SH-9

1160 PSI (80 BAR)

SEE FIGURE B 3

SH-7

SH-8

EMERGENCY HAND PUMP

SH-1 SH-3
MANEUVERING VALVE 1

SH-5

1235 PSI (85.2 BAR)

F PUMP UNIT 1

M
G1077T73

Figure 2.

Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 1).

0024-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0024

OIL RESERVOIR (IN FAN ROOM MN DK.)

1160 PSI (80 BAR)

RUDDER ACTUATOR SH-10

A SEE FIGURE 2 B C

SH-2 SH-4

MANEUVERING VALVE 2

SH-6

1235 PSI (85.2 BAR)

M PUMP UNIT 2

F
G1078T73

Figure 3. END OF WORK PACKAGE

Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 2).

0024-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS

0025

GENERAL The Large Tug (LT) is provided with three separate hydraulic systems. These systems are: the steering gear hydraulic system, the central hydraulic system, and the towing machine hydraulic system. Each system has its own pumps, filters, piping, reservoir, and controls. THE STEERING GEAR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM The steering gear hydraulic system is an electrically driven system (Figures 1 and 2). The main function of the steering gear hydraulic system is to power the rudder actuators in response to steering commands from the helm or auxiliary stations. The system components of the steering gear hydraulic system consist of: the helm station, an oil reservoir, two unit pumps, a surge arrestor, an emergency hand pump, rudder actuators, solenoid actuated hydraulic valves (maneuvering valves), and three auxiliary steering stations. The emergency hand pump (Figure 2) provides hydraulic pressure and directional control to the steering gear when electrical control has been lost at the helm or auxiliary stations. Refer to (WP 0024) for further details. THE CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM The central hydraulic system (Figures 3, 4, and 5) provides hydraulic power for the crane, the capstan, tow pins, and anchor windlass. It may also be aligned to provide hydraulic power to both towing machines. A crossover allows the towing machine hydraulic system (Figure 6) to power the central hydraulic system in the event of failure of the central hydraulic system power pack. The central hydraulic system is comprised of a hydraulic fluid reservoir, two pump units, filter, and control panel. Refer to (WP 0039) for further details. TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM The towing machine hydraulic system (Figure 6) provides hydraulic power for the port and starboard towing machines. It may also be aligned to provide hydraulic power for the central hydraulic system (Figures 3, 4, and 5). The towing machine hydraulic system consists of: a diesel engine (pump drive engine), a pump unit, a reservoir, and a hydraulic oil cooler. PUMP DRIVE ENGINE The pump drive engine, located in AMS 1 (starboard side), powers a dual pump, open-loop hydraulic system. The maximum hydraulic flow is proportional to the pump drive engine's speed. The hydraulic fluid flow is controlled by a proportional directional control valve (Figure 6, Item 1) mounted on the towing machine drive motor. The pilot signal to the directional control valve is from the remote control lever located on the operator's console. A crossover allows the towing machine hydraulic system (Figure 6) to power the central hydraulic system (Figures 3, 4, and 5) in the event of failure of the central hydraulic system. OIL RESERVOIR The oil reservoir stores the hydraulic fluid for the hydraulic towing machine system. HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER The hydraulic oil cooler (Figure 6, Item 2) (located at the reservoir) uses raw water to cool hydraulic fluid that was heated while operating the towing machine. 0025-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0025

OIL RESERVOIR (IN FAN ROOM MN DK.)

SH-9 1,160 PSI (80 BAR)

RUDDER ACTUATOR
A

B C

SEE FIGURE 2

SH-7

SH-8

EMERGENCY HAND PUMP

SH-1 SH-3

MANEUVERING VALVE 1
SH-5

1,235 PSI (85.2 BAR)

F
PUMP UNIT 1

G1080T73

Figure 1.

Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 1).

0025-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0025

OIL RESERVOIR (IN FAN ROOM MN DK.)

1,160 PSI (80 BAR) A SH-10

RUDDER ACTUATOR

SEE FIGURE 1

B C

SH-2 SH-4

MANEUVERING VALVE 2
SH-6

1,235 PSI (85.2 BAR)

F
PUMP UNIT 2
G1081T73

Figure 2.

Steering Gear Hydraulic System Schematic (Pump 2).

0025-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0025

TOW PIN No. 1

TOW PIN No. 2

TOW PIN No. 3

TOW PIN No. 4

MAIN DECK STERN

CH-19

CH-20

CH-21

CH-22

STEERING GEAR COMPARTMENT

CH-23 CH-24

D C

SEE FIGURE 4
G1082T73

Figure 3. Central Hydraulic System (Main Deck).

0025-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0025

CH-32

CAPSTAN

ANCHOR WINDLASS
2 SPEED PILOT

CH-30

CH-31

BRAKE

01 LEVEL FORWARD DECK CONTROL STRB TOW MACHINE FRAME

CH-7

AMS-2
C 15 GAL/MIN (68 L/MIN) D

CH-8

SEE FIGURE 3

CH- 11 11 GAL/MIN (50 L/MIN)

SEE FIGURE 5

A B 0-5,000 LB/IN2 (0-345 BAR) 2,700 LB/IN 2 (166 BAR) 10 MIC. NOM. 25 PSID 25 LB/IN 2 (1.7 BAR) LO LV L SW 98 GAL. FULL (372 LITERS)

DRAIN

SUPPLY

TO TOW MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (SEE FIGURE 6)

LB/IN 2 7 PSI (0.5 BAR)

M 50 HP 32 GAL/MIN (146 L/MIN) 2,550 LB/IN 2 (176 BAR)

M 50 HP

32 GAL/MIN (146 L/MIN) 2,550 LB/IN 2 (176 BAR) 60 MESH (588 LITERS)

60 MESH

0-250F (121C) 180F (82C) HI-TEMP CUTOUT

G1083T73

POWER PACK

Figure 4.

Central Hydraulic System (Power Pack).

0025-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0025

FWD
SWIVEL

SEE FIGURE 4
A B RELIEF VA LV E SETTING: 2,650 LB/IN (183 BAR) SWING
FL CONT 9 gal/min (41 L/min)

SWING DRIVE SWING DRIVE

EXTEND TELESCOPE CYLINDER

INSIDE OF CRANE BASE

CH-9 18 GAL/MIN (82 L/MIN) CH-6

TELESCOPE

RETRACT

LOWER WINCH

MACHINE

HOIST (800M) LUFFING LOWER SWIVEL

RAISE

(800M) LUFFING CYLINDER

AFT

CRANE
Figure 5. Central Hydraulic System (Crane).

G1084T73

0025-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0025

1
TH-38

PORT TOWING MACHINE

BR D BR P

TH-39 BR P BR D

A B C

T4P PP4P C12 C14

T4S C8 C10 PP4S

D E A

F G H I

LOCAL CONTROLS SD D X Y B1 XP
LS

TH-36

TH-37

LOCAL CONTROLS
D B1 SD

STARBOARD TOWING MACHINE

L K J M

TH-5 LS
TH-34

X Y XP

TH-35 T1 TH-32 TH-33 P T TH-30 TH-31

T1 P T

REMOTE CONTROL CONSOLE

TH-1 TH-12 TH-13 Y C12 C14 C6 C17 C15 C16 B C F G H I

TO CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (SEE FIGURE 4)

TH-14 TH-2 LSY

3,300 PSI (228 BAR) 200 PSI (14 BAR)

2,800 PSI (193 BAR)

CP PUMPS

T1 CR R C10
175 PSI (2 BAR)

E D M J K L

C8 C20

UP 4.84 IN 3 /REV 38 GAL/MIN (173 L/MIN)

8.89 IN 3 /REV
69 GAL/MIN (314 L/MIN)

1200 R/MIN

UR C21 SS 78 PSI DR C19 A C5 PP4

TO RAW WATER COOLING SYSTEMS TH-3

2
25 PSI

TH-4 SR
25 PSI

250 GAL (84.6 LITERS)

G1085T73

Figure 6.

Towing Machine Hydraulic System.

0025-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PUMP UNIT

0025

The pump unit has a maximum flow of 98 GPM (371 LPM) at 1,800 rpm and with the pump unloading, the maximum flow is 63 GPM (238.5 LPM) at 1,800 rpm. The pump flow is proportional to the pump drive engine speed and can be increased or decreased by adjusting the engine speed. The pumps have a displacement of 4.84 cuin/rev (123 cumm/rev) and 8.89 cuin/rev (225.8 cumm/rev), and will produce a maximum pressure of 3,500 PSI (241 bar) continuous or 4,000 PSI (275.8 bar) intermittent. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0025-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM

0026

GENERAL This work package describes the theory of operation for the Inland and Coastal Large Tug's (LT) compressed air system. The theory of operation for the system as a whole is discussed first. Following the system theory of operation, the theory of operation for the air compressor is discussed.

0026-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00026)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0026

SYSTEM Two electric powered, two-stage air compressors (Figure 1, Item 1) compress air for use throughout the vessel. See the Air Compressor paragraph below for theory of operation for the compressors. After leaving the compressors (Figure 1, Item 1), the compressed air passes through air dryers (Figure 1, Item 2). These air dryers remove moisture from the air before the air reaches the starting air receivers (Figure 1, Item 5). Removal of moisture from the compressed air is necessary to prevent the accumulation of water in the receivers. This accumulated water can corrode the interior of the receivers, and can also travel downstream in the compressed air system damaging components further down the line. Each dryer is equipped with a bypass valve (Figure 1, Item 3) to permit air to bypass the dryer in the event of a dryer failure. All air discharged from the air compressors (Figure 1, Item 1) arrives first at the starting air receivers (Figure 1, Item 5). Here, the air is stored at 250 PSI (17.2 bar) to ensure that an adequate supply of compressed air is on hand for use in starting the main engines, the bow thruster engine, the pump drive engine, and the engine for SSDG 2. SSDG 1 is equipped with an electric starter, and does not require compressed air. Compressed air for ship's service use (air tools, ship's whistle, sea chest blowdowns, etc.) is stored in the ship's service air receiver (Figure 1, Item 15). This receiver is supplied from the starting air receivers (Figure 1, Item 5) through a regulator (Figure 1, Item 8). This regulator reduces the starting air pressure to 125 PSI (8.6 bar) before the air is permitted to enter the ship's service air receiver. A bypass valve (Figure 1, Item 7) permits manual filling of the ship's service air receiver in the event of a regulator failure. All three receivers (Figure 1, Items 5 and 15) are equipped with relief valves (Figure 1, Item 4), local pressure gages (Figure 1, Item 6), manual drain valves (Figure 1, Item 16), and automatic drain valves (Figure 1, Item 17). The relief valves prevent overpressurization of the receivers, which could result in catastrophic failure. The relief valve for the starting air system is set at 275 PSI (19.0 bar) and the relief for the ship's service system is set for 137.5 PSI (9.5 bar). The manual drains permit manual draining of water from the receivers. They also permit the system to be drained when receiver or compressed air system maintenance is required. The automatic drains open on a preset schedule, keeping the receivers drained under normal operating conditions. Although the starting air is stored at 250 PSI (17.2 bar), this pressure is too high for the engines' starters to accommodate without damage. Therefore, each engine's starting air piping is fitted with a regulator. The regulator for the bow thruster engine (Figure 1, Item 9) and the pump drive engine (Figure 1, Item 10) each reduces the starting air pressure to 125 PSI (8.6 bar). The regulators (Figure 1, Item 11) for the main engines each reduce the engines' starting air pressure to 200 PSI (13.8 bar). Additional regulators are provided for the forward (Figure 1, Item 14), aft (Figure 1, Item 13), and high level (Figure 1, Item 12) sea chest blowouts. These reducing valves reduce the ship's service air to 25 PSI (1.7 bar) to prevent damage to the sea chests.

0026-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00026)

2 1 3

Figure 1. Compressed Air System Simplified Schematic.

SSDG 2 BILGE AND BALLAST PUMP PRIMING EDUCATOR MAIN ENGINE 2

TO CONTROL TO TOOL AIR SYSTEMCONNECTION AMS 2

4 5

24 16

4 5 6

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

15 6 11 16 6 17 16 7 8 9
BOW THRUSTER ENGINE

TO STERN TUBE SEALS

14 11 13
AFT SEA CHEST BLOW OUT

0026-3
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00026)

12 HIGH LEVEL SEA CHEST BLOW OUT

FORWARD SEA CHEST BLOW OUT

MAIN ENGINE 1 10 AIR TOOL CONNECTION AMS 2 11 OILY BILGE PUMP FWD
G1086T73

PUMP DRIVE ENGINE

0026

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0026

AIR COMPRESSOR Compression The compressor's crankshaft (Figure 2, Item 6) is turned by an electric motor, via a V-belt drive. As the crankshaft turns, the pistons move up and down. During the downstroke of the low-pressure piston (Figure 2, Item 1), air is drawn through an intake valve in the head of the compressor into the low-pressure cylinder (Figure 2, Item 2). During the upstroke of the piston, this air is compressed. The air that was compressed by the low-pressure piston (Figure 2, Item 1) is then released through a discharge valve in the head of the compressor to a finned tube intercooler where the heat resulting from compression is allowed to dissipate. The cooler compressed air is then drawn into the high-pressure cylinder by the downstroke of the highpressure piston (Figure 2, Item 3). On the upstroke of the high-pressure piston, the air is further compressed before being discharged through a discharge valve in the compressor head. At this point, the compressed air enters the vessel's compressed air piping system enroute to the starting air receivers. Lubrication The air compressor is pressure lubricated. The moving parts within the crankcase (Figure 2, Item 5) are supplied with lubrication by a positive displacement, gerotor type oil pump (Figure 2, Item 8). Oil is drawn up from the bottom of the crankcase to the oil pump through an oil sump strainer screen (Figure 2, Item 7). The oil is then forced under pressure through the oil filter (Figure 2, Item 9). After being filtered, the oil travels under pressure through drilled journals in the crankshaft (Figure 2, Item 6) and connecting rods (Figure 2, Item 4) to lubricate crankshaft bearings, wrist pin bearings, and the cylinder walls. Cooling The fan blades of the compressor pulley force ambient air across the fins of the cylinder heads and intercooler fins to cool the compressor.

0026-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00026)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0026

9 8 5

6
G1087T73

Figure 2. END OF WORK PACKAGE

1 PILOTHOUSE

A B

SEE SHEET 2

2 STATION TRANSFER VALVE STATION TRANSFER CONTROL STATION TRANSFER VALVE STATION TRANSFER CONTROL

C D E F G

SEE SHEET 2

4 FROM COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM

AIR RECEIVER AIR DRYER

EOS
ENGINE ROOM TRANSFER CONTROL

REGULATOR

H I

SEE SHEET 2

STATION TRANSFER VALVE STATION TRANSFER VALVE

J K

SEE SHEET 2

SEE SHEET 2
L M

SEE SHEET 2

MAIN ENGINE 2 (PORT) SEE SHEET 4

BOW THRUSTER SEE SHEET 3

N
G1088T73

SEE SHEET 2

Figure 1.

Control Air System. (Sheet 1 of 4)

0027-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0027

1 SEE SHEET 1
A B

STARBOARD WING

STATION TRANSFER VALVE 1

SEE SHEET 1

D E F G

AFT STATION TRANSFER CONTROL

SEE SHEET 1

I J K

SEE SHEET 1 SEE SHEET 1

L M

SEE SHEET 1

MAIN ENGINE 1 (STBD) SEE SHEET 4

N
G1089T73

Figure 1.

Control Air System. (Sheet 2 of 4)

0027-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0027

FROM CONTROL STATION THROTTLE INTERLOCK

BOW THRUSTER BRAKE PANEL

GEAR ACTUATOR THROTTLE ACTUATOR

SHAFT BRAKE FROM AIR SUPPLY

BOW THRUSTER ENGINE

G1090T73

Figure 1.

Control Air System. (Sheet 3 of 4)

FROM CONTROL STATION

MAIN PROPULSION ENGINE BRAKE PANEL

AHEAD ASTERN

GEAR MATE MK III PANEL

AHEAD

ASTERN

THROTTLE INTERLOCK
RATIO INTERLOCK VALVE
START INTERLOCK VALVE

HIGH
RATIO SELECTOR LOW SHAFT BRAKE

GOVERNOR

FROM TO START MAIN PILOT START VALVE VALVE

MAIN PROPULSION ENGINE

FROM AIR SUPPLY

Figure 1. END OF WORK PACKAGE Control Air System. (Sheet 4 of 4)

G1091T73

0027-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION POTABLE WATER SYSTEM

0028

0028-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0028

GENERAL The potable water system supplies cold and hot water to the galley, drinking fountains, showers, toilets, sinks, hot water heaters (Figure 1, Item 1), and other areas throughout the Large Tug (LT). The potable water system also supplies potable water to replenish the coolant in the engine cooling piping systems.

PW-42
PW-82
T T

PW-90 PW-91
PW-3 PW-81

PW-22

PW-20

SEE FIGURE 2

PW-43 PW-21
A

PW-44 PW-79 PW-40

ENGINE ROOM

PW-39

PW-41 PW-19

FWD
Figure 1. Potable Water System (AMS 1).

G1092T73

The potable water system consists of two potable water tanks (Figure 2, Item 1), two reverse osmosis water purification units (Figure 2, Item 2), a proportioning bromine feeder (Figure 2, Item 3), two potable water pumps (Figure 2, Item 5), a hydropneumatic tank (Figure 2, Item 4) with pressure switches, two potable hot water heaters, and a hot potable water recirculating pump (Figure 1, Item 2).

0028-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0028

PW-85

PW-66

PW -86 PW-74

TO LO PURIFIER
PW-37

1 POT WTR TANK

PW-10 PW-12

PW-64

PW-2

PW-14 PW-15

PW PW-35 -36 PW-83 UP TO MN DK PW-36

A PW-40

SEE FIGURE 1

POT WTR TANK

PW-11

PW-13

AMS NO. 2 P

PW-9

PW-76 PW-16

PW -80 PW-77 PW-18 P S PW-80

PW-17 P P PW-78

5
Figure 2. POTABLE WATER TANKS

FWD 4
Potable Water System (AMS 2).
G1093T73

Two potable water tanks (Figure 1, Item 1) (port and starboard) are mounted in a watertight void between frames 14 and 25. The potable water tanks are used to store potable water. These tanks have fill connectors and a piping vent on the main deck. The potable water tank levels are monitored by Tank Level Indicators (TLIs) located in AMS 2 and the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS). VENT The potable water tank vent has an inverted check valve. This vent provides ventilation to the tank as the tank level changes. The inverted check valve opening is protected by a screen to keep insects and other contaminants from entering the system. FILL CONNECTORS The fill connectors (Figure 3, Items 1 and 2) allow the potable water tanks (Figure 2, Item 1) to be filled from an external source of treated water.

0028-3

G1159T73

Figure 4. Living Cell Prior to Naturally Occurring Osmosis.

0028-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ROWPU THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued Osmosis - Continued

1 2 3

0028

G1095T73

Figure 5. Living Cell After Naturally Occurring Osmosis. Reverse Osmosis Osmosis is an important process to life, but it does not produce water that is palatable to humans. In order to produce water, the osmosis process must be reversed. The same principles apply, but some form of energy is necessary to force osmosis reversal. Thus, the process called 'reverse osmosis' was engineered to overcome the natural phenomenon of osmosis. Reverse osmosis works by forcing water of a higher salinity content through some type of semi-permeable membrane in an effort to remove the impurities. Salt is one of the impurities that is removed during the reverse osmosis process, and this makes it possible to create potable drinking water from undrinkable water sources. Principles of Reverse Osmosis Osmosis is defined as the spontaneous passage of a liquid from a diluted solution to a more concentrated solution across a semi-permeable membrane. This allows the passage of the solvent (water), but halts the dissolved solids (solutes). In naturally occurring osmosis, this transfer of water from one side of the membrane to the other will continue until the pressure is equalized on both sides of the membrane. When at equilibrium, the quantities of liquid passing in either direction is equal. The force created that causes osmosis to occur is called 'osmotic pressure'. In natural occurring functions, fluids will flow from the purer side to the saline side of the membrane until the osmotic pressures are equalized. If the osmotic pressure on the saline side of the membrane is higher fluid is forced to flow through the membrane in reverse. If the osmotic pressure on the saline side of the membrane is higher, fluid is forced to flow through the membrane in reverse. This is how the solution containing the higher salt concentration flows into the solution with the lower salt concentration. This process is called Reverse Osmosis (RO).

0028-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ROWPU THEORY OF OPERATION - Continued Spiral Wound Membrane

0028

Reversing a natural occurring process requires solutions to many problems. The first problem is how to efficiently recreate the effect so that a sufficient quantity of fresh water can be produced. Natural osmosis occurs at the cellular level. This means that since there are billions of cells in the body using osmosis, there must be billions of reactions occurring at the same time. All these reactions occur in a relatively small space. We can't create billions of cells, but we can create one large one that does the same thing. So, the solution is to increase the surface area using one giant cell. The giant cell theory led to the development of the spiral wound membranes that are used in the ROWPU. If each side of the membrane were unrolled and laid flat, they would cover an area of fifteen square acres. The membrane sheets are only two molecules thick, and they are rolled into spirals and placed into tubes that are about 4 ft (1.22 m) long and 3 in. (76.2 mm) in diameter. Reverse osmosis requires the membranes to be very thin, and they are delicate and sensitive to damage when mishandled. The membranes are also very sensitive to clogging. In natural osmosis, the fluids do their job by going back and forth. When water is made for potable use, the fluid only flows one way. This causes clogs due to the build up of solids, so the solids must be removed. The solids are washed away by allowing more water to flow past the saline side of the membranes than is allowed to pass through the membrane. The ratio for the ROWPU is 5 gal (18.9 L) of raw water used for every 2 gal (7.6 L) of fresh water produced. Mechanically, the membranes act as filters to keep the salt and other impurities from passing to the fresh water side. If the solids were not removed, the membranes would quickly clog. The raw water is also passed through various filters that remove impurities down to 5 microns in size. This results in greatly increasing the life of the membranes and a cost effective and low maintenance unit. Water Temperature Effect Water flow through the membrane is significantly affected by the water temperature. The higher the water temperature, the more active the water molecules. The more active the water molecules, the easier it is to push them through the membranes. This means that at any given pressure, the flow rate will increase as water temperature increases. When the temperature is reduced, the flow rate for a given pressure is reduced. The operating pressure also has a direct effect on product water quantity. It takes less pump pressure to achieve the unit's rated capacity in warmer water. In order to reach the rated service life of the membranes, the system must be operated at the lowest pressure necessary to achieve the designed product water flow rate. In warm water, the system will easily make more water than rated capacity. However, exceeding rated capacity will shorten the service life of the membranes. Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Unit (ROWPU) Operating Principles The LT's General Service (GS) system provides raw water to the ROWPU. ROWPU 1 can make 1,500 gal (5,678 L) a day, and ROWPU 2 can make 800 gal (3,028 L) a day. These values are easily achievable if the high pressure pumps do not exceed 900 PSI (62 bar) and if overall differential pressure never exceeds 25 PSI (1.7 bar). The raw water entering the system passes through three filtering cycles so that solids no larger than 5 microns will enter the membranes. After being filtered, the raw water is pressurized and directed to a semi-permeable membrane. The semi-permeable membrane permits the passage of water and rejects the other contaminants. After passing through the membrane, waste water is expelled via the general service system overboard discharge, and potable water is sent to the brominator for chemical treatment before being discharged to the potable water tanks.

0028-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0028

COMPONENTS OF THE ROWPU Figure 6 and Table 1 outline the major functional components of the ROWPU system. The item number corresponds to the callouts in Figure 6. The components are outlined in a logical fashion that will allow the reader to understand the basic operating principles of the ROWPU. The ROWPU contains two units. ROWPU 1 (the starboard unit) is fitted with two reverse osmosis membranes, and ROWPU 2 (the port unit) has only one membrane.

6 1 2 3 5 4

24 V DC BATTERY BANK

BATTERY CHARGER

8 9 MEDIA FILTER

RO MEMBRANE

SYSTEM CONTROLLER 11

POTABLE WATER 2

13 BROMINATOR
POTABLE WATER 1

AMS-2

450 V AC

ENGINE ROOM

G1096T73

Figure 6.

ROWPU System Diagram.

0028-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 COMPONENTS OF THE ROWPU - Continued Table 1. Item No. (Refer to Figure 6) 1 Major Functional Components of the ROWPU System (Refer to Figure 6). Description

0028

Nomenclature ROWPU System Media Filter

The media filter uses sand as a substrate to remove larger particles that would cause clogging of the 20-micron pre-filter. The substrate in the media filter requires very infrequent change out due to the ability to back flush. During back flushing, the media filter is completely isolated from the rest of the ROWPU system, while raw water from the general service system cleans and flushes debris overboard. The media filter prolongs the service life of the 20-micron filter. The 20-micron pre-filter removes all particulate in the raw water not removed by the media filter down to particles 20 microns in size. This filter serves to prolong the service life of the 5-micron pre-filter. The 5-micron pre-filter removes all particulate in the raw water not removed by the 20-micron pre-filter down to particles 5 microns in size. This filter serves to prolong the service life of the reverse osmosis membranes. The high pressure pumps provide a source of low volume, high pressure raw water to the reverse osmosis membranes. The high pressure pumps are rated to deliver 4 GPM (15.1 LPM) of filtered raw water per minute, at a maximum operating pressure of 900 PSI (62 bar). The high pressure pumps provide the fluid energy necessary to cause the osmosis process to be reversed in the membranes. The membranes convert filtered raw water into drinking water by allowing only water molecules to pass through its spiraled membrane. The high pressure/low volume pumps push raw water through the membranes to make fresh water, and they push the brine out of the membranes and overboard.

20-Micron Filter

5-Micron Filter

High Pressure Pumps

Reverse Osmosis Membranes

ROWPU System Product Brine is the by-product of reverse osmosis. The brine is pumped Brine Discharge overboard via the general service system overboard discharge. The ROWPU system is protected from the general service system by means of a check valve that acts as a backflow preventor. ROWPU System 24 V DC The battery charger/power supply provides 24 V DC to recharge the Battery Charger/Power battery, and it provides 24 V DC during normal ROWPU operation. Supply

0028-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 COMPONENTS OF THE ROWPU - Continued Table 1. Item No. (Refer to Figure 6) 8 Major Functional Components of the ROWPU System (Refer to Figure 6) - Continued. Description

0028

Nomenclature

ROWPU System 24 V DC The battery bank provides power to the controllers and to the fresh water Battery Bank flushing pump during layup periods. A properly maintained and charged battery will provide adequate power to maintain the weekly fresh water flushing cycle for up to 90 days without recharging. ROWPU 24 V DC Fuse Box The fuse box provides 24 V DC circuit protection in the event of a battery bank or battery charger casualty.

9 10

ROWPU System 24 V DC The breaker and meter provide the operator with a means of monitoring Control Panel and securing 24 V DC to the ROWPU locally. The battery will still maintain a charge even if this switch is OFF. This switch must be ON in order for the ROWPU to monitor the system and conduct fresh water flushes. Solenoid Operated 3Way Diverter Valve The solenoid operated 3-way diverter valves are controlled by the system controllers (Figure 6, Item 14). The controllers sense the salinity of the product water output by the membranes. If the product water salinity is within tolerances, the product water is sent to the brominator and on to the potable water tanks. If product water salinity is too high, the product water is diverted and sent overboard as ROWPU system product brine. The system controllers are microprocessor-based water purification monitors and controllers. They control power to the pumps, monitor the quality of the output potable water, and monitor system operating pressures. The system controller turns the high pressure and fresh water flush pumps ON and OFF as required by system demands and operating conditions. The system controller also measures the salinity of the product water and controls the position of the solenoid operated 3-way diverter valve accordingly. Finally, the system controllers monitor system operating pressures. Any system pressure out of tolerance will cause the controller to stop the process and indicate an alarm. Power input to the system controllers is 450 V AC and 24 V DC.

System Controllers

Fresh Water Flush Pump The fresh water flush pump is a low pressure pump that is used to clean and to prepare the ROWPU system for use. It as a 24 V DC pump controlled by the system controller. The fresh water pump uses filtered potable water to purge raw water from the filtration system and from the raw water side of the reverse osmosis membranes. When the ROWPU is not in use, the system controllers automatically perform a fresh water flush once a week. The fresh water flush serves to prolong the life of the membranes, and it eliminates the need to 'pickle' the membranes for layup. ROWPU System Raw Water Pressure Regulator The pressure regulator maintains the raw water supply to the ROWPU system at a constant pressure of 40 PSI (2.8 bar).

0028-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 COMPONENTS OF THE ROWPU - Continued Table 1. Item No. (Refer to Figure 6) 15 16 Major Functional Components of the ROWPU System (Refer to Figure 6) - Continued. Description

0028

Nomenclature ROWPU System Raw Water Cutout Valve

The cutout valve allows the operator to secure raw water to the ROWPU system.

ROWPU System General The pressure reducing valve ensures that overall general service system Service Pressure pressure is maintained at a maximum of 60 PSI (4.1 bar). Reducing Valve ROWPU System Pressure Relief Valve Charcoal Filters The pressure relief valve protects the ROWPU system by providing pressure relief when raw water pressure exceeds 50 PSI (3.4 bar). The charcoal filters remove sediment and foul odors from the potable water used during flushing cycles. The charcoal filters also block bromine and chlorine from passing into the reverse osmosis membranes. The charcoal filters are secured when the ROWPU is making product water, and are protected by cutoff valves and a backflow preventor.

17 18

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0028-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION BILGE AND BALLAST SYSTEMS

0029

GENERAL The bilge system removes liquid from the vessel's bilges, preventing the Large Tug (LT) from flooding or causing flood damage during rough sea conditions where bilge fluids could wash onto deck plates or onto vital equipment in the engine room. An oily water system is also installed as a part of the bilge system. The oily water system pumps, stores, and treats oily water from the engine room and AMS 1 bilges. The ballast system maintains stability of the vessel by transferring raw water to and from the vessel's three ballast tanks. THE BILGE SYSTEM The bilge system consists of: eductors, bilge, and ballast pumps (Figure 1) bilge manifold, and bilge piping. EDUCTORS Eductors are jet-type pumps that contain no moving parts. An eductor moves liquid from one place to another by entraining the pumped liquid in a rapidly flowing stream of liquid utilizing the venturi effect. BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS The bilge and ballast pumps (Figure 1) are horizontally mounted, self-priming, centrifugal pumps, each with a rated output of 100 GPM (379 LPM) at 50 PSI (3.46 bar). The bilge and ballast pumps are driven by a 5 hp electric motor. Electric power for bilge and ballast pump 1 is provided from the emergency switchboard. Electric power for bilge and ballast pump 2 is provided from the main switchboard. Discharge from the pumps can be directed either overboard or to the duplex ballast manifold (Figure 1). BILGE MANIFOLD The bilge manifold (Figure 1) provides selection and control of piping alignment. The bilge manifold is connected to a simplex strainer (Figure 1) on the suction side of the bilge and ballast pumps (Figure 1). BILGE PIPING Six piping branches are provided from the bilge manifold (Figure 1), two each to the engine room and AMS 1, and one each to the shaft alley (PORT) and shaft alley (STARBOARD). Each piping branch is equipped with a check valve and bellmouth at its end (Figure 1).

0029-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0029

BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS BILGE MANIFOLD STEERING GEAR RM

SEE VIEW A

BALLAST TANK 2P

DUPLEX BALLAST MANIFOLD

AMS 1 PORT AMS 1 STBD

ENG ROOM PORT ENG ROOM STBD

A B

SEE FIGURE 2

S.A. PORT S.A. STBD

AUX MCHRY SPACE 2

SEE FIGURE 2

TOWING LKR
BHD 14 BHD 21

BALLAST TANK 2S FWD DUPLEX STRAINER

BHD 14

BHD 21

VIEW A SIMPLEX STRAINER FWD

G1097T73

Figure 1. Bilge and Ballast Systems.

0029-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0029

SEE FIGURE 1

A B

CHAIN LOCKER

SEE FIGURE 1

BHD 54 C

BALLAST TANK 1

BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT

BHD 44

FWD

G1098T73

Figure 2. OILY WATER SYSTEM

Bilge and Ballast Systems.

The oily water system components consists of: an oily waste drain tank (Figure 3), an oily waste storage tank (Figure 3), an oily waste discharge pump (Figure 3), an Oily Water Separator (OWS) (Figure 3), and an Oil Content Monitor (OCM). OILY WASTE DRAIN TANK The oily waste drain tank (Figure 3) receives and stores waste discharge from the lube oil purifier and engine sumps. Oily waste is transferred to the oily waste storage tank (Figure 3). OILY WASTE STORAGE TANK The oily waste storage tank (Figure 3) provides a holding tank that supplies oily water to be processed by the OWS (Figure 3). The oily waste storage tank also receives the oil output from the OWS. When appropriate, the oily waste discharge pump (Figure 3) can empty the oily waste storage tank through the shore connection (Figure 3).

0029-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0029

OILY WASTE DISCHARGE PUMP The oily waste discharge pump (Figure 3) is an air powered diaphragm pump. The compressed air used to drive the pump is provided by the ship's service air system. The oily waste discharge pump's suction can be directed to either the piping system or the oily waste drain tank (Figure 3). The oily waste discharge pump's suction can also be used for removing oily water from the bilges and to transfer the contents of the oily waste drain tank or the oily waste storage tank (Figure 3) or to a shore connection. OILY WATER SEPARATOR The OWS (Figure 3) separates and removes oil from bilge water. Two outputs from the OWS are provided. Power is supplied to the OWS from the main switchboard. The oil-water separation is accomplished in two stages. The inlet baffle redirects the flow of oil droplets away from the upper coalescer bed. The inlet weir separates the oil accumulated in the tank from the inlet flow. Oil droplets that flow past the inlet baffle accumulate on the polypropylene granules (beads) in the coalescer beds. The polypropylene granules attract oil and repel water (oleopylic-hydrophobic), allowing water to flow through while the oil remains are temporarily trapped in the coalescer granules. The lower coalescer bed functions like the upper coalescer bed but is thinner and acts like a polishing bed. The water space between these beds isolates them, preventing contamination of the lower by the upper. The clarified effluent, having passed through both coalescer beds, is drawn through the outlet in the OWS's (Figure 3) bottom. Clean water enters the OWS's (Figure 3) tank bottom, back flushing the coalescer beds and displacing the accumulated oil in the upper tank zone. This oil is discharged through the oil discharge check valve. Oily waste is pumped into the oily waste storage tank (Figure 3). Clear water is discharged overboard. When the oil content in the overboard discharge exceeds acceptable standards, the water discharge is automatically redirected to the oily waste storage tank (Figure 3). OIL CONTENT MONITOR An Oil Content Monitor (OCM) is provided inline the OWS's (Figure 3) discharge line. When the oil content in the overboard discharge exceeds acceptable standards, the water discharge is automatically redirected to the oily waste storage tank (Figure 3) for retreatment. The oil content level is preset. A solenoid-activated valve determines the discharge direction of the overboard discharge. SYSTEM OPERATION The oily waste drain tank (Figure 3) receives and holds the waste discharge from the lube oil purifier and engine sumps. Oily waste is transferred via the oily bilge piping system and the oily waste discharge pump (Figure 3) to the oily waste storage tank (Figure 3). The oily waste storage tank supplies oily water to be processed by the OWS (Figure 3). The oily waste storage tank also receives the oil discharged from the OWS. The eductor discharges the treated water overboard. When appropriate, the oily waste discharge pump can empty the oily waste storage tank through the shore connection (Figure 3). If the OCM detects that the oil content in overboard discharge exceeds (the preset) acceptable standards, the water discharge is automatically redirected back to the oily waste storage tank.

0029-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0029

OB-20 OB -4 OB-6

OB-2

OILY WASTE DRAIN TANK

OB-19 OB-7 OB-21

OB-18

SHORE CONNECTION

OB -14 OB-13 OB-3 OB-5 P OB -9 OB OB -15 -11

OB-6

E AF C

OB OB-16 -17 OILY WASTE BK STORAGE TANK Q D BEHIND BULKHEAD OB-10

OB -12

OB-1

FWD

OILY WASTE TO GENERAL OWS SEE PORT DISCHARGE SERVICE SYS DESIGNATIONS PUMP A B C D E F G K

OB-22

ENGINE ROOM

PORT DESIGNATIONS BILGE INLET OILY DISCHARGE BACKFLUSH INLET EFFLUENT DISCHARGE OVBD BACKFLUSH RECIRC TO BILGE DRAIN TO BILGE AIR RELIEF TO BILGE EFFLUENT RECIRCULATE
G1099T73

MAIN DECK
Figure 3. Oily Bilge System.

0029-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0029

THE BALLAST SYSTEM The ballast system consists of: the bilge and ballast pumps (Figure 1), duplex strainer (Figure 1), ballast duplex manifold (Figure 1), ballast piping (see Figures 1 and 2), and the ballast tanks (see Figures 1 and 2). BALLAST MANIFOLD A duplex ballast manifold (Figure 1) provides selection and control of the ballast system piping alignment. The ballast manifold is connected through a simplex strainer (Figure 1) to the suction side of the bilge and ballast pumps (Figure 1). BALLAST TANK SYSTEM OPERATION The ballast system transfers raw water to and from ballast tanks (see Figure 1) utilizing the ballast duplex manifold (Figure 1), bilge and ballast pumps (Figure 1), and ballast piping to maintain balance of the vessel. Discharge from the bilge and ballast pumps can be directed either overboard or to the ballast tanks (see Figures 1 and 2). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0029-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION MARINE SANITATION DEVICE

0030

GENERAL The Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) receives, treats, and discharges all sewage generated aboard the Large Tug (LT). The system is comprised of a vented media tank, chlorinator, wet well, discharge pump, and blower.

0030-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0030

SYSTEM All raw sewage from the water closets on the main deck and 01 level flows to the media tank (Figure 1, Item 1). Potable water for flushing carries waste from the toilets to the media tank using 4 in. drain lines and 1-1/2 in. vents. The water level in the media tank is maintained at a constant level. As raw sewage enters the media tank via the 4 in. inlet (Figure 1, Item 2), an equal volume of treated clear effluent is displaced into the spillover pipe (Figure 1, Item 3). This effluent passes through the tablet chlorinator (Figure 1, Item 4), where it is disinfected. As the water passes through the tablet chlorinator (Figure 1, Item 4), calcium hypochlorite tablets are dissolved, releasing chlorine into the effluent. The amount of chlorine released is proportional to flow. A full feed tube (Figure 1, Item 5) holds 20 five oz. tablets, equaling 6.25 lb (2.83 kg). Expected tablet consumption is determined by water usage. Leaking fixtures will greatly increase water usage and tablet consumption. Clear and odorless water flows from the media tank (Figure 1, Item 1) through the spillover pipe (Figure 1, Item 3) and trap into the wet well (Figure 1, Item 6). The wet well is a retention tank sized for adequate disinfection time during peak flow periods. The wet well vent (Figure 1, Item 8) is open to the immediate environment. The disinfected water is discharged overboard by the discharge pump (Figure 1, Item 7). The discharge pump (Figure 1, Item 7) handles the peak flows expected for the system. The pump assembly includes a pump, isolation valve, discharge pressure gage, float switch for automatic operation, motor, and a motor starter. As the water level in the wet well rises, the "pump on" float switch automatically starts the discharge pump, which discharges the water overboard. When sufficient effluent is discharged from the wet well, the float switch stops the discharge pump. A separate sewage holding tank holds sewage during maintenance or transfer of sewage or graywater to a shore connection. Piping is provided to bypass the MSD, sending sewage and graywater (wastewater system) directly to the holding tank. Two pumps are provided for the sewage holding tank (SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 1 and SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP NO. 2) so that the tank contents can be pumped overboard or to shore. A connection is also provided between the MSD media tank and the sewage holding tank, allowing the contents of the media tank to be drained by gravity to the sewage holding tank for maintenance.

0030-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

1 2

G1102T73

Figure 2.

Fire Station.

0031-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE STATIONS - Continued

0031

The purpose of the fire stations is to make pressurized firefighting water available to multiple locations on the vessel. The fire stations are capable of shooting 70 GPM (265 LPM) of water (in a solid stream) about 75 ft (23 m) when pressurized to 100 PSI (6.9 bar). Refer to Table 1 and Figures 3 and 4 for fire station locations. Table 1. Fire Station Locations. Interior fire stations: Number 1 (Figure 3, Item 1) 2 (Figure 3, Item 3) 3 (Figure 3, Item 2) 5 (Figure 3, Item 4) 6 (Figure 3, Item 5) 8 (Figure 4, Item 3) Exterior fire stations: Number 4 (Figure 3, Item 6) 7 (Figure 4, Item 1) 9 (Figure 4, Item 2) 10 (Figure 4, Item 5) 11 (Figure 4, Item 4) Location Main deck, weather, port side below stack, frame 21 01 level, weather, starboard side aft of stack, frame 24 01 level, weather, starboard, frame 54 (removed when underway) 02 level, weather, port side aft of pilothouse, frame 37 02 level, weather, starboard side, frame 50 secured Location AMS-2, starboard side aft of steering hydraulic station, Frame 14 Engine room, amidships between main engines, Frame 32 AMS-1, forward bulkhead between auxiliary engines, Frame 54 Main deck, crew's mess, frame 28 Main deck, amidships outside damage control center, frame 53 01 level, starboard side aft of captain's cabin, frame 45

0031-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE STATIONS - Continued

0031

ENGINE ROOM

EOS

WORKSHOP

2 3
FWD

BELOW MAIN DECK

4 5

DC LOCKER BOATSWAIN'S STORES

FWD

MAIN DECK
Figure 3. Main Deck and Below Main Deck Fire Station Locations.

G1103T73

0031-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE STATIONS - Continued

0031

EMERG. OFFICER'S GEN. NCO'S STATEROOM #1 ROOM STATEROOM 2

FWD

01 LEVEL

RADIO ROOM

PILOTHOUSE

4
FWD

02 LEVEL
Figure 4. Pilothouse and 01 Level Fire Station Locations.

G1104T73

0031-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF) PUMP

0031

The AFFF pump (Figure 5) is located in AMS 1. It is a horizontal gear pump with a rated capacity of 60 GPM (227.1 LPM). Normal operating pressure is 125 PSI (8.6 bar). The AFFF pump is part of a system that includes a ready service tank, the AFFF pump, a proportioner, and piping specifically suited for the delivery of AFFF. AFFF can only be expended from the fire monitors. AFFF is stored in its own tank in concentrate form. The pump is used to force AFFF concentrate through the proportioner into the fire main at a rate of 6 parts foam concentrate to 94 parts raw water. When in use, the 525-gal (1,987-L) tank is capable of producing 13,344 gal (50,507 L) of AFFF. One or more fire monitors shooting AFFF will expend the ready service tank in less than nine minutes.

G1105T73

Figure 5. DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN FIREFIGHTING PUMP

AFFF Pump.

The diesel engine-driven firefighting pump (Figure 6) is located in AMS 1. Its rated capacity is 1,000 GPM (3,785 LPM) with a discharge pressure of 125 PSI (8.6 bar). Its primary purpose is to provide raw water to the fire monitors. The secondary purpose of the pump is to pressurize the fire main and general service system in the event of a malfunction of the fire and general service pumps.

G1106T73

Figure 6. Diesel Engine-Driven Firefighting Pump.

0031-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 WASHDOWN COUNTER MEASURE (WDCM) SYSTEM

0031

The vessel has an installed WDCM system that is capable of forming a protective umbrella of raw water over the superstructure of the vessel. It is designed for protection against Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) contaminants. If time allows, the vessel should be wet down before an CBRN attack. CBRN agents would then be washed immediately overboard. The WDCM system is more effective as a preventive measure than as a decontamination measure. Another benefit of using the WDCM system is that it cools the external superstructure of the vessel. This can aid in removing excess heat from the vessel in the event of fire. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Ammunition Storage Lockers The arms and ammunition storage locker is equipped with a flooding system designed to cool the contents in case of fire in, near, or around the locker. However, if the surrounding area becomes heated, maintain a safe distance from the source of the fire while applying high velocity water fog. Temperature stability in ammunition and pyrotechnic storage areas is essential to prevent decomposition and deterioration of stored devices. Ready service lockers and other ammunition stowage spaces are designed to maintain temperatures within prescribed limits under normal operating conditions. The stability of smokeless powder decreases at temperatures in excess of 100F (37.8C). Stowage in airtight spaces at temperatures of 70F (21.1C) or less is necessary to ensure normal life of any service ordnance. Mechanical cooling is necessary if temperatures will exceed 100F (37.8C). If mechanical cooling is not provided, artificial methods, such as water spray or wet canvas covers can be used to reduce the high temperature. Arms Locker Drenching System The arms locker drenching system is connected to the fire main system. The system is designed to provide raw water to the arms locker in the event of a fire or excessive high temperature. The arms locker drenching system has to be manually activated. The system can be activated in the boatswain's locker (local) or from the 01 level (remote) at the bow by means of a reach rod valve system. System activation occurs when the thermal heat detector (Figure 7, Item 2) senses a temperature above 105F (40.5C). The thermal heat detector sends an alarm signal to the pilothouse indicating a high temperature situation in the arms locker. The crew would then investigate the situation and if necessary, the fire main system would be charged. Once it is determined that the alarm condition exists and the fire main system is charged, the manual activation valve (Figure 7, Item 4) is OPENED either locally or remotely. As raw water enters the piping system in the arms locker, a pressure switch (Figure 7, Item 3) activates an alarm in the pilothouse to indicate that the arms locker drenching system has been activated. The raw water from the fire main flows into the arms locker and out of two sprinkler heads (Figure 7, Item 1). Once activated, the system will continue the flow of raw water into the arms locker until the manual activation valve is closed, or the fire main system is secured.

0031-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Arms Locker Drenching System - Continued

0031

2 1
T W W P M

3 4

UP DN CREW'S MESS/ RECREATION AREA

DC LOCKER

BOATSWAIN'S STORES

GALLEY

MAIN DECK FWD

Figure 7. Arms Locker Drenching System.
G1107T73

0031-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Arms Locker Drenching System - Continued ENGINE ROOM WATER WASHDOWN SYSTEM (ERWWS)

0031

The purpose of the ERWWS (Figure 8) is to quickly reduce the temperature in the protected space to minimize the production of Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas generated as a result of FM-200 agent contact with hot surfaces and flame above 1,300F (704.4C). The sprinkler water also acts to keep smoke particulate down and expedites ventilation of the compartment when the fire is extinguished. The ERWWS is not designed or intended to be a stand-alone fire extinguishing system. It is designed to be used in conjunction with the installed FM-200 fire suppression system. Use of the ERWWS reduces the risk of HF exposure by reducing temperatures within the protected space. The ERWWS is constructed of all stainless steel components. In order to operate the ERWWS, the fire main must be charged and, at a minimum, fire and general service pump 1 must be online at maximum operating pressure. To provide an adequate volume of raw water for the ERWWS, valves FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH. TO GS. and FM-15, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 2 DISCH. TO GS. must be CLOSED prior to activation of the ERWWS. The ERWWS requires a minimum of 145 GPM (548.9 LPM) at 104 PSI (7.17 bar) to operate as intended.

Figure 8. FIRE CONTROL PLAN

Engine Room Water Washdown Station.

The Fire Control Plan (FCP) is a drawing that identifies the vessel's firefighting, life saving, and safety equipment as well as its location on the vessel. The FCP is posted in two locations as a minimum on each vessel. The FCP is normally posted in the bridge/pilothouse and the mess area of each vessel. All crewmembers are required to be familiar with the FCP for their vessel and the location of the vessel's firefighting, life saving, and safety equipment. It is critical that the most current FCP be posted on the vessel. Crewmembers can verify that they have the most current FCP for their vessel by logging into the Naval Surface Warfare Combatant Craft Detachment (NSWCCD) Norfolk's Technical Data Repository (TDR) by going to http://www.boats.dt.navy.mil and clicking on "Technical Data Repository" at the bottom of the Table of Contents on the left side of the Home Page. The next screen will allow you to get a userid and password for access. The TDR is organized to allow access to Army Watercraft drawings. END OF WORK PACKAGE

OFF ON

JCV-PRO-3

G1108T73

0031-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS (FM-200, GALLEY GAYLORD AND PORTABLE)

0032

0032-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM The engine room and AMS 1 are fitted with a FM-200 fire suppression system. The system is a manually actuated, stand-alone, total flooding fire suppression system. The system is capable of extinguishing Class A, Class B, and Class C fires when properly deployed. The system consists of two 600 lb (272 kg) FM-200 cylinder assemblies (Figure 1, Item 3), a 200 lb (91 kg) FM-200 cylinder assembly (Figure 2, Item 3), control heads (Figures 1 and 2, Item 2), discharge nozzles (Figures 1 and 2, Item 1), and FM-200 pull boxes (Figures 3 and 4). When the FM-200 system is actuated, ventilation to and from the engineering spaces, the Ship's Service Diesel Generators (SSDG), and the bow thruster and pump drive engines are automatically shut down to prevent FM-200 gas from being extracted from the spaces. When a FM-200 pull box is actuated, horns sound, strobes flash, and the FM-200 alarm bell sounds to alert personnel to evacuate the space. A 60-second delay is provided before the FM-200 agent is released to allow evacuation of the engineering spaces.

0032-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

ENGINE ROOM AMS 2

PORT ENGINE

AMS 1

STBD ENGINE

SEE DETAIL A

FWD

3
FWD DETAIL A
G1109T73

Figure 1.

FM-200 Component Locations (Overhead Systems).

0032-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

AMS 2

PORT ENGINE
CONTROL ROOM

AMS 1

ENGINE ROOM STBD ENGINE

SEE DETAIL B

DETAIL B
G1110T73

Figure 2.

FM-200 Component Locations (Bilge Systems).

0032-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE

PULL HARD

G1111T73

Figure 3.

Interior FM-200 Pull Box.

CLOSED

OPEN

PULL HARD

G1112T73

Figure 4.

Exterior FM-200 Pull Box.

0032-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION ALARM SYSTEM

0032

The purpose of the FM-200 fire suppression alarm system is to warn personnel on the hold deck (AMS 1, engine room, and AMS 2) that the FM-200 fire suppression system is actuating. When the FM-200 fire suppression alarm sounds, personnel have 60 seconds to evacuate the spaces before the FM-200 system is discharged. The fire suppression alarm system is needed because the FM-200 agent produces Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas when exposed to temperatures at or above 1,300F (704.4C). When the FM-200 system is actuated, ventilation to and from the engineering spaces, the SSDGs, the fuel oil transfer pumps, and the bow thruster and pump drive engines are automatically shut down to prevent the FM-200 agent from being extracted from the spaces. Although the FM-200 agent itself is breathable, the atmosphere in the engineering spaces will rapidly degrade to a casualty condition as HF gas may be present. Personnel in these spaces must have warning to evacuate or make preparations to find breathable air. The FM-200 fire suppression alarm system is an automatically actuated alarm system. When the FM-200 system is actuated, pressurized CO 2 from the system's actuating circuit closes the alarm switch. This switch in turn energizes the strobe lights, horns, and bell. Locations of the strobe lights, horns, and bell are illustrated in Figure 5. Once the alarm begins to sound, the occupants of the engine room and AMS 1 have 60 seconds before FM-200 agent is released. The FM-200 fire suppression alarm system consists of five amber strobe lights, two horns, and one bell. Three strobe lights are mounted in the engine room, and one each in AMS 1 and AMS 2. The alarm system bell is mounted on the weather deck aft of the engine room access vestibule.

0032-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION ALARM SYSTEM - Continued

0032

MESS B VESTIBULE PASSAGEWAY

BOATSWAIN'S STOREROOM

GALLEY

FWD MAIN DECK LEVEL

A A AMS 1 A ENGINE ROOM AMS 2 A

FWD HOLD LEVEL A B AMBER STROBE LIGHT BELL HORN

G1113T73

Figure 5. Components by Locations of the FM-200 Fire Suppression Alarm System.

0032-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION ALARM SYSTEM - Continued

0032

The strobe lights and bell are powered by 120 V emergency lighting panel No. 1 via pressure switch PS-1 (Figure 6). The fire suppression alarm system has two horns. One horn is mounted in the engine room and the other in AMS 1. The horns are powered by the emergency generator battery charger circuit via pressure switch PS-1A (Figure 6). As illustrated in Figure 6, the use of two separate power sources provides greater assurance that personnel in the hold level will be warned if the FM-200 fire suppression system is activated.

0032-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION ALARM SYSTEM - Continued

0032

EMERGENCY LIGHTING EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL 1 BATTERY/CHARGER (LESS/RECREATION SPACE)

EQUIPMENT SHUTDOWNS
115 V AC 24 V DC ENGINE ROOM SUPPLY FANS 1 & 2 ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST FANS 1 & 2 SSDG 1 & 2 BOW THRUSTER ENGINE FIREFIGHTING PUMP DRIVE ENGINE AMS 1 SUPPLY FAN FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMPS 1 & 2

PS1

PS1A

AMS 2

ENGINE ROOM

AMS 1

PRESSURE SWITCH AMBER STROBE BELL ELECTRIC HORN RELAY PANEL BOX
Figure 6. Fire Suppression Alarm System Schematic.

G1114T73

0032-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ROOM WATER WASHDOWN SYSTEM (ERWWS)

0032

The purpose of the ERWWS is to quickly reduce the temperature in the protected space to minimize the production of Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas generated as a result of FM-200 agent contact with hot surfaces and flame above 1,300F (704.4C). The sprinkler water also acts to keep smoke particulate down and expedites ventilation of the compartment when the fire is extinguished. The ERWWS is not designed or intended to be a stand-alone fire extinguishing system. It is designed to be used in conjunction with the installed FM-200 fire suppression system. Use of the ERWWS reduces the risk of HF exposure by reducing temperatures within the protected space. The ERWWS is constructed of all stainless steel components. In order to operate the ERWWS, the fire main must be charged and, at a minimum, fire and general service pump 1 must be online at maximum operating pressure. To provide an adequate volume of raw water for the ERWWS, valves FM-17, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 1 DISCH TO GS and FM-15, FIRE/G.S. PMP No. 2 DISCH TO GS must be CLOSED prior to activation of the ERWWS. The ERWWS requires a minimum of 145 GPM (548.9 LPM) at 104 PSI (7.17 bar) to operate as intended. Activation of the ERWWS is accomplished by opening WWS-1 (Figure 7, Item 1). WWS-1 is located in the engine room vestibule on the main deck at frame 25. The ERWWS shall be activated prior to actuation of the FM-200 fire suppression system. The ERWWS is a Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) gas mitigating water washdown system that provides general overhead coverage to the protected spaces. The ERWWS consists of simple overhead sprinkler heads (Figure 8) piped directly to the fire main. The ERWWS receives raw water directly from fire and general service pump 1. Fire and general service pump 1 is powered by the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) switchboard and will have to be restarted remotely from the pilothouse once the EDG comes online.

2
G1115T73

Figure 7.

Engine Room Water Washdown Station.

OFF ON

JCV-PRO-3

0032-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ROOM WATER WASHDOWN SYSTEM (ERWWS) - Continued

0032

G1116T73

Figure 8.

Engine Room Water Washdown System Sprinkler Head.

When the FM-200 fire suppression system is actuated to extinguish a fire, allow the ERWWS to operate for a minimum of fifteen minutes. During the ERWWS operation period, valve WWS-2 (Figure 7, Item 2) should be OPENED for ten seconds every three minutes. WWS-2 is the ERWWS strainer blow off and will flush foreign matter from the inline strainer basket during operation of the ERWWS. The ERWWS operating instructions (Figure 9) are posted above the ERWWS station valves in the main deck vestibule.

ENGINE ROOM WATER WASHDOWN SYSTEM (WWS)

WWS CONTROL STATION WWS-2 WWS-1 EXISTING FIRE MAIN

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. START-UP PROCEDURE 1. ENSURE FIRE MAIN SYSTEM HAS BEEN PRESSURIZED (SEE FIRE MAIN SYSTEM OPERATION PLACARD). 2. UNLOCK VALVE WWS-1. 3. OPEN VALVE WWS-1. NOTE: IF Y STRAINER IS CLOGGED, SEE BLOW OFF PROCEDURE. 4. OPERATE FOR MINIMUM OF 15 MINUTES. B. SECURING PROCEDURE 1. CLOSE VALVE WWS-1. 2. LOCK VALVE WWS-1. 3. SECURE FIRE MAIN SYSTEM (SEE FIRE MAIN SYSTEM OPERATION PLACARD). BLOW OFF PROCEDURE 1. OPEN VALVE WWS-2 MOMENTARILY. 2. CLOSE VALVE WWS-2.

ENGINE ROOM WWS PIPING CONTD TO NOZZLES VALVE LEGEND WWS-1 ENG RM WWS CONTROL VALVE WWS-2 ENG RM WWS STRAINER BLOW OFF

FIRE MAIN IMPACT DURING OPERATION OF WWS RESIDUAL CAPACITY OF THE EMERGENCY (NO. 1) FIRE AND SALTWATER SERVICE PUMP IS INADEQUATE TO BE USED FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.

G1117T73

Figure 9. Engine Room Water Washdown System Operating Instructions.

0032-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

GALLEY FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM The galley fire suppression system is designed to extinguish fires that originate in the galley and the galley cooking equipment. The galley fire suppression system is a pre-engineered, wet chemical, cartridge operated, regulated pressure type extinguishing system. The system is capable of manual activation through the use of a manual pull box (Figure 10, Item 1) or automatic actuation through the use of fusible links (Figure 10, Items 2 and 3) rated at 500F (260C) and 360F (182C) respectively. The extinguishing agent is formulated with an aqueous solution of organic salts with a pH range between 7.8 and 8.2. It is designed for flame knock down and foam coverage of grease related fires. The wet chemical agent is stored in a 3 gal (11.3 L) carbon steel tank housed in a stainless steel enclosure (Figure 10, Item 5) mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the galley. The storage tank has a working pressure of 100 PSI (6.9 bar). The extinguishing agent is propelled by the use of a gas cartridge of carbon dioxide or nitrogen gas and delivered to the distribution nozzles (Figure 10, Item 6). The distribution nozzle tips have blow off caps to keep the nozzle orifices free of cooking grease buildup. Activation of the galley fire suppression system is accomplished manually by pulling the manual pull box (Figure 10, Item 1) or automatically by the melting of a fusible link (Figure 10, Items 2 and 3). Once the system has been manually or automatically activated, the gas charge propels the extinguishing agent (Figure 10, Item 5) to the distribution nozzles (Figure 10, Item 6). The electrical source for the protected equipment is not shut off, and the agent and the hot grease mix to form foam. This foam temporarily seals the combustible vapors, helping to inhibit re-ignition. The crew must secure the galley heat producing equipment. Once the galley fire suppression system has been activated, the Gaylord washdown system (Figure 10, Item 4) is activated in the fire cycle and sprays water into the Gaylord hood ventilation ductwork. Ventilation ducts are automatically secured by the activation of the Gaylord washdown system.

CREW'S MESS/ RECREATION AREA

D.C. LOCKER

BOATSWAIN'S STORES

GALLEY

5 MAIN DECK 4 FWD

2 3
G1118T73

Figure 10. Galley Fire Suppression System.

0032-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

ARMS LOCKER DRENCHING SYSTEM The arms locker drenching system is connected to the fire main system. The system is designed to provide raw water to the arms locker in the event of a fire or excessive high temperatures. The arms locker drenching system must be manually activated once the fire main has been charged. The system can be activated in the boatswain's locker (local) or from the 0-1 level (remote) at the bow by means of a reach rod valve system. System activation occurs when the thermal heat detector (Figure 11, Item 1) senses a temperature above 105F (40.5C). The thermal heat detector sends an alarm signal to the pilothouse indicating high temperature conditions in the arms locker. The crew shall then investigate the situation and, if necessary, the fire main system would be charged. Once it is determined that the alarm condition exists and the fire main system is charged, the manual activation valve (Figure 11, Item 4) is OPENED either locally or remotely. As raw water enters the piping system in the arms locker, a pressure switch (Figure 11, Item 3) activates an alarm in the pilothouse to indicate that the arms locker drenching system has been activated. The raw water from the fire main flows into the arms locker and out of two sprinkler heads (Figure 11, Item 2). Once activated, the system will continue the flow of raw water into the arms locker until the manual activation valve is closed or the fire main system is secured.
1 2 3
T W UP W P M

DC LOCKER

CREW'S MESS/ RECREATION AREA

BOATSWAIN'S STORES

GALLEY

MAIN DECK FWD

G1119T73

Figure 11.

Arms Locker Drenching Systems.

0032-13

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0032

EXTINGUISHING AGENTS Dry Chemical The extinguishing agent dispensed from portable hand-held equipment used on the Large Tug (LT) is dry chemical based (Figure 12). Dry sodium bicarbonate chemical is non-toxic, non-corrosive, and non-abrasive. It can be used effectively on oil fires, and it is four times more effective than equal weights of CO 2 in extinguishing a flammable liquid fire. Dry chemical is also effective on electrical fires. Because the agent has little effect on the removal of heat, repeated application may be required to prevent the fire from reflashing. Dry chemical is the most effective hand held extinguisher in combating an oil spray fire. The effective range of this agent is 13 to 22 ft (4 to 6.7 m). Dry chemical can cover a large area, but the residue left behind is difficult to remove.

G1120T73

Figure 12. Portable Dry Chemical Extinguisher. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0032-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION POWER GENERATION SYSTEM

0033

GENERAL The power generation system provides the Large Tug (LT) with service power of 440 V AC, 3-phase, 60 Hz, 275 kW and emergency power of 440 V AC 3-phase, 60 Hz, 65 kW. Service power is generated by one or both of the Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) sets. The SSDG supplies power to the main switchboard and the emergency switchboard through a bus tie circuit breaker. The emergency diesel generator produces emergency power for continued operation of vital systems and equipment should loss of service power occur. Refer to Figure 1 for an overall block diagram of the power generation system. A bus tie transfer breaker isolates the emergency switchboard from the main switchboard upon loss of service power. The bus tie breaker is located in the emergency switchboard and allows emergency power to be supplied through the emergency switchboard. In port, the LT is capable of receiving 440 V AC shore power through a shore power cable terminating at a shore power connector. When connected, the shore power cable supplies both the main switchboard and the emergency switchboard.

0033-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00033)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0033

SHIP'S SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR (SSDG) SET General Each ship's service generator consists of a diesel engine, which is directly coupled to its generator. The engine and generator are mounted on a common foundation. Ship's Service Diesel Generator Engine A turbocharged V8 diesel engine provides power to the generator. The port ship's service diesel generator engine 2 is air started while the starboard diesel generator engine 1 is electrically started. Engine control and monitoring are provided from the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) and local control panel. Ship's Service Diesel Generator Two 275-kW brushless exciter generators provide 440 V AC, 3-phase, 60 Hz power to the main switchboard. Each generator is capable of providing 110 percent of the necessary at-sea load for the propulsion and safety of the vessel under normal conditions. The generators may be operated in parallel; however normal operation has one generator on line. For parallel operation, controls necessary to parallel the generators are provided on the main switchboard, located in the EOS. EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG) SET General The emergency diesel generator set consists of a diesel engine that is directly coupled to the emergency generator. The engine and generator are mounted on a common foundation. Emergency Diesel Generator Engine An in-line 4-cylinder diesel engine provides power to the emergency generator. The engine is electrically started (24 V DC), has its own lubricating oil, cooling, and fuel oil systems. The engine is cooled by a fresh water cooling system utilizing a radiator for heat transfer. Jacket water heater is provided for cold weather starting. Switchboard automatic bus transfer equipment automatically opens the bus tie circuit breaker, starts the engine, and closes the emergency generator breaker when power is lost from the main switchboard. Emergency Diesel Generator The emergency diesel generator provides power (440 V AC, 3-phase, 60 Hz, 65 kW) to the emergency switchboard within 20 seconds of a ship's service power system failure. Shore Power Connector A shore power connector (440 V AC, 400 A) is located on the main deck, aft of the exterior bulkhead. The shore power connector provides the capability of connecting the vessel's electrical system to a shore power source.

0033-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00033)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0033

SHORE POWER 440 V AC SHIP SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR (SSDG) 2 SHIP SERVICE DIESEL GENERATOR (SSDG) 1 SHORE POWER CONNECTOR

MAIN SWITCHBOARD

PRIMARY POWER

440 / 120 V STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER (3) EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD BUS TIE ENGINE ROOM LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

EMERGENCY POWER

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR (EDG)

440 / 120 V STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER (3)

ENGINE ROOM LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

G1121T73

Figure 1. Power Generation System Block Diagram. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0033-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00033)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

0034

GENERAL The 128 ft Large Tug (LT) uses alternating current (440 V AC, 220 V AC, and 120 V AC) and direct current (24 V DC) electrical systems. These electrical systems supply all of the electrical needs of the LT vessel. The Alternating Current (AC) electrical system uses a 3-phase system. The 440 V AC system has two power sources. Power may be derived from the diesel generator or from an outside power source via the shore power receptacle and the shore power cable. The 220 and 110 V AC systems receive power through step-down transformers. The Direct Current (DC) electrical system is a two-wire isolated ground system. A 24 V DC system supplies many of the lighting, communication, and accessory systems for the LT. The main components of the vessel's electrical system consist of the ship's service main switchboard, the emergency switchboard, load centers, power panels, motor controllers, and related wiring. The system distributes 440 V AC, 220 V AC, 120 V AC, and emergency power throughout the vessel. Power (440 V AC, 3-phase, 60 Hz) is received from the power generation system and routed via the main switchboard and emergency switchboard to the selected equipment and panels. AC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The AC electrical system consists of the ship's service main switchboard, the emergency switchboard, transformers, distribution panels, motor controllers, and related wiring. MAIN SWITCHBOARD The main switchboard is located in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) and provides the generator selection, shore power selection, and power distribution for the ship's service 440 V AC. Refer to Figure 1 for a block diagram of the main switchboard. The main switchboard consists of transformers, as well as ammeters, voltmeters, kilowatt meters, frequency meters, a phase rotation meter, and a synchronization meter that provides power monitoring. Controls are provided for the automatic generator voltage regulation and the generator engine speed regulation. The switchboard motorized bus tie breaker also serves as an emergency 440 V AC power feedback source for the main switchboard from the emergency switchboard to power the selected equipment systems during emergency power conditions. An interlock system is incorporated into the switchboard to prevent damage to the switchboard by not allowing power from two sources to be supplied at the same time (see Table 1).

0034-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued

FROM SSDG 1 TO EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD FROM SHORE POWER FROM SSDG 2

0034

BUS TIE

MAIN SWITCHBOARD 440 V DISTRIBUTION

ENGINE
ROOM SUPPLY FAN 2

ENGINE ROOM SUPPLY FAN 1

GALLEY 440 V PWR PNL 2

HOT POT WTR HTR 2

L.O. PURIFIER

CENT HYD SYSTEM PWR UNIT 2

BILGE PUMP 2

SPARE

HOT POT WTR HTR 1

ENGINE ROOM EXH FAN 2

440 / 220 / 110 V

XFMRS

AUX MCHY SPACE 2 PWR PNL 5

SPARE

CENT HYD SYSTEM PWR UNIT 1&2

MAIN DECK PWR PNL 3

ENGINE ROOM LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

MAIN SWITCHBOARD - CONT

SPARE

MOTOR CONTROLLER LVR

ENGINE ROOM PWR PNL 1

AUX MCHRY SPACE 1 PWR PNL 4

AFFF PUMP

ENGINE ROOM EXH FAN 1

FIRE PUMP 2

SPARE

STEERING GEAR 1

3-25KVA XFMR

ENGINE ROOM LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

01 LVL DIST PNL 2

GALLEY 120 V DIST PNL 1

ENGINE ROOM DIST PNL 4

01 & 02 LVL CONV HTR FUSE BOX 2

GRINDER

DRILL PRESS

G1122T73

Figure 1. Main Switchboard Block Diagram.

0034-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1. Main Switchboard Interlocks.

0034

NOTE
The following interlock conditions occur when the Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 1, SSDG 2, or shore power is feeding the main switchboard, the main bus tie is closed, and the FEEDBACK switch is in the NORMAL position: Circuit Breaker Closed SSDG 1 Circuit Breaker SSDG 2 Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker (Emergency Switchboard) 1S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker 2S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker Cannot Close Shore Power Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker SSDG 1 Circuit Breaker SSDG 2 Circuit Breaker EDG Circuit Breaker 2S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker 1S/E Bus Tie Circuit Breaker

NOTE
The following interlock conditions occur when the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) is running, and the FEEDBACK switch is in the NORMAL position: Circuit Breaker Closed EDG Circuit Breaker (Emergency Switchboard) Cannot Close Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker

NOTE
The following interlock conditions occur when the EDG is running, and the FEEDBACK switch is in the FEEDBACK position: Circuit Breaker Closed EDG & Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker (Emergency Switchboard) EDG & Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker (Emergency Switchboard) EDG & Main Bus Tie Circuit Breaker (Emergency Switchboard) Cannot Close SSDG #1 Circuit Breaker SSDG #2 Circuit Breaker Shore Power Circuit Breaker

0034-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

0034

The emergency switchboard is located in the emergency generator room and normally receives 440 V AC primary power from the main switchboard through the bus tie. Refer to Figure 2 (LT 803 Only) or Figure 3 (All Other Vessels) for a block diagram of the emergency switchboard. The emergency switchboard bus tie provides 440 V AC to the emergency switchboard. Upon loss of the ship's service power from the main switchboard, a bus tie transfer breaker located within the emergency switchboard isolates the emergency switchboard and provides automatic or manual starting of the emergency generator. A voltmeter, ammeter, and a frequency meter provide the power monitoring capability. A main switchboard bus tie circuit breaker and feedback switch permit the distribution of emergency power (440 V AC) to the main switchboard. The EDG circuit breaker is prevented from being closed by an interlock system when primary power is being provided through the bus tie circuit breaker. Power distribution (440 V AC) is accomplished through circuit breakers on the switchboard. TRANSFORMERS The LT contains three step-down transformers that are located in the engine room and convert 440 V AC to 220/110 V AC. The transformers provide 120 V AC for the engine room load center. The LT also contains three step-down transformers, located in the emergency generator room (overhead), that provide 120 V AC power to the EMERG LOAD CTR DISTRIBUTION PANEL. DISTRIBUTION PANELS There are several distribution panels located throughout the LT. The following paragraph describes the essential distribution panels used within the AC electrical system. The distribution panels house the circuit breakers and the fuses that control and protect the circuits throughout the vessel. The engine room load center distribution panel supplies 120 V AC to several power panels, and workshop equipment. The EMERG LOAD CTR DISTRIBUTION PANEL provides 120 V AC emergency power distribution to numerous emergency distribution panels, in addition to the battery chargers. The 220/110 V distribution panel provides power distribution for the galley, the crew's mess, and laundry spaces. The ENG RM DIST PNL NO. 4 provides power distribution for the engine room equipment, the welder, refrigerated stores controls, emergency generator strip heater, and emergency switchboard heater. The radio room electronics distribution panel provides 120 V AC power to the communication equipment and battery charger. MOTOR CONTROLLERS There are eight types of motor controllers that provide the start and stop function of the motor and overload protection for the motor, as well as the status of the motor operation via the power available indicators and motor operating speed indicators. DC ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The DC electrical system consists of the battery chargers, battery banks, and distribution panels. BATTERY CHARGERS Battery chargers for each battery bank are provided. The battery chargers are supplied 120 V AC from the emergency load center distribution panel (see Figure 2 (LT 803 Only) or Figure 3 (All Other Vessels) for the emergency switchboard block diagram). One charger is for the SSDG 1, and the other charger is for the machinery plant monitoring system and engine control.

0034-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0034

MAIN SWITCHBOARD BUS TIE

EMERGENCY GENERATOR SPARE

EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL

EMERGENCY GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER

EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD 440 V AC DISTRIBUTION

STEP - DOWN TRANSFORMERS 440 / 120 V AC

BILGE AND BALLAST PUMP 1

FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 1

EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (120 V AC DISTRIBUTION)

FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP 1

STEERING GEAR 2

120 V EMERGENCY 120 V MAIN DECK

120 V PILOTHOUSE

DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 1 ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (PORT) ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STBD) BOW THRUSTER & AMS No. 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTS AMS No. 2 EMERGENCY LIGHTS STEERING GEAR ROOM & TOWING GEAR LIGHT TLI SYSTEM TOWING MACHINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL EOT SYSTEM SSDG No. 1 BATTERY CHARGER MACHINERY DC CONTROL BATTERY CHARGER MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR RACOR FILTER (EDP1-1EP-R-15AT) AFT CONSOLE HEATERS BROMINATOR SPARE

01 & 02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING FM-200 SYSTEM FREEZER ALARM 01 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTS REFRIGERATED STORE ROOM LIGHT SPARE SPARE PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY LIGHTS RADIO ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS ALARM SWITCHBOARD (HIGH TEMPERATURE AND SPRINKLER) SPARE SPARE 120 V RADAR POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL S BAND DISPLAY CONSOLE S BAND MODULATOR XMTR-RCVR X BAND DISPLAY CONSOLE X BAND MODULATOR XMTR-RCVR SPARE SPARE

EMERG DISTRIBUTION PANEL SPARE PORT SEARCHLIGHT POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY (GMDSS) GMDSS 120VDC BATTERY CHARGER S BAND RADAR MOTOR SPEED LOG 85 ELECTRONICS UNIT SPARE STARBOARD SEARCHLIGHT POWER SUPPLY RADAR DISTRIBUTION PANEL SPARE X BAND RADAR MOTOR SPARE WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (FWD) WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (AFT) SONAR DIGITAL AN/SQN (ECHO SOUNDER DISPLAY) POWER SUPPLY (GMDSS) RECEPTACLES (GMDSS) DSC 500 POWER (GMDSS) SPARE INTERCOM SYSTEM BLANK BLANK

120 V EXTERIOR EMERG LIGHTING PANEL No. 2 INFL. BOAT FLOODLIGHT 01 LEVEL WEATHER DECKLIGHTS TOWING FLOODLIGHTS ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER & HEATER WINDSCREEN WIPERS (PORT & STARBOARD FWD) BOW FLOOD LIGHTS PILOTHOUSE WEATHER DECK LIGHTS LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (PORT) WINDSCREEN WIPERS (STARBOARD & PORT FWD) SPARE LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (STARBOARD) BLANK

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET BATTERY CHARGER

120 V ELEX DISTRIBUTION PANEL UPS FOR RADIO RACK (RECEPTACLE RACK 3) UPS FOR BACK-UP ECDIS CONSOLE UPS FOR MAIN ECDIS CONSOLE RF 5051 POWER SUPPLY (RECEPTACLE RACK 2) RF 5051 POWER SUPPLY (RECEPTACLE RACK 2) P.A. SYSTEM 15" TFT MONITOR GMDSS BATTERY CHARGER SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE FOGHORN SPARE

120 V NAVIGATION

LIGHTING PANEL ANCHOR LIGHT STERNLIGHT MAST HEAD LIGHTS LOWER TOWING & PUSHING LIGHTS BLINKER LIGHT (PORT & STARBOARD) & BLINKER LIGHT SYSTEM MORSE SWITCH SIDE LIGHT PORT SIDE LIGHT STARBOARD TOWING MAST HEADLIGHT NOT UNDER COMMAND/ RESTRICTED LIGHT UPPER TOWING & PUSHING LIGHT VESSEL RESTRICTED IN ABILITY TO MANEUVER LIGHT RECEPTACLE

GENERAL ALARM BATTERY CHARGER POWER PANEL

SPARE

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER

G1123T73

Figure 2.

Emergency Switchboard Block Diagram (LT 803 Only).

0034-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0034

MAIN SWITCHBOARD BUS TIE

EMERGENCY GENERATOR SPARE

EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL

EMERGENCY GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER

EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD
440 V AC DISTRIBUTION

STEP - DOWN TRANSFORMERS 440 / 120 V AC

BILGE AND BALLAST PUMP 1

FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP 1

EMERGENCY LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (120 V AC DISTRIBUTION)

FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP 1

STEERING GEAR 2

120 V EMERGENCY 120 V MAIN DECK 01 & 02 DISTRIBUTION EMERGENCY PANEL No. 1 LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY MAIN DECK LIGHTS (PORT) EMERGENCY LIGHTING ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY FM-200 SYSTEM LIGHTS (STBD)

120 V PILOTHOUSE 120 V EXTERIOR EMERG EMERG LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 2 PANEL

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR SET BATTERY CHARGER

120 V NAVIGATION LIGHTING PANEL ANCHOR LIGHT STERNLIGHT MAST HEAD LIGHTS LOWER TOWING & PUSHING LIGHTS BLINKER LIGHT (PORT & STARBOARD) & BLINKER LIGHT SYSTEM MORSE SWITCH SIDE LIGHT PORT SIDE LIGHT STARBOARD TOWING MAST HEADLIGHT NOT UNDER COMMAND/ RESTRICTED LIGHT UPPER TOWING & PUSHING LIGHT VESSEL RESTRICTED IN ABILITY TO MANEUVER LIGHT RECEPTACLE

GENERAL ALARM BATTERY CHARGER POWER PANEL

SPARE

EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR JACKET WATER HEATER

SPARE PORT SEARCHLIGHT POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY (GMDSS) GMDSS 120VDC BATTERY CHARGER S BAND RADAR MOTOR SPEED LOG 85 ELECTRONICS UNIT SPARE STARBOARD SEARCHLIGHT POWER SUPPLY RADAR DISTRIBUTION PANEL SPARE

INFL. BOAT FLOODLIGHT 01 LEVEL WEATHER DECKLIGHTS TOWING FLOODLIGHTS ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER & HEATER WINDSCREEN WIPERS (PORT & STARBOARD FWD) BOW FLOOD LIGHTS PILOTHOUSE WEATHER DECK LIGHTS LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (PORT) WINDSCREEN WIPERS (STARBOARD & PORT FWD) SPARE LIFE RAFT FLOODLIGHT (STARBOARD) BLANK

BOW THRUSTER & AMS No. 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTS AMS No. 2 EMERGENCY LIGHTS STEERING GEAR ROOM & TOWING GEAR LIGHT TLI SYSTEM TOWING MACHINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL EOT SYSTEM SSDG No. 1 BATTERY CHARGER MACHINERY DC CONTROL BATTERY CHARGER MONITOR SYSTEM CIRCUIT FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR RACOR FILTER

FREEZER ALARM 01 LEVEL EMERGENCY LIGHTS REFRIGERATED STORE ROOM LIGHT SPARE SPARE PILOTHOUSE EMERGENCY LIGHTS RADIO ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS ALARM SWITCHBOARD (HIGH TEMPERATURE AND SPRINKLER) SPARE SPARE 120 V RADAR POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL S BAND DISPLAY CONSOLE S BAND MODULATOR XMTR-RCVR X BAND DISPLAY CONSOLE X BAND MODULATOR XMTR-RCVR SPARE SPARE

X BAND RADAR MOTOR SPARE WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (FWD) WINDSCREEN ELEMENTS (AFT) SONAR DIGITAL AN/SQN (ECHO SOUNDER DISPLAY) POWER SUPPLY (GMDSS) RECEPTACLES (GMDSS) DSC 500 POWER (GMDSS) SPARE INTERCOM SYSTEM BLANK BLANK

(EDP1-1EP-R-15AT)
AFT CONSOLE HEATERS BROMINATOR SPARE

G1124T73

Figure 3.

Emergency Switchboard Block Diagram (All Other Vessels).

0034-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0034

440 V EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL

SHIPS SERVICE SWITCH BOARD

TRANSFORMER 440 V / 220 V TRANSFORMER 440 V / 220 V EMERG LOAD CTR DISTRIBUTION PANEL

ENG RM LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PNL TRANSFORMER 440 V / 220 V RADIO ROOM ELEX DIST PANEL

PILOT HOUSE EMER DIST PNL

BATTERY CHARGER GENERAL ALARM

BATTERY CHARGER

NEWMAR POWER SUPPLY 60 A FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH BATTERY CHARGER SSDG #1

ENG RM EMER DIST PANEL No. 1

FM-200 SYSTEM

BATTERY CHARGER EMER DIESEL GEN EDG STARTING BATTERY BANK #2 MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCH

BATTERY BANK BATTERY BANK 12 V FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH AUTO POWER SWITCH (GMDSS)

BATTERY CHARGER MACHINERY DC CONTROL MACHINERY DC CONTROL BATTERY BANK

EDG STARTING BATTERY BANK #1

GENERAL ALARM & EMERGENCY LIGHTING

NEW MAR BATTERY CHARGER

SSDG #1 STARTING BATTERY BANK

ENG RM DIST PNL No. 4

PILOTHOUSE ALARM PNL

INTEGRATED BRIDGE SYS DIST PNL

SSDG No. 1

20 A FUSE BOX

EMER DIESEL GENERATOR STARTING BATTERY SW

BATTERY CHARGER

TACTICAL RADIO RACK No. 2 24 DC EXHAUST FAN

200 A FUSED BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH BATTERY BANK

MACHINERY DC CONTROL DISTRIBUTION PNL ROWPU CIR BKR BOX

ROWPU BATTERY

GMDSS BATTERY BANK

20 A FUSE BOX

GMDSS DC DISTRIBUTION

G1125T73

Figure 4. Battery Power Distribution System Block Diagram.

0034-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

ENGINE CONTROL DIRECTION LIMIT SWITCH STBD ASTERN ENGINE CONTROL DIRECTION LIMIT SWITCH
G1127T73

Figure 1. Engine Order Telegraph (EOT) System Functional Diagram.

0035-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00035)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0035

SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEM The sound powered telephone system provides voice communications throughout the vessel by means of fixed phone stations and portable units. Since the system is powered by voice only, it is functional even when a loss of power occurs. There are two circuits within the sound powered telephone system. One circuit is a dedicated line between the pilothouse and the radio room. The other circuit provides communication throughout the LT. Refer to Figure 2 for a simplified functional diagram of the sound powered telephone system.

0035-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00035)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE SYSTEM - Continued

PILOTHOUSE TOP STATION #1 PILOTHOUSE STATION 2 PORT BRIDGE WING STATION #3 MAIN SHIP CIRCUIT RADIO ROOM CIRCUIT STBD BRIDGE WING STATION #4

0035

AFT 02 WEATHER DECK STATION #6

RADIO ROOM STATION

FWD 02 WEATHER DECK STATION #5

AFT CONTROL AND GUNNER STATION #13

EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM STATION #12

OFFICERS' STATEROOM 1 STATION #10

CHIEF OFFICERS' STATEROOM ENGINEER'S STATEROOM 2 STATION #11 STATION #8

CAPTAIN'S STATEROOM STATION #9

FOREDECK MAINSHIP CIRCUIT STATION #7

FANTAIL

CREW'S MESS

STATION #17

STATION #15 DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER GALLEY STATION #14

STATION #16

EMERGENCY STEERING GEAR AMS 2 STATION #20

EOS

BOW THRUSTER STATION #18

STATION #19

G1126T73

Figure 2. Sound Powered Telephone System Functional Diagram. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0035-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00035)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION ALARM SYSTEMS

0036

GENERAL The Large Tug (LT) is equipped with four alarm systems. The fire alarm system alerts the crew when a fire is detected via sensors located throughout the LT. The general alarm system is used to alert the crew to a general alarm condition. The door alarm system consists of alarms located in various locations throughout the LT to alert the crew of entry into certain spaces within the LT, or not to enter when high temperature has been detected, or when a sprinkler system has been activated. The FM-200 fire suppression system gives the crew a 60-second warning prior to discharge of the FM-200 system.

0036-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0036

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM General The fire alarm system alerts the crew to the presence of a fire by sounding an alarm via sensors located throughout the LT or when it has been manually activated through a fire alarm pull station. See Figure 1 for a schematic diagram of the fire alarm system. The fire alarm system consists of the fire and smoke detection panel located in the Enclosed Operating Station (EOS); a remote indicating panel located in the pilothouse; a terminal box, heat rise detectors (thermostats), infrared detectors, and smoke detectors located in various compartments; fire alarm pull stations; and a 10 in. (254 mm) bell. The heat detectors are arranged in various zones throughout the vessel. When a fire condition is detected, the associated sensor sends an alarm signal via a zone module located in the fire and smoke detection panel to the applicable fire control panel indicators. When pulled, the fire alarm pull station also sends an alarm signal via the zone module to the applicable fire detector panel indicators.

0036-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - Continued

EOS FIRE & SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM PANEL (EOS) PILOTHOUSE RADIO ROOM BEACON

0036

REMOTE INDICATING PANEL (PILOTHOUSE)

+ PILOTHOUSE + & 02 LVL 01 LVL + PASSAGEWAY PASSAGEWAY EMERGENCY BOATSWAIN'S ZONE 1 GENERATOR STORE & ROOM PASSAGEWAY GALLEY & ZONE 2 CREW/RECREATION SPACE ZONE 3 LEGEND: MANUAL PULL BOX THERMAL HEAT DETECTOR IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTOR RESISTOR + CAPACITOR
G1128T73

+ AMS1 AMS2 ENGINE RM TOWING GEAR LOCKER ZONE 4

Figure 1.

Fire Alarm System Schematic. 0036-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - Continued Fire and Smoke Detection Panel

0036

The fire and smoke detection panel is located in the EOS and alerts the crew to any fire detector faults in the fire detection system as well as alarm indications via LED indicators. See Figure 2 for a depiction of the fire and smoke detection panel. The panel contains indicator lights that illuminate when a fire is detected within the applicable zone area. The POWER FLASHING indicator illuminates to indicate that power is being supplied to the fire and smoke detection panel. The WHEN ON BATTERY indicator will flash when the fire and smoke detection panel is on battery power. The ALARM FLASHING WHEN SILENCED indicator illuminates when an alarm for one or more zones has been detected and will flash after the audible alarm has been silenced. The DC VOLTS meter indicates the Direct Current (DC) voltage of the fire and smoke detection system while the DC AMPS meter indicates the fire and smoke detection system DC amperage. BATTERY TROUBLE indicator will be illuminated when the system detects a low charge in the battery system. Remote Indicating Panel The remote indicating panel is located in the pilothouse and alerts the pilothouse crew to the presence of fire. The panel contains four indicators that will illuminate the appropriate zone indicator for which the fire or smoke is detected. Heat Rise Detectors There are three thermal heat detectors that are mounted in the 01 level passageway and in the boatswain's store and passageway. The heat detectors send a signal to the remote indicating panel when fire is detected, triggering the appropriate alarm. Smoke Detectors There are 15 smoke detectors located in various locations throughout the LT. The smoke detectors contain a set of normally open contacts that close when smoke is detected. When the contacts are closed, a signal is sent to the remote indicating panel that will sound the appropriate alarm.

0036-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - Continued

0036

POWERFLASHING WHENONBATTERY

ALARMFLASHING WHENSILENCED TROUBLE

GROUND FAULT AUDIBLE CIRCUIT

ZONE 1 03&02LEVEL ZONE 2 01 LEVEL

ZONE 3 MAIN DECK ZONE 4 HOLD

TIME CYCLE COMPLETE

DC VOLTS DC AMPS

BATTERY TROUBLE

FUSE

G1129T73

Figure 2.

Fire and Smoke Detection Panel.

0036-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0036

GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM General The general alarm system is used to alert the vessel's crew to general alarm conditions. The system is controlled from the pilothouse and the 01 level passageway by contact makers located in the pilothouse and the 01 level passageway. When activated, alarm bells sound in various places throughout the LT. The general alarm system is powered by a 24 V DC power supply via the general alarm battery bank. In the auxiliary machinery spaces and in the engine room, the system is equipped with relays that provide 120 V AC to rotating lights during alarm conditions. A simplified block diagram of the general alarm system is provided in Figure 3. Alarm Bells The general alarm system has 11 alarm bells located throughout the vessel. When the pilothouse switch or 01 level passageway switch is closed (ON), current flows to the alarm bells and they ring. Contact Maker Contact makers located in the pilothouse and in the 01 level passageway control the general alarm system. When the switches are closed (ON), current flows to the alarms bells and they sound. General Alarm Distribution Panel The general alarm distribution panel, located in the 01 level passageway, is a junction box that is used to interconnect the general alarm system cables and to connect the contact makers and the alarm bells. The junction box also contains 12 fuses that protect the system from damage due to overload.

0036-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM - Continued

DC POWER SUPPLY (GENERAL ALARM BATTERY BANK) PILOTHOUSE

0036

PILOTHOUSE

GENERAL ALARM DISTRIBUTION PANEL MAIN DECK BOATSWAIN'S PASSAGEWAY MESS/ STORES RECREATION SPACE 01 LEVEL PASSAGEWAY

AMS 1

BOW THRUSTER COMPARTMENT

TOWING GEAR LOCKER

AMS 2

ENGINE ROOM

EOS FROM ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1 FROM ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1 R AMS 1 L

R ENGINE ROOM

LEGEND: CONTACT MAKER R FROM ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION PANEL 1 L LIGHT

L AMS 2 R

BELL RELAY
G1130T73

Figure 3. General Alarm System Simplified Block Diagram.

0036-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0036

DOOR ALARM SYSTEM General The door alarm system consists of alarms located in the radio room, arms stowage room, the main deck fan room, and the freezer. The radio room door and arms stowage alarms alert the pilothouse to entry to the radio room or fan room, high temperature in the arms stowage room, or activation of the arms stowage room sprinkler system. The freezer alarm alerts the crew when the freezer alarm has been activated. Refer to Figure 4 for a block diagram of the radio room, arms stowage, and the main deck fan room door alarms, and Figure 5 for a block diagram of the freezer alarm.
PILOTHOUSE MAIN DECK FAN ROOM

FROM 01 & 02 LEVEL AND MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL 1

ALARM SWITCHBOARD

DOOR ALARM SWITCH

ARMS STOWAGE ROOM

RADIO ROOM FROM 01 & 02 LEVEL AND MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL 1 WATER SWITCH ROTARY SNAP SWITCH DOOR ALARM SWITCH

THERMOSTAT

G1131T73

Figure 4.

Radio Room, Arms Stowage, and Main Deck Fan Room Door Alarm Block Diagram.

Radio Room Door Alarm System The radio room door alarm system uses 120 V AC supplied from the 01 & 02 level and main deck emergency lighting panel No. 1. When the door to the radio room is open, an alarm buzzer and indicator on the alarm switchboard located in the pilothouse is activated. A manual rotary snap switch is provided inside the radio room to disable the radio room door alarm. Arms Stowage Alarm System The arms stowage alarm system is a 120 V AC alarm system. Power is supplied from the 01 & 02 level and main deck emergency lighting panel No. 1. Two sensors are provided, a high temperature sensor and a sprinkler sensor.

0036-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DOOR ALARM SYSTEM - Continued Arms Stowage Alarm System - Continued

0036

The high temperature sensor detects unusually high temperature in the arms stowage room and activates the pilothouse sprinkler system alarms. The sprinkler sensor is a water flow switch that is installed on the downstream side of the sprinkler control valve. When the sprinkler control valve opens, water passes through the sprinkler control valve and through the water switch to the sprinklers. Water passing through the water switch activates the pilothouse alarms. Both audible and visual alarms are provided in the pilothouse at the alarm switchboard. Main Deck Fan Room Alarm System This alarm system is a 120 V AC alarm system. Power is supplied from the 01 & 02 level and main deck emergency lighting panel No. 1. When the main deck fan room door is open, an alarm buzzer and light on the alarm switchboard in the pilothouse is activated. There is no local switch to disable the alarm. Freezer Alarm System The freezer alarm system consists of three pilot lights, switches, and a buzzer. The system power is supplied from the 01 & 02 level and main deck emergency lighting panel No. 1. The switches are located in the thaw room, chill room, and freezer room. When operated, the switches energize the buzzer in the galley to alert personnel that someone is trapped in the room. Refer to Figure 5 for the freezer alarm block schematic.

GALLEY

CONNECTION BOX

THAW ROOM

ALARM BELL 01 & 02 LEVEL & MAIN DECK EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL 1

CHILL ROOM

FREEZER ROOM LEGEND: PILOT LIGHT

G1132T73

Figure 5.

Freezer Alarm Block Diagram.

0036-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0036

FM-200 FIRE SUPPRESSION ALARM SYSTEM General The FM-200 fire suppression alarm system is a manually actuated, stand-alone total flooding fire suppression alarm system. The engine room and AMS 1 are equipped with the FM-200 fire suppression system. The FM-200 fire suppression alarm system consists of two pressure actuated switches, amber strobe lights, electric horns, and an alarm bell. Refer to Figure 6 for the FM-200 fire suppression alarm system schematic. When the FM-200 system is actuated, pressurized CO 2 from the system's actuating circuit closes the alarm system's pressure actuated switch. These switches, in turn, energize the alarm system's strobe lights, horns, and bell. Once the alarm begins sounding, the occupants of the engine room and AMS 1 have 60 seconds to evacuate the space prior to discharge of the FM-200 fire suppression agent.

EMERGENCY GENERATOR ROOM

AMS 2

ENGINE ROOM

AMS 1

EMERGENCY GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER +

FM-200 PRESSURE SWITCH

PS-1A RELAY PANEL BOX EXTERIOR MAIN DECK B JUNCTION BOX 1 FM-200 PRESSURE SWITCH PS-1 (CENTERLINE) A A A

120 V MAIN DECK, 01 & 02 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PANEL No. 1 CIRCUIT BREAKER 2

A (PORT)

JUNCTION BOX 2

LEGEND: B A ALARM BELL AMBER STROBE LIGHT ELECTRIC HORN

(STARBOARD)

G1133T73

Figure 6. END OF WORK PACKAGE

FM-200 Fire Suppression Alarm System Schematic.

0036-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) SYSTEMS

0037

GENERAL The Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) system supplies the Large Tug (LT) with controlled heat and conditioned air. The HVAC system also controls the exhaust and vented air circulation in appointed areas on the vessel (Figures 1, 2, 3, and 4). Major components of the HVAC system include the following: DUCT HEATERS Duct heaters are flange mounted electric heaters installed in ducting. These heaters are referred to as preheaters or reheaters depending on their application. PREHEATER The preheater heats outside air before distribution. REHEATER The reheater ensures that air supplied to a compartment is at the proper temperature. CONVECTION HEATER The convection heaters are convection type electric space heaters. They are used in the laundry spaces and sanitary spaces. SPACE HEATERS The space heaters are forced air electric space heaters. The space heaters are used in machinery spaces, laundry spaces, and the bow thruster compartment and towing gear locker. NATURAL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST VENTS Natural supply vents are provided in the towing gear locker, emergency generator room, and bow thruster compartment. Exhaust vents are provided in AMS 1 and AMS 2. VENTILATION FANS All ventilation fans are vaneaxial direct drive, with electric motors that provide forced air ventilation. The galley supply fan, galley ventilator hood exhaust fan, sanitary space exhaust fans, and workshop exhaust fan are single speed fans. All other workspace fans are 2-speed fans. FAN COIL UNITS Fan coil units contain a coil for cooling (air conditioning); a preheater (for heating the spaces); and a single speed electric motor, belt-driven centrifugal fan. Two horizontal fan coil units are provided on the LT. One unit serves the main deck spaces, the other serves the 01 level and above.

0037-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00037)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EOS AIR CONDITIONER

0037

The Enclosed Operating Station (EOS) air conditioner supplies heated or cooled air. An integral fan provides forced air. AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSER UNITS The vessel's two fan coil units are supplied with refrigerant by two condensing units located in AMS 2. Each condensing unit has a capacity of 14.6 tons of refrigeration under normal operating conditions. Controls are provided for automatic operation and capacity variation for light loads. Refer to (WP 0038) for condensing unit details. PILOTHOUSE ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS Two heating and cooling units provide conditioned air to the pilothouse. The two units are mounted on the pilothouse rooftop and are controlled by separate programmable thermostats located on the pilothouse console. Each unit has a washable filter in the return duct. RADIO ROOM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT The radio room rooftop air conditioning unit provides conditioned air to the radio room. The condenser unit is mounted on the pilothouse rooftop and the fan cooling unit is mounted in the radio room. The radio room rooftop air conditioning unit is controlled by a remote control programmable thermostat located in the radio room.

0037-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00037)

P
PT

FAN ROOM

D H T
RHT

SANITARY SPACE
E

CREWS R STATEROOM SANITARY SPACE

DAMAGE CONTROL LOCKER

CREWS MESS
D
R

STACK
T AD CH D

BEHIND DRYER WITH CONN.

DRYER
L

R
UP

VESTIBULE
DOWN

R D
T T

PASSAGEWAY
T R T

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

CH PT

Figure 1.

REEFER SPACE

HOOD
R R D D D E

0037-3
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00037)

Main Deck.
G1134T73

SANITARY SPACE

STACK
E
ADT

CH F E E P

CLEANING GEAR LOCKER

CREWS CREWS STATEROOM 4 STATEROOM 2

CREWS STATEROOM 1

D DIFFUSER RT RETURN E EXHAUST L LOUVER

CH CONVECTION HEATER
RHT

H HUMIDISTAT T ROOM THERMOSTAT P PREHEATER R REHEATER

PT PREHEATER THERMOSTAT

MANUAL FIRE DAMPER S SUPPLY GOOSENECK AUTO FIRE DAMPER AUTO FIRE DAMPER THERMOSTAT

G
AD
ADT

REHEATER THERMOSTAT

FILTER

0037

G L

FAN SPACE
G

FAN ROOM
MD

R
RHT

STACK
L

SANITARY SPACE

OFFICER STATEROOM 2

SANITARY SPACE

CHIEF ENGRS STATEROOM

VENT PLENUM
L
CH

PASSAGEWAY RA 900 CFM

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

D EMER. GEN. ROOM

OFFICER STATEROOM 1

SANITARY SPACE
D R
CH

Figure 2.

0037-4
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00037)

VENT TRUNK
L

VENT TRUCK R NCOs STATEROOM D

SANITARY SPACE G

01 Level.
G1135T73

STACK
MD

E
MD
CH

CAPTAINS STATEROOM VENT HOOD

D DIFFUSER RT RETURN E EXHAUST LOUVER CH CONVECTION HEATER

RHT

H HUMIDISTAT T ROOM THERMOSTAT P PREHEATER R REHEATER

PT PREHEATER THERMOSTAT

MD MANUAL FIRE DAMPER

S SUPPLY G GOOSENECK
AD AUTO FIRE DAMPER
ADT

REHEATER THERMOSTAT D

F FILTER

AUTO FIRE DAMPER THERMOSTAT

0037

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0037

ENGINE ROOM
S L S S

SSDG
AD

AMS 1 AND BOW THRUSTER COMPT.

UP
S
CA

S
AD

EOS
AC

S L
CH

SSDG

DIFFUSER

H HUMIDISTAT T ROOM THERMOSTAT P PREHEATER R REHEATER

PT PREHEATER THERMOSTAT

MD MANUAL FIRE DAMPER

RT RETURN

S G

SUPPLY GOOSENECK

E L

EXHAUST LOUVER

AD AUTO FIRE DAMPER

CH CONVECTION HEATER
RHT

REHEATER THERMOSTAT

F FILTER

AUTO FIRE DAMPER THERMOSTAT AC EOS AC UNIT

ADT

CA MAIN ENGINE

COMBUSTION AIR
G1136T73

Figure 3.

Engine Room.

0037-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00037)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0037

L
MD

T
RT

RADIO ROOM
G

FCU

T
RT

FWD

D DIFFUSER
RT RETURN

HUMIDISTAT

MD MANUAL FIRE DAMPER

T ROOM THERMOSTAT P PREHEATER R REHEATER

PT PREHEATER THERMOSTAT

S SUPPLY G GOOSENECK
AD AUTO FIRE DAMPER
ADT RHT

E L

EXHAUST LOUVER

CH CONVECTION HEATER
RHT

REHEATER THERMOSTAT

F FILTER

AUTO FIRE DAMPER THERMOSTAT FAN COOLING UNIT

FA FRESH AIR
G1137T73

Figure 4. END OF WORK PACKAGE

EXPANSION VALVE

UNIT COOLER COIL TUBES HIGH SIDE LOW SIDE

COMPRESSOR

CONDENSER

LEGEND RECEIVER VAPOR REFRIGERANT LIQUID REFRIGERANT COOLING WATER

G1138T73

Figure 1.

Typical Refrigeration Cycle.

0038-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00038)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0038

RFSS-13 LIQUID LINE CRSVR CO RFSS-20 SUCT LINE CRSVR COV RFSS-47 RLF CONDSR RFSS-53 COV-WTR RGLTR FREON RFSS-52 COV-WTR RGLTR FREON

CHILL BOX 35F (1.67C) SEE FIGURE 3, DETAIL B

WALK-IN FREEZER 0F (-17.78C) SEE FIGURE 3, DETAIL A

RFSS-46 RLF-CONDSR

TO ATMOSPHERE CONDENSER WATER INLET

TO ATMOSPHERE

REEFER SPACE CONDENSING UNIT ASSY No. 1 SEE FIGURE 4 T

REEFER SPACE CONDENSING UNIT ASSY No. 1 SEE FIGURE 4 T WATER REGULATING VALVE CONDENSER WATER OUTLET

WATER REGULATING VALVE CONDENSER WATER OUTLET

PRESS SENSING LINE

RFAC-51 WTR RGLTR

RFAC-50 WTR RGLTR

AMS-2 INTERCONNECTING PIPING

ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS COV EQL EVAP EXP FRZ LLSV PRESS RFSS RGLTR STNR SUCT TXV V CUTOFF VALVE EQUALIZING EVAPORATOR EXPANSION FREEZE LIQUID LINE SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE REFRIGERATION, SHIP'S SERVICE REGULATOR STRAINER SUCTION THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE VALVE

G1139T73

Figure 2.

Refrigeration System.

0038-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00038)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0038

RFSS-19 COV-FRz BOX COIL SUCT

RFSS-15 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV RFSS-4 TXV-FRZ BOX RFSS-7 HAND EXP V RFSS-2 LLSV FRZ BOX RFSS-12 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV TO CONDENSING UNIT FROM CONDENSING UNIT

T WALK-IN
FREEZER 0F (-17.78C)

FAN COIL UNIT

S STRAINER THERMOSTAT

DRAIN DN TO SPACE DRAIN RFSS-9 EQL LINE DETAIL A WALK-IN FREEZER

RFSS-5 EVAP PRESS RGLTR COV RFSS-18 EVAP PRESS RGLTR COV RFSS-17 BYPASS-EVAP PRESS RGLTR RFSS-16 EVAP PRESS RGLTR COV

RFSS-10 PRESSURE GAUGE COV

RFSS-6 HAND EXP V P T

CHILL BOX 35F (1.67C)

RFSS-14 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV TO CONDENSING UNIT FROM CONDENSING UNIT

FAN COIL UNIT

RFSS-11 TXV/STNR/LLSV COV S STRAINER

THERMOSTAT DRAIN DN TO SPACE DRAIN RFSS-3 TXV-CHILL BOX RFSS-8 EQL LINE DETAIL B CHILL BOX
G1140T73

RFSS-1 LLSV-CHILL BOX

Figure 3.

Refrigeration System.

0038-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00038)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0038

TO ATMOSPHERE CONN FORWARD REG VALVE

WATER OUT CONDENSER WATER IN EQUALIZING LINE

RECEIVER

T SUCT DISCH SIGHTGLASS CHARGING & DRAIN CONN AMS-2

G1141T73

HEAT EXCHANGER KING SOLENOID VALVE T FILTER/DRIER

COMPRESSOR

Figure 4. Refrigeration System AMS 2. END OF WORK PACKAGE

0038-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00038)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION DECK MACHINERY

0039

P1 & 2

PUMP NO. 1

PUMP NO. 2

4
MAIN SWITCH

READY

RUNNING

LOW OIL LEVEL

HIGH OIL TEMP

G1144T73

Machinery Control Panel in EOS.

When the operator powers up one or both hydraulic pumps, power is sent to the electric motor(s) (Figure 1, Item 14) for the selected hydraulic pump(s) (Figure 1, Item 15). Once the hydraulic pump is turning, it draws hydraulic fluid through the suction strainer (Figure 1, Item 12) and into the hydraulic pump. The hydraulic pump pressurizes the hydraulic fluid in response to the amount of restriction on the system. If the restriction is low (no load applied), system pressure is very low. If the restriction is high (load applied), the system pressure will vary in response to the load. The pressurized hydraulic fluid exits the hydraulic pump and flows through the supply piping (Figure 1, Item 2) to the downstream components (capstan, anchor windlass, deck crane, and tow pins), where the hydraulic pressure and flow are transformed into physical work. Hydraulic fluid exiting the downstream components returns to the reservoir (Figure 1, Item 13) through the return piping (Figure 1, Item 1) and the return filters (Figure 1, Item 10). If the restriction is extraordinarily high due to an overloaded downstream component or a closed cutoff valve (Figure 1, Item 3), the system relief valve opens at 2,700 PSI (186 bar) to vent hydraulic fluid back to the reservoir (Figure 1, Item 13). This prevents catastrophic damage to the hydraulic pump, piping, and other hydraulic components. The return filters (Figure 1, Item 10) are provided with a bypass valve (Figure 1, Item 6) and a restriction gage (Figure 1, Item 5). If the filter restriction rises above 25 PSI (1.7 bar), the bypass valve opens, permitting hydraulic fluid to bypass the filters and to return to the reservoir (Figure 1, Item 13). Because permitting unfiltered hydraulic fluid to return to the reservoir opens the door to eventual system failure, the restriction gage is provided to enable timely return filter changes. Performing regular filter changes helps to ensure that the central hydraulic system and its components enjoy a long service life.

0039-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

ELECTRICAL OPERATION When the main disconnect switch (Figure 4, Item 1) is CLOSED (ON), power is supplied to the control panel (Figure 2, Item 3). Power (440 V AC) from the main disconnect switch (Figure 4, Item 1) flows through a transformer (Figure 4, Item 2) where it is converted to a lower voltage for the control circuitry. Leaving the transformer, the power is supplied to the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 4, Item 3), to the low oil level switch (Figure 4, Item 18), and to the thermal overload reset switches (Figure 4, Item 16). If the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 4, Item 3) is in the OFF position, the switch is OPEN and no power is supplied to the low oil level switch's (Figure 4, Item 18) Normally Closed (NC) contacts. If the switch is in the ON position, the switch is CLOSED between terminals 13 and 14, supplying power to the low oil level switch's NC contacts. If the switch is in the REM position, the switch is CLOSED between terminals 21 and 22, supplying power to the REMOTE/ OFF/ON switch (Figure 4, Item 3) in the EOS console. When the START pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 2) is pressed, the switch CLOSES, supplying power to the low oil level switch's NC contacts. When the STOP pushbutton (Figure 3, Item 1) is pressed, the switch is OPEN, securing power to the low oil level switch's NC contacts. When power is supplied from the REMOTE/OFF/ON switch (Figure 4, Item 3), and when the low oil level switch's (Figure 4, Item 18) NC contacts are CLOSED (hydraulic fluid level is above the low mark), power is supplied to the high temperature cutoff switch (Figure 4, Item 5). The high temperature cutoff switch has both NC and Normally Open (NO) contacts. The NC contacts supply power to the P1/P2/P1&P2 (Figure 4, Item 4) switch, while the NO contacts supply power to the HIGH OIL TEMP light (Figure 4, Item 6). When the P1/P2/P1&P2 switch (Figure 4, Item 4) is in the P1 position, the switch is CLOSED between terminals 1 and 2 and OPEN between all other terminals. This supplies power to the pump 1 control relay (Figure 4, Item 7). When the pump 1 control relay is powered, it CLOSES between terminals 9 and 5 and OPENS between terminals 9 and 1. This powers the pump 1 starter (Figure 4, Item 11) and the pump 1 RUNNING light (Figure 4, Item 10). When the pump 1 control relay is not powered, it CLOSES between terminals 9 and 1 and OPENS between terminals 9 and 5. This illuminates the number 1 pump READY light (Figure 4, Item 12) and secures power to the motor by opening the pump 1 starter. When the P1/P2/P1&P2 switch (Figure 4, Item 4) is in the P2 position, the switch is CLOSED between terminals 3 and 4 and OPEN between all other terminals. This supplies power to the pump 2 control relay (Figure 4, Item 8). When the pump 2 control relay is powered, it CLOSES between terminals 9 and 5 and OPENS between terminals 9 and 1. This powers the pump 2 starter (Figure 4, Item 14) and the pump 2 RUNNING light (Figure 4, Item 13). When the pump 2 control relay is not powered, it CLOSES between terminals 9 and 1 and OPENS between terminals 9 and 5. This illuminates the number 2 pump READY light (Figure 4, Item 15) and secures power to the motor by opening the pump 2 starter. When the P1/P2/P1&P2 switch (Figure 4, Item 4) is in the BOTH position, the switch is CLOSED between terminals 3, 4, 5, and 6, and OPEN between terminals 1 and 2. This supplies power to both control relays (Figure 4, Items 7 and 8) and both starters and lights are powered as described in the two preceding paragraphs. The low level switch (Figure 4, Item 18) has both NO and NC contacts. The NO contacts supply power to the LOW OIL LEVEL light (Figure 4, Item 9) while the NC contacts supply power to the high temperature cutoff switch (Figure 4, Item 4). When the hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir drops below 98 gal (371 L), the NO contacts CLOSE, illuminating the LOW OIL LEVEL light, and the NC contacts OPEN, securing power to the pump motors (Figure 4, Item 17).

0039-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

1
Figure 4. Central Hydraulic Power Unit Electrical Schematic.
L1 L2 L3

2 5 3
ON OIL TEMP. SENSOR HIGH OIL TEMP HIGH

4
LO OIL LEVEL NORM.

7
P2 P1 BOTH 2 1 XX0 4 3 0XX 5 6 00X

OFF REM.

OIL TEMP ALARM

6
R1

3
4 14

7
R2

PUMP 1 CTL. RELAY PUMP 2 CTL. RELAY

18
5

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

8
R3 OIL LEVEL ALARM RELAY

P2
LOW OIL TEMP

0039-7
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

11
OL
1T1 1T2 1T3

14
OL
2T1 2T2 2T3

18 7

RUNNING G

9 10

LOW LEVEL ALARM PUMP 1 RUNNING PUMP 1 STARTER

MTR

16 17 17 8

READY G RUNNING G

11 12 13
PUMP 1 READY PUMP 2 RUNNING PUMP 2 STARTER

READY W

14 15
PUMP 2 READY

G1145T73

0039

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

TOWING MACHINE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM The towing machine hydraulic system provides the primary power for the towing machines. In emergency situations, the towing machine hydraulic system can also be aligned to supply hydraulic power to the central hydraulic system. The towing machine hydraulic system is comprised of a diesel engine, a hydraulic pump, relief valves, a reservoir, a heat exchanger, suction and return filters, and gages and indicators. Each of these components, except the diesel engine, is described in the paragraphs below. The diesel engine has its own technical manual (TM 55-1925-211-24). Following the description of the components, the operation of the towing machine hydraulic system is described. HYDRAULIC PUMP A diesel engine-driven, dual vane, hydraulic pump (Figure 5, Item 6) provides the hydraulic power for the towing machine hydraulic system. The hydraulic pump is actually two hydraulic pumps in one housing. One hydraulic pump section is rated at 69 GPM (261 LPM) at 1,800 rpm while the other hydraulic pump is rated at 38 GPM (144 LPM) at 1,800 rpm. This dual vane hydraulic pump arrangement permits the towing machine hydraulic system, when properly configured, to supply the central hydraulic system and the towing machine hydraulic system simultaneously. Each dual vane section is provided with its own check valve (Figure 5, Item 5). The check valves prevent one vane section from backfeeding into the other during hydraulic pump operation. RELIEF VALVES Two relief valves are installed in the towing machine hydraulic system. The first relief valve is the system relief (Figure 5, Item 4). This valve is set to open at 3,300 PSI (228 bar) to prevent overpressurization of the towing machine hydraulic system. The second relief valve (Figure 5, Item 11) is set to open at 2,800 PSI (193 bar). Under heavy system loading, this valve opens and permits the flow from the lower volume vane section to flow unrestricted back to the reservoir. This action effectively unloads the lower volume vane section, preventing the hydraulic pump from overloading the diesel engine. RESERVOIR A 350 gal (1,325 L) reservoir (Figures 5 and 6, Item 8) contains the hydraulic fluid for the towing machine hydraulic system. The reservoir also acts as a mounting point for the heat exchanger, the filters, and the gages and indicators for the towing machine hydraulic system.

0039-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

HEAT EXCHANGER A heat exchanger (Figure 6. Item 21) is provided to cool the hydraulic fluid. As the hydraulic fluid returns to the reservoir (Figures 5 and 6, Item 8), it flows through the heat exchanger where its heat is dissipated to the raw water that is pumped through the heat exchanger. A solenoid actuated valve controls raw water flow to the heat exchanger. The valve permits raw water to flow through the heat exchanger when the hydraulic fluid is hot and secures the flow when it is cold. Additional hydraulic fluid cooling is also provided by dissipation of heat through the walls of the reservoir to the air in AMS 1. SUCTION AND RETURN FILTERS A suction strainer (Figure 5, Item 7) is located in the hydraulic pump (Figure 5, Item 6) suction line. This suction strainer removes the larger particulate contaminants from the hydraulic fluid before it enters the hydraulic pump. Two return filters (Figure 6, Item 18) remove smaller particulate contaminants, down to 10 microns, from the hydraulic fluid before it is returned to the reservoir (Figures 5 and 6, Item 8). Each return filter is fitted with a restriction gage (Figure 6, Item 20) and a bypass valve (Figure 6, Item 19). If the filter restriction rises above 25 PSI (1.7 bar), the bypass valve opens, permitting hydraulic fluid to bypass the filters and return to the reservoir. Because permitting unfiltered hydraulic fluid to return to the reservoir opens the door to eventual system failure, the restriction gage is provided to enable timely return filter changes. Performing regular return filter changes helps to ensure that the central hydraulic system and its components enjoy a long service life. GAGES AND INDICATORS Pressure gages (Figure 5, Item 20) are installed to provide an indication of the system operating pressure. The gages measure pressure from both dual vane sections of the hydraulic pump (Figure 5, Item 6) as well as drain pressure. A combination hydraulic fluid level/hydraulic fluid temperature indicator (Figure 5, Item 9) is also installed to permit monitoring of hydraulic fluid level and temperature. ISOLATION VALVES Isolation valves (Figures 5 and 6, Item 2) are installed to allow the towing machines to be operated independent of each other. SYSTEM OPERATION When the diesel engine is started, the hydraulic pump (Figures 5 and 6, Item 6) begins turning. As it turns, it draws hydraulic fluid from the reservoir (Figures 5 and 6, Item 8) through the suction strainer (Figure 5, Item 7) and into the vane sections' inlets. The hydraulic pump pressurizes the hydraulic fluid in response to the amount of restriction on the system. If the restriction is low (no load applied), system pressure is very low. If the restriction is high (load applied), the system pressure will vary in response to the load. The pressurized hydraulic fluid exits the pump and flows through the supply piping (Figure 5, Item 3) to the towing machines (Figure 5, Item 12 and Figure 6, Item 22) and their controls (Figure 5, Item 13 and Figure 6, Items 16 and 17) where the hydraulic pressure and flow are transformed into physical work. Hydraulic fluid exiting the downstream components returns to the reservoir through the return piping (Figure 6, Item 14) and the return filters (Figure 6, Item 18).

0039-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

1
PORT TOWING MACHINE

A
TH-38

T4P PP4P C12 C14

2
SD X Y XP

D
TH-36

B
TH-34

B1 LS T1

C D

2
P T

14
TH-32

E F G H

TH-30

2 12
TO/FROM CENTRAL HYDR SYS
TH-12 TH-1

3
TO FIGURE 6
I

4
TH-14
TH-2

(a)

11 6

5 6
M

K DIESEL ENGINE L TH-3 M TH-4

9 10 8

G1146T73

Figure 5. Towing Machine Hydraulic System.

0039-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

1
TH-39

STARBOARD TOWING MACHINE

2
T4S C8 C10 PP4S

16
TH-37

B C D E F G H
TH-31 TH-33

2
TH-35

B1 LS T1 P T

SD X Y XP

TO FIGURE 5

2 22
I

C12 C14 C6 C17 C15 C16 C10 C8 C20 C21 C19 C5

14
L

TH-27

PP4 PP1 T1 TH-26

SW COOLING
M

19 19 18 8
G1147T73

Figure 6.

Towing Machine Hydraulic System.

0039-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

CAPSTAN The capstan (Figure 7) receives its hydraulic power from the central Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU). Both the supply (Figure 7, Item 4) and return (Figure 7, Item 3) lines flow through the capstan control valve (Figure 7, Item 6). When the capstan control valve is in the NEUTRAL position, the supply line is CLOSED, and no supply flow is permitted to enter the capstan motor (Figure 7, Item 10). At the same time, both sides of the capstan motor are OPEN to the return piping. When the capstan control valve is shifted toward the return spring, the supply is routed to the right side of the capstan motor (Figure 7, Item 11) and return flow comes from the left side of the capstan motor (Figure 7, Item 8), causing capstan motor rotation. When the capstan control valve (Figure 7, Item 6) position is reversed, flow to the capstan motor is reversed, reversing the direction of motor rotation. Supply flow is controlled by a flow control valve (Figure 7, Item 5) that permits a maximum of 15 GPM (57 LPM) to enter the capstan control valve (Figure 7, Item 6). This flow control valve prevents overspeed operation of the capstan. Counterbalance valves (Figure 7, Item 2) are installed between the capstan control valve (Figure 7, Item 6) and the capstan motor. The counterbalance valves act as a hydraulic brake to prevent the capstan from overrunning the hydraulic motor. The counterbalance valves also ensure that the capstan motor (Figure 7, Item 10) will only turn when pressure is applied from the capstan control valve. A fail safe brake (Figure 7, Item 9) is fitted between the capstan's gear train and the capstan motor (Figure 7, Item 10). This brake is a spring-applied, pressure-released design. In this design, an internal spring assembly applies the brake until hydraulic pressure is applied to release it. In the capstan circuit, hydraulic pressure is supplied to the fail safe brake assembly any time that the capstan control valve (Figure 7, Item 6) is moved away from the NEUTRAL position. When the capstan control valve (Figure 7, Item 6) is returned to the neutral position, the pressure is removed from the fail safe brake and the springs apply the brake, providing a mechanical braking action to the capstan motor output shaft. A shuttle valve (Figure 7, Item 7) is provided to prevent fail safe brake pressure from returning directly to the reservoir at the counterbalance valves (Figure 6, Item 4). Isolation valves (Figure 7, Item 1) are installed to allow the capstan to be isolated from the rest of the central hydraulic system. If the capstan requires repairs, the crane and anchor windlass can still be operated once the capstan isolation valves are closed. The capstan motor (Figure 8, Item 6) drives the capstan through a double reduction planetary gear assembly (Figure 8, Item 7). The fail safe brake (Figure 8, Item 5) is fitted between the capstan motor and the double reduction planetary gear assembly. The double reduction planetary gear assembly decreases the speed and increases the torque of the capstan motor output shaft and transmits that torque to the double reduction planetary gear assembly output shaft (Figure 8, Item 4) and its attached pinion gear (Figure 8, Item 3). The pinion gear, in turn, drives the capstan ring gear (Figure 8, Item 2), further reducing output speed and increasing output torque. The ring gear is directly connected to the capstan drum (Figure 8, Item 1), thus ring gear rotation yields capstan drum rotation.

0039-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 CAPSTAN - Continued

0039

CH-32

2 1
CH-31

10 9
CH-30

8 1
Figure 7.

7
Capstan Hydraulic System.

4
G1148T73

2 1 3 4

5 6 7

G1149T73

Figure 8.

Capstan Mechanical Operation.

0039-13

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

ANCHOR WINDLASS During operation under usual conditions, the anchor windlass is powered by the central hydraulic system. Supply pressure comes into the anchor windlass control valve (Figure 9, Item 8) through a flow control valve (Figure 9, Item 7). The flow control valve is set to permit 11 GPM (42 LPM) to enter the anchor windlass control valve. This prevents overspeed operation of the anchor windlass. The anchor windlass control valve (Figure 9, Item 8) is comprised of a HIGH/LOW speed selector valve (Figure 9, Item 6), a directional control valve (Figure 9, Item 5), and a counterbalance valve (Figure 9, Item 4). When the HIGH/LOW speed selector valve (Figure 9, Item 6) is in the LOW speed position, pressure is removed from the two speed pilot valve (Figure 9, Item 3) that removes pressure from the pilot port (Figure 9, Item 2) of the anchor windlass motor (Figure 9, Item 1). When pressure is removed from the pilot port, the anchor windlass motor is in the Low Speed, High Torque (LSHT) mode. When the HIGH/LOW speed selector valve is in the HIGH position, pressure is applied to the two speed pilot valve that supplies pressure to the pilot port of the anchor windlass motor. When pressure is applied to the pilot port, the anchor windlass motor shifts into High Speed, Low Torque (HSLT) mode. In this mode, the anchor windlass motor speed is roughly doubled and torque roughly halved. The directional control valve (Figure 9, Item 5) permits the operator to choose the direction of rotation of the anchor windlass as well as its speed of rotation. When the directional control valve (Figure 9, Item 5) is in the NEUTRAL position, the supply line is CLOSED, and no supply flow is permitted to enter the anchor windlass motor (Figure 9, Item 1). At the same time, both sides of the anchor windlass motor are OPEN to the return piping. When the directional control valve (Figure 9, Item 5) is shifted toward the return spring, the supply is routed to the right side of the anchor windlass motor and the return flow comes from the left side of the anchor windlass motor, causing motor rotation. When the directional control valve position is reversed, flow to the anchor windlass motor is reversed, reversing the direction of anchor windlass motor rotation. A counterbalance valve (Figure 9, Item 4) is installed between the directional control valve (Figure 9, Item 5) and the anchor windlass motor (Figure 9, Item 1). The counterbalance valves act as a hydraulic brake to prevent the anchor windlass from overrunning the anchor windlass motor. The counterbalance valves also ensure that the anchor windlass motor will only turn when pressure is applied from the directional control valve. A fail safe brake (Figure 9, Item 9) is fitted between the anchor windlass gear train and the anchor windlass motor (Figure 9, Item 1). This fail safe brake is a spring-applied, pressure-released design. In this design, an internal spring assembly applies the fail safe brake until hydraulic pressure is applied to release it. In the anchor windlass circuit, hydraulic pressure is supplied to the fail safe brake assembly any time that the directional control valve (Figure 9, Item 5) is moved away from the NEUTRAL position. When the directional control valve is returned to the NEUTRAL position, the pressure is removed from the fail safe brake and the springs apply the brake, providing a mechanical braking action to the anchor windlass motor output shaft.

0039-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ANCHOR WINDLASS - Continued

0039

ANCHOR WINDLASS 2 1 3

8 5

6 LOW SPEED SHOWN 7

G1150T73

Figure 9.

Anchor Windlass Hydraulic System.

0039-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ANCHOR WINDLASS - Continued

0039

Output from the anchor windlass motor (Figure 10, Item 10 and Figure 9, Item 1) goes through the fail safe brake (Figure 10, Item 9 and Figure 9, Item 9) and to the driveshaft (Figure 10, Item 8). The driveshaft turns the input shaft (Figure 10, Item 7) of the worm gear (Figure 10, Item 6) that rotates the anchor windlass main shaft (Figure 10, Item 5). The main shaft is permanently fixed to the gypsey heads (Figure 10, Item 1), therefore the gypsey heads rotate whenever the anchor windlass motor (Figure 10, Item 10 and Figure 9, Item 1) rotates. The wildcats (Figure 10, Item 3) can be connected to the main shaft via a dog clutch (Figure 10, Item 2). The dog clutch permits the gypsey heads to rotate separately from the wildcats, thus the lines can be handled by the gypsey heads without disturbing the anchor chains. Manual braking is provided for the wildcats (Figure 10, Item 3) by band brakes (Figure 10, Item 11). Each wildcat is provided with a band brake providing individual control for each anchor chain. The band brakes are actuated by turning the brake handwheel (Figure 10, Item 4). The brake handwheel tightens the brake band around the wildcat drum (Figure 10, Item 12), slowing or stopping wildcat rotation.

0039-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ANCHOR WINDLASS - Continued

0039

4 1 2 3 3 2 1

5 5

12 6

11 10
G1151T73

Figure 10. Anchor Windlass Mechanical Operation.

0039-17

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

CRANE During operation under usual conditions, the crane is powered by the central hydraulic system. Supply and return flow for the crane passes through a swivel (Figure 11, Item 8) before arriving at the control valve bank (Figure 11, Item 12). The swivel permits hydraulic fluid to flow to and from the crane's controls as the crane rotates. The control valve bank (Figure 11, Item 12) is made up of a relief valve (Figure 11, Item 13), directional control valves for the swing (Figure 11, Item 11), telescope (Figure 11, Item 10), winch (Figure 11, Item 9), and luffing (Figure 11, Item 7) functions. The relief valve is set for 2,650 PSI (183 bar) and prevents overpressurization of the crane's hydraulic components. The directional control valves are all manually operated via control handles. These directional control valves control the direction and volume of hydraulic fluid flowing to the swing motors (Figure 11, Item 2), the telescope cylinder (Figure 11, Item 3), the winch motor (Figure 11, Item 4), and the luffing cylinder (Figure 11, Item 5). The swing motors (Figure 11, Item 2) are protected by a double counterbalance valve (Figure 11, Item 14) and by two flow control valves (Figure 11, Item 15). The double counterbalance valve prevents the swing motors from turning unless hydraulic pressure is applied to rotate them. The double counterbalance valve also prevents a load from overriding the swing motors and swinging the boom uncontrollably. The flow control valves, each set for 9 GPM (34 LPM), prevent the boom from swinging too quickly. The swing motors (Figure 11, Item 2) are also provided with fail safe brakes (Figure 10, Item 7). These brakes are spring-applied, and pressure-released and provide the primary braking method for the swing system. Both the telescope (Figure 11, Item 3) and luffing cylinders (Figure 11, Item 5) are equipped with holding valves (Figure 11, Item 16). The holding valves prevent the telescope and luffing cylinders from retracting until pressure is supplied to the rod side of the cylinder. When no pressure is applied to the rod side of the cylinder, a check valve (Figure 11, Item 6) inside the holding valve prevents return hydraulic fluid from exiting the piston side of the cylinder. If this return hydraulic fluid cannot exit, the cylinder cannot retract. When pressure is applied to the rod side of the cylinder, a portion of this pressure is routed through the internal pilot line to open the holding valve. Once the holding valve is OPEN, return flow is permitted from the piston side of the cylinder, and retraction occurs. The winch motor (Figure 11, Item 4) is also equipped with a holding valve (Figure 11, Item 17). This valve operates just like the holding valve described above, except that it prevents return flow from the winch motor when the motor is operating in the LOWER direction. This prevents the load from overrunning the motor and causing uncontrolled lowering of the load. The winch motor is also fitted with a fail safe brake. This brake is spring-applied and pressure-released, and provides the primary braking method for the winch.

0039-18

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

CRANE - Continued

1 2
SWING DRIVE SWING DRIVE

2
TELESCOPE CYLINDER

4
LUFFING CYLINDER WINCH

6 15 15 16 16

Figure 11. Crane Hydraulic System.

14
EXTEND RETRACT

LOWER

RAISE

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

LOWER

HOIST

0039-19
03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

11 13
SWING TELESCOPE

10
WINCH

9
LUFFING

SWIVEL

8
SUPPLY
G1152T73

RETURN

0039

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

0039

TOW PINS During operation under usual conditions, the tow pins are powered by the central hydraulic system. Each tow pin is raised and lowered by its own hydraulic cylinder (Figure 12, Item 1). The cylinders are extended or retracted by supplying pressurized hydraulic fluid to the rod side (retract) or to the piston side (extend) of the hydraulic cylinder. Movement of the hydraulic cylinders (Figure 12, Item 1) is controlled by solenoid operated directional control valves (Figure 12, Item 4), one valve for each cylinder. When the directional control valve is in the NEUTRAL position, the supply line is blocked and both sides of the hydraulic cylinder are OPEN to the reservoir (return). When the hydraulic control valve is shifted to the right (right solenoid energized), hydraulic pressure is directed to the piston side of the hydraulic cylinder and the cylinder extends. During extension, the hydraulic fluid forced out of the rod side of the hydraulic cylinder passes through the directional control valve and back to the reservoir. When the directional control valve (Figure 12, Item 4) is shifted to the left (left solenoid energized), hydraulic pressure is directed to the piston side of the hydraulic cylinder (Figure 12, Item 1) and the cylinder retracts. Retraction of the cylinder is further controlled by the holding valve (Figure 12, Item 6). Holding valve operation is explained below. In order to prevent uncontrolled or undesired retraction of the tow pins, each hydraulic cylinder (Figure 12, Item 1) is provided with a holding valve (Figure 12, Item 6). The holding valve prevents the cylinder from retracting until pressure is supplied to the rod side of the cylinder. When no pressure is applied to the rod side of the cylinder, a check valve (Figure 12, Item 2) inside the holding valve prevents return hydraulic fluid from exiting the piston side of the cylinder. If this return hydraulic fluid cannot exit, the cylinder cannot retract. When pressure is applied to the rod side of the cylinder, a portion of this pressure is routed through the internal pilot line (Figure 12, Item 3) to OPEN the holding valve. Once the holding valve is OPEN, return flow is permitted from the piston side of the cylinder and retraction occurs. Supply to each pair (port and starboard) of tow pin cylinders (Figure 12, Item 1) is restricted by a flow control valve (Figure 12, Item 5). The flow control valve ensures that the tow pin cylinders extend and retract at a controlled rate of speed.

Planetary Reduction Gear Operation.

During certain operating modes, for example of the gypsey heads, the drum (Figure 13, Item 11) must remain stationary while the main shaft rotates. The auxiliary brake (Figure 13, Item 9) secures the brake drum during these operations. This braking action is accomplished by pulling a friction-lined brake band tight against the outer diameter of the drum. A level wind assembly (Figure 13, Item 7) is provided on each towing machine. The level wind assembly is driven by a worm gear shaft (Figure 13, Item 2) that rotates in response to drum (Figure 13, Item 11) rotation. This assembly helps to ensure that the wire rope always winds evenly onto the drum. Alignment and adjustment of the level wind assembly is accomplished with the adjusting wheel (Figure 13, Item 3). Isolation valves are installed in the hydraulic lines on the fantail, inboard of each towing machine. These isolation valves permit a failed towing machine or towing machine hydraulic hose to be isolated while permitting the remaining towing machine to remain operational while repairs are being made.

0039-23

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TOWING MACHINES - Continued Electrical Operating Theory (LT 803 Only)

0039

Primary control of the towing machines is from the towing machine control panel (operator) on the 01 level aft. This operating location places the operator safely away from the towing machines and wire ropes during towing operations. The local control stations (Figure 13, Item 8) are provided only for emergency or maintenance operation. Towing machine main shaft rotation is controlled by the PAYOUT/HEAVE lever (Figure 15, Item 7). This lever controls a solenoid operated valve which, in turn, controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the hydraulic motor (Figure 13, Item 5). Two speed control for the towing machine hydraulic motor (Figure 13, Item 5) is controlled by the speed control switch (Figure 15, Item 8). This switch energizes and de-energizes a solenoid-controlled pilot valve that shifts the hydraulic motor between low and high speed. Remote shutdown of the pump drive engine is controlled by the HYDRAULIC PUMP ENGINE SHUTDOWN switch (Figure 15, Item 9). When CLOSED, this switch enables pump drive engine operation. When OPEN, the pump drive engine and central hydraulic power unit are both shut down. Each towing machine is provided with a CABLE OFF indicator (Figure 15, Item 6) that also stops the central hydraulic motors. This indicator receives input from a worm gear-driven sensor (Figure 13, Item 6). This sensor measures drum (Figure 13, Item 11) rotation and converts this rotation into feet of cable payed off. The sensor input is directed through the towing machine control panel mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the main deck vestibule. There the input is analyzed and output to the CABLE OFF indicator. A LINE PULL meter (Figure 15, Item 5) is also installed for each towing machine. This meter measures the amount of strain present on the wire rope. This meter receives its input from a torque strain sensor mounted on the towing machine's main shaft. The sensor input is directed through the towing machine control panel mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the main deck vestibule. There the input is analyzed and output to the line tension meter. It is important for the operator to know if the clutch brake is slipping. Clutch brake slippage means that additional cable is paying off the drum, causing a potential for trouble. To alert the operator to clutch brake slippage, a CLUTCH BRAKE SLIPPAGE alarm (Figure 15, Item 2) is installed. When excessive slippage occurs, the alarm sounds a warning horn and illuminates a light on the towing machine control panel (operator) on the 01 level. A similar alarm indicator is also installed in the pilothouse. The alarm operates by means of a proximity switch (Figure 13, Item 4). When a hub member passes close by the proximity switch, the switch closes. When the hub member passes away, the switch opens. The signal from this switch is routed to the towing machine control panel mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the main deck vestibule. There the input is analyzed and when the signal reaches the predetermined limit for excessive slippage, the alarm light is illuminated, and the alarm horn sounds. Operating with too little cable on the drum can cause loss of the tow cable. To prevent this, a maximum cable OFF shutdown is installed. When the cable OFF indicator system indicates that less than 300 ft (91 m) of cable remains on the drum, the payout function of the towing machine is disabled and the STBD or PORT MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS pushbutton indicator (Figure 15, Item 1) illuminates. This function operates by de-energizing the solenoid operated directional control valve that controls the paying out of the tow cable. If it is desired to pay off cable beyond the automatic cutoff point, the operator can press the STBD or PORT MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS pushbutton indicator to bypass the cutoff. The operator is alerted to the presence of towing machine hydraulic system faults (low hydraulic fluid level, high hydraulic fluid temperature) by an indicator light (Figure 15, Item 3) and alarm horn. The alarm is indicated at the towing machine control panel (operator) and in the pilothouse. These alarm conditions are activated by Normally Open (NO) switches for hydraulic fluid level and hydraulic fluid temperature. When the hydraulic fluid level falls too low or its temperature rises too high, the appropriate switch closes, and the alarm is activated. A similar alarm is activated when the system hydraulic fluid pressure falls too low. This alarm also lights a lamp (Figure 15, Item 4) and sounds the horn when the Normally Open (NO) system hydraulic fluid pressure switch closes.

0039-24

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TOWING MACHINES - Continued

0039

OUTBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE

STBD MACH CLUTCH BRAKE SLIPPAGE

PORT MACH CLUTCH BRAKE SLIPPAGE

OUTBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE

5
INBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE

STBD MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS

PORT MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS

4
INBOARD TOW PIN LOWER RAISE

STBD SLIP ALARM OFF ON

PORT SLIP ALARM OFF ON

G1156T73

Figure 15. Towing Machine Control Panel (Operator), 01 Level (LT 803 Only).

0039-25

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TOWING MACHINES - Continued Electrical Operating Theory (All Other Vessels)

0039

Primary control of the towing machines is from the towing machine control panel (operator) on the 01 level aft. This operating location places the operator safely away from the towing machines and wire ropes during towing operations. The local control stations (Figure 13, Item 8) are provided only for emergency or maintenance operation. Towing machine main shaft rotation is controlled by the PAYOUT/HEAVE lever (Figure 16, Item 7). This lever controls a solenoid operated valve which, in turn, controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the hydraulic motor (Figure 13, Item 3). Two speed control for the towing machine hydraulic motor (Figure 13, Item 5) is controlled by the speed control switch (Figure 16, Item 8). This switch energizes and de-energizes a solenoid-controlled pilot valve that shifts the hydraulic motor between low and high speed. Remote shutdown of the pump drive engine is controlled by the HYDRAULIC PUMP ENGINE SHUTDOWN switch (Figure 16, Item 3). When CLOSED, this switch enables pump drive engine operation. When OPEN, the pump drive engine and central hydraulic power unit are both shut down. Each towing machine is provided with a CABLE OFF indicator (Figure 16, Item 5) that also stops the central hydraulic motors. This indicator receives input from a worm gear-driven sensor (Figure 13, Item 6). This sensor measures drum (Figure 13, Item 11) rotation and converts this rotation into feet of cable payed off. The sensor input is directed through the towing machine control panel mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the main deck vestibule. There the input is analyzed and output to the CABLE OFF indicator. A LINE PULL meter (Figure 16, Item 4) is also installed for each towing machine. This meter measures the amount of strain present on the wire rope. This meter receives its input from a torque strain sensor mounted on the towing machine's main shaft. The sensor input is directed through the towing machine control panel mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the main deck vestibule. There the input is analyzed and output to the line tension meter. It is important for the operator to know if the clutch brake is slipping. Clutch brake slippage means that additional cable is paying off the drum, causing a potential for trouble. To alert the operator to clutch brake slippage, a CLUTCH BRAKE SLIPPAGE alarm (Figure 16, Item 1) is installed. When excessive slippage occurs, the alarm sounds a warning horn and illuminates a light on the towing machine control panel (operator) on the 01 level. A similar alarm indicator is also installed in the pilothouse. The alarm operates by means of a proximity switch (Figure 13, Item 4). When a hub member passes close by the proximity switch, the switch closes. When the hub member passes away, the switch opens. The signal from this switch is routed to the towing machine control panel mounted on the starboard bulkhead of the main deck vestibule. There the input is analyzed and when the signal reaches the predetermined limit for excessive slippage, the alarm light is illuminated, and the alarm horn sounds. Operating with too little cable on the drum can cause loss of the tow cable. To prevent this, a maximum cable OFF shutdown is installed. When the cable OFF indicator system indicates that less than 300 ft (91 m) of cable remains on the drum, the payout function of the towing machine is disabled and the STBD or PORT MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS pushbutton indicator (Figure 16, Item 2) illuminates. This function operates by de-energizing the solenoid operated directional control valve that controls the paying out of the tow cable. If it is desired to pay off cable beyond the automatic cutoff point, the operator can press the STBD or PORT MACH MAX CABLE OFF BYPASS pushbutton indicator to bypass the cutoff. The operator is alerted to the presence of towing machine hydraulic system faults (low hydraulic fluid level, high hydraulic fluid temperature) by an indicator light (Figure 16, Item 3) and alarm horn. The alarm is indicated at the towing machine control panel (operator) and in the pilothouse. These alarm conditions are activated by Normally Open (NO) switches for hydraulic fluid level and hydraulic fluid temperature. When the hydraulic fluid level falls too low or its temperature rises too high, the appropriate switch closes, and the alarm is activated. A similar alarm is activated when the system hydraulic fluid pressure falls too low. This alarm also lights a lamp (Figure 16, Item 9) and sounds the horn when the Normally Open (NO) system hydraulic fluid pressure switch closes.

0039-26

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TOWING MACHINES - Continued

0039

TOW ROLLER TOW ROLLER STBD MACHINE STBD MACHINE SLIP ALARM UP DOWN UP DOWN CLUTCH-BRAKE MAX CABLE-OFF OFF ON SLIPPAGE BYPASS

SYSTEM READY

SLIP ALARM PORT MACHINE PORT MACHINE TOW ROLLER TOW ROLLER OFF ON MAX CABLE-OFF CLUTCH-BRAKE UP DOWN UP DOWN SLIPPAGE BYPASS

4
HYDRAULIC FAILURE

AL1

AL2

AL1

AL2

PRESSURE LOW

LINE TENSION X 10 (LBS.) BASED ON 4TH LAYER 2ND LAYER X 1.2 7TH LAYER X .7

ALARM SILENCE

9 5

AL1

AL2

ALARM RESET

AL1

AL2

CABLE OFF DRUM (FT.)

5 6

PAYOUT
STBD PULL UP FOR HIGH TORQUE TOW SPEED

PAYOUT
PILOT PRESSURE
SYSTEM PRESSURE
PORT PULL UP FOR HIGH TORQUE TOW SPEED

PUSH UP FOR NORMAL OPERATION AT CRANE

PUSH DOWN FOR NORMAL OPERATION
PUSH DOWN FOR NORMAL OPERATION

HEAVE

PUSH DOWN FOR NORMAL OPERATION AT CONSOLE

HEAVE

G1157T73

Figure 16. Towing Machine Control Panel (Operator), 01 Level (All Other Vessels). END OF WORK PACKAGE

0039-27/28 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00039)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE THEORY OF OPERATION CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM

0040

GENERAL Galvanic corrosion is one common form of corrosion in marine environments. It occurs when two dissimilar metals are brought into electrical contact under water. When a galvanic couple form, one of the metals in the couple becomes the anode (Figure 1, Item 1) and corrodes faster than it would all by itself, while the other becomes the cathode and corrodes more slowly than it would alone. Either (or both) metals in the couple may or may not corrode by itself (themselves) in raw water. When contact with a dissimiliar metal is made, however, the self-corrosion rates will change: corrosion of the anode will accelerate; corrosion of the cathode will decelerate or even stop. The Large Tug (LT) hull is fitted with a series of zinc sacrificial anodes (Figure 1, Item 1) to protect the vessel from galvanic corrosion. The location of the zinc sacrificial anodes is shown in Figure 1. When galvanic corrosion occurs on the vessel, the zinc anode erodes, protecting the vessel's hull and components (cathodes). Sacrificial zinc anodes are also installed in the cooling system for the Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) (Figure 1, Item 2), reduction gears (Figure 1, Item 3), and main engines (Figure 1, Item 4).
1 4 1 1 1 2 1

3 FWD

*Anodes At Same Position On Both Sides Of Rudder.

G1158T73

Figure 1. END OF WORK PACKAGE

Cathodic Protection System.

0040-1/2 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(thrywp) wpno(G00040)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

CHAPTER 2 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING MASTER INDEX FOR LT-800 SERIES

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX

0041

FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX Malfunction/Symptom HYDRAULIC WATERTIGHT DOORS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. Door does not move when operating hand pump............................................................................. WP 0042 Door does not seal watertight........................................................................................................... WP 0042 System leaks hydraulic oil................................................................................................................. WP 0042 Troubleshooting Procedure

PRELUBRICATION OIL PUMP INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the prelubrication oil pump............................................................................................ WP 0043 Pump does not deliver oil.................................................................................................................. WP 0043 Pump leaks oil................................................................................................................................... WP 0043

REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMPS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the reduction gear cooling pump.................................................................................. WP 0044 Pump does not deliver any liquid...................................................................................................... WP 0044 Pump leaks cooling water................................................................................................................. WP 0044

LUBE TRANSFER PUMP INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the lube transfer pump.................................................................................................. WP 0045 Pump does not deliver any liquid...................................................................................................... WP 0045 Pump leaks lube oil........................................................................................................................... WP 0045

FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the fuel oil transfer pump.............................................................................................. WP 0046 Pump does not deliver any liquid...................................................................................................... WP 0046 Pump leaks fuel................................................................................................................................. WP 0046

SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMPS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the sewage discharge pump......................................................................................... WP 0047 Pump does not deliver any fluid........................................................................................................ WP 0047 Pump leaks fluid................................................................................................................................ WP 0047

0041-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued Malfunction/Symptom OILY BILGE PUMP INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3.

0041

Troubleshooting Procedure

Pump runs slowly or not at all........................................................................................................... WP 0048 Pump runs but moves little or no fluid............................................................................................... WP 0048 Air bubbles in the pump discharge or fluid comes out of the air exhaust.............................................................................................................................................. WP 0048

BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the bilge and ballast pump............................................................................................ WP 0049 Pump does not deliver any fluid........................................................................................................ WP 0049 Pump leaks fluid................................................................................................................................ WP 0049

POTABLE WATER PUMPS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the potable water pump................................................................................................ WP 0050 Pump does not deliver any water...................................................................................................... WP 0050 Pump leaks water.............................................................................................................................. WP 0050

HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATION PUMP INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the hot potable water recirculation pump...................................................................... WP 0051 Pump does not deliver any liquid...................................................................................................... WP 0051 Pump leaks water.............................................................................................................................. WP 0051

FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMPS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to the fire and general service pump................................................................................. WP 0052 Pump does not deliver any water...................................................................................................... WP 0052 Pump leaks fluid................................................................................................................................ WP 0052

PORTABLE ELECTRIC PUMPS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. Pump will not run............................................................................................................................... WP 0053 Pump shuts off unexpectedly............................................................................................................ WP 0053 Pump turns on, but delivers no or low fluid....................................................................................... WP 0053

FUEL OIL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR INOPERABLE 1. 2. No or low fuel output......................................................................................................................... WP 0054 Unit leaks fuel.................................................................................................................................... WP 0054

0041-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued Malfunction/Symptom 3.

0041

Troubleshooting Procedure

Unit will not drain............................................................................................................................... WP 0054

TANK LEVEL INDICATORS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tank level indicator shows no indication of power............................................................................ WP 0055 Tank level indicator alarm horn does not sound................................................................................ WP 0055 Tank level indicator control panel meter does not deflect correctly................................................... WP 0055 Tank level indicator remote meter does not follow the control panel meter....................................................................................................................................... WP 0055 No level change indicated on meter when tank level changes.......................................................... WP 0055

DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS INOPERABLE 1. 2. Day tank high level alarm shows no indication of power................................................................... WP 0056 Day tank high level alarm does not sound........................................................................................ WP 0056

MAIN SWITCHBOARD INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. 4. No power to equipment from main switchboard................................................................................ WP 0057 No power to the main switchboard.................................................................................................... WP 0057 Meter(s) do(es) not indicate that power is available to the main switchboard....................................................................................................................................... WP 0057 Light(s) not lit on the main switchboard............................................................................................. WP 0057

EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. No power to equipment from the emergency switchboard................................................................ WP 0058 No power to the emergency switchboard.......................................................................................... WP 0058 Meter(s) do(es) not indicate that power is available to the emergency switchboard.................................................................................................................... WP 0058 Light(s) not lit on the emergency switchboard................................................................................... WP 0058 No control of main switchboard bus tie circuit breaker...................................................................... WP 0058

DISTRIBUTION PANELS INOPERABLE 1. No power to equipment from distribution panel................................................................................. WP 0059

LIGHTING, INTERIOR INOPERABLE 1. 2. Interior fluorescent lights do not illuminate........................................................................................ WP 0060 Interior incandescent lights do not illuminate.................................................................................... WP 0060

0041-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued Malfunction/Symptom FLOOD LIGHTS INOPERABLE 1.

0041

Troubleshooting Procedure

Floodlight does not illuminate............................................................................................................ WP 0061

NAVIGATION LIGHTS INOPERABLE 1. 2. Navigation light does not illuminate................................................................................................... WP 0062 Yardarm light does not blink/illuminate.............................................................................................. WP 0062

SEARCHLIGHTS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to searchlight.................................................................................................................... WP 0063 Searchlight does not illuminate......................................................................................................... WP 0063 Searchlight does not move up-down and left-right remotely............................................................. WP 0063

MOTOR CONTROLLERS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. 4. Type 1 motor controller does not start motor.................................................................................... WP 0064 Type 2 motor controller does not start motor.................................................................................... WP 0064 Type 3 motor controller does not start motor.................................................................................... WP 0064 Type 4, type 5, or type 6 motor controller does not start motor......................................................... WP 0064

BATTERY CHARGERS INOPERABLE 1. Battery charger does not charge batteries........................................................................................ WP 0065

SOUND POWERED TELEPHONES INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No or low transmission or no receipt of voice communications at a station......................................................................................................................................... WP 0066 No ring or call.................................................................................................................................... WP 0066 Horn does not sound......................................................................................................................... WP 0066

INTERCOMMUNICATION INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to intercom system............................................................................................................ WP 0067 Intercom unit does not send or receive call....................................................................................... WP 0067 Troubleshoot known faulty intercom unit........................................................................................... WP 0067

ALARM SYSTEM: ARMS STORAGE, RADIO ROOM, AND FAN ROOM INOPERABLE 1. 2. No alarm sounds at alarm switchboard............................................................................................. WP 0068 Small arms room sprinkler alarm malfunction................................................................................... WP 0068

0041-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued Malfunction/Symptom 3. 4. 5.

0041

Troubleshooting Procedure

Small arms room temperature malfunction....................................................................................... WP 0068 Radio room door alarm malfunction.................................................................................................. WP 0068 Fan room door alarm malfunction..................................................................................................... WP 0068

BRIDGE WING HEATERS AND PILOT CONSOLE LIGHT INOPERABLE 1. 2. Bridge wing heater is inoperative...................................................................................................... WP 0069 Pilothouse console light does not illuminate..................................................................................... WP 0069

ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No indication of power to the EOT system........................................................................................ WP 0070 Pilothouse order not received in the EOS......................................................................................... WP 0070 No alarm bell function....................................................................................................................... WP 0070

GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. General alarm system alarm does not actuate.................................................................................. WP 0071 Alarm actuates, but bell does not sound........................................................................................... WP 0071 Alarm actuates, but rotating beacon does not function..................................................................... WP 0071

SIGNAL HORN INOPERABLE 1. 2. Signal horn does not sound.............................................................................................................. WP 0072 Automatic timer function does not work............................................................................................ WP 0072

HOT POTABLE WATER HEATER INOPERABLE 1. 2. Hot water heater tank relief valve discharges continuously.............................................................. WP 0073 Not enough or no hot water............................................................................................................... WP 0073

ROTORY CLEARVIEW SCREENS INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. No power to rotary clearview screen................................................................................................. WP 0074 Heater does not function................................................................................................................... WP 0074 Screen motor does not rotate............................................................................................................ WP 0074

DRILL PRESS INOPERABLE 1. 2. Press does not run............................................................................................................................ WP 0075 Drill press does not rotate/spin smoothly.......................................................................................... WP 0075

0041-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - Continued Malfunction/Symptom 3. 4. 5.

0041

Troubleshooting Procedure

Drill press chuck does not tighten sufficiently to hold drill bit............................................................ WP 0075 Drill press spindle does not raise and lower correctly....................................................................... WP 0075 Drill press table does not raise, lower, or rotate correctly................................................................. WP 0075

BENCH GRINDER INOPERABLE 1. 2. Bench grinder bench grinder will not run........................................................................................... WP 0076 Bench grinder does not grind evenly................................................................................................. WP 0076

ARC WELDER INOPERABLE 1. 2. 3. Welder does not power up................................................................................................................ WP 0077 Low or no weld output....................................................................................................................... WP 0077 No high frequency function............................................................................................................... WP 0077

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0041-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tsindxwp) wpno(T00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

CHAPTER 3 FIELD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES FOR LT-800 SERIES

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC WATERTIGHT DOORS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0042

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Tool Kit, General Mechanic's: Automotive (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 27) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References WP 0079 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0087 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

INTRODUCTION 1. The procedures in this work package are organized in a step-by-step approach to isolate the problem. Tests, inspections, and actions should be performed in the order listed. 2. Before performing any troubleshooting procedure, read and follow all safety instructions found in the Warning Summary at the front of the manual. 3. The troubleshooting procedures in this work package cannot list all the probable causes or correct all symptoms and malfunctions encountered. However, if a symptom is not listed or the stated test, inspections, or corrective actions do not correct the problem, notify the maintenance supervisor.

0042-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00037)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HYDRAULIC WATERTIGHT DOORS SYMPTOM HYDRAULIC WATERTIGHT DOORS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Door does not move when operating hand pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Is the sliding hydraulic watertight door expansion tank filled to the correct level? a. b. If yes, go to Step (2). If no: (1) (2) 2. a.

0042

Fill the expansion tank to the proper level with the correct hydraulic oil (WP 0079). Go to Step (2).

Is there any debris or foreign object interfering with the movement of the door? If yes: (1) (2) b. Clear the interference from the tracks. Go to Step (3).

If no, go to Step (3). If no, go to Step (5).

3. 4.

Does the door move when operating the local hand pump? Does the door move when operating the remote hand pump? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, go to Step (7). If no: (1) (2) (3) CLOSE the drain valve. Try to pump the door SHUT with the local hand pump. Go to Step (3).

Is the drain on the local hand pump CLOSED?

6. 7.

Does hydraulic pressure increase when operating the local hand pump? If no, the local hand pump is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does hydraulic pressure increase when operating the remote hand pump? a. b. If yes, the control valve is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, the remote hand pump is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0042-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00037)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 HYDRAULIC WATERTIGHT DOORS - Continued MALFUNCTION Door does not seal watertight. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4.

0042

Close the hydraulic watertight door. Measure the clearance between the door and the frame at points along the sealing surface. Are there any points along the sealing surface where the clearance exceeds 0.003 in. (0.07 mm)? If no, exit. Adjust the door (Volume 2, WP 0087). Did the door adjustment bring the clearance between the sealing surface and door frame within tolerance? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION System leaks hydraulic oil. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Does hydraulic oil leak from any cylinder assembly unions? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does hydraulic oil leak from any control valve assembly unions? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does hydraulic oil leak from any local or remote hand pump assembly unions? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Are there any other hydraulic watertight door system leaks? a. b. If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, fault is corrected.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0042-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00037)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PRELUBRICATION OIL PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0043

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References TM 55-1925-273-10 References (cont.) WP 0064 Volume 2, WP 0122 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0043-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE PRELUBRICATION OIL PUMP SYMPTOM PRELUBRICATION OIL PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the prelubrication oil pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0044

0044-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP SYMPTOM REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the reduction gear cooling pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0045

0045-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP SYMPTOM LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the lube oil transfer pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0045

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0046

0046-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP SYMPTOM FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the fuel oil transfer pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 2. Are there any cracks or deformations in the pump casing?

0046

WARNING

0046-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 5. Does oil still leak from the pump?

0046

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0046-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0047

0047-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00006)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP SYMPTOM SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the sewage discharge pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0048

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References TM 55-1925-273-10 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0207 Volume 2, WP 0208 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0048-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE OILY BILGE PUMP SYMPTOM OILY BILGE PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Pump runs slowly or not at all. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does the pump gradually slow or come to a sudden stop?

0048

If yes, check for excessive moisture in the compressed air system. Ensure that the air dryer is ON IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. 2. 3. Does the pump run at normal speed when the air valve is open? If yes, fault is corrected. Is there enough air supplied to the pump? If no, align the compressed air system properly and ensure that the strainers are not clogged IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. 4. 5. STOP and disassemble the pump and check the center block GlydTM rings for wear. Lubricate or replace the rings if necessary (Volume 2, WP 0208). Does the pump run at normal speed when the air valve is open? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0207).

MALFUNCTION Pump runs but moves little or no fluid. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Is the pump running at normal speed? If no, refer to Pump Runs Slowly Or Not At All troubleshooting. Is the pump moving fluid at a normal rate? If yes, fault is corrected. Are the oily bilge system valves lined up correctly? If no: (1) (2) 4. Conduct oily bilge system valve lineup IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Go to Step (1).

With the pump running, are there air bubbles in the pump discharge, or is fluid coming out of the exhaust? If yes, refer to Air Bubbles In The Pump Discharge Or Fluid Comes Out Of The Air Exhaust troubleshooting.

0048-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 OILY BILGE PUMP - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 5. 6.

0048

Check for sticking ball checks and worn O-rings. Replace the check and O-rings if necessary (Volume 2, WP 0208). Is the pump moving fluid at a normal rate? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0207).

MALFUNCTION Air bubbles in the pump discharge or fluid comes out of the air exhaust. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Inspect the pump casing for any cracks or deformations. Are there any cracks or deformations in the pump casing? If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0207). Are there air bubbles in the output discharge of the pump? a. If yes: (1) (2) b. If no: (1) (2) 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. CLOSE the air valve to turn OFF pump and check for tightness of the piston plates to the pump shaft. Go to Step (4). CLOSE the air valve to turn OFF pump and check for tightness of clamp bands. Go to Step (4).

Are there still air bubbles in the pump discharge or does fluid come out of the air exhaust? If no, fault is corrected. Inspect the pump for a ruptured diaphragm and replace the diaphragm if necessary (Volume 2, WP 0208). Are there still air bubbles in the pump discharge or does fluid come out of the air exhaust? If no, fault is corrected. Are the oily bilge system valves lined up correctly? If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0207). Conduct oily bilge system valve line up IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Are there still air bubbles in the pump discharge or does fluid come out of the air exhaust? a. b. If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0207). If no, fault is corrected.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0048-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00007)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0049

0049-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS SYMPTOM BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the bilge and ballast pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0049

For bilge pump 1, check the condition of the BILGE PUMP NO. 1 circuit breaker at the emergency switchboard. For bilge pump 2, check the condition of the BILGE PUMP NO. 2 circuit breaker at the main switchboard. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (1).

Is the POWER AVAILABLE light illuminated on the bilge pump motor controller? If no: (1) (2) Troubleshoot the motor controller fault (WP 0064). Go to Step (1).

Does the pump motor run when the START pushbutton is pushed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0049-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0049

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Pump does not deliver any fluid. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Is the pump running? If yes, go to Step (4). Start the pump by pressing the START switch on the motor controller. Did the pump start? If no: (1) (2) 4. 5. Refer to No Power To The Bilge And Ballast Pump troubleshooting. Go to Step (1).

Is the pump delivering fluid? If yes, fault is corrected. Is there a sufficient quality of fluid in the ballast tanks or the bilge to allow the pumps to draw a suction? If no, fault is corrected. Are the bilge/ballast system valves lined up correctly? If no: (1) (2) Conduct bilge/ballast system valve lineup IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Go to Step (1).

Prime the pump by pressing the START pushbutton at the motor controller and allowing the pump to run longer than one (1) minute.

0049-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 8. 9. 10. 11. Did the pump prime? If no, go to Step (12). Is the pump delivering fluid at a normal flow rate? If yes, fault is corrected.

0049

Turn the pump OFF at the circuit breaker and check the condition of the suction strainers. Service the strainers as necessary (Volume 2, WP 0212). Is the pump delivering fluid at a normal flow rate? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0213).

12. 13.

WARNING

0049-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 BILGE AND BALLAST PUMPS - Continued MALFUNCTION Pump leaks fluid. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Inspect the pump casing for any cracks or deformations. Are there any cracks or deformations in the pump casing? If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0213). Inspect the pump for any leaks in the mechanical seals. Is there any leakage from the mechanical seals? a. b. If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, fault is corrected.

0049

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0049-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00008)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE POTABLE WATER PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0050

0050-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE POTABLE WATER PUMP SYMPTOM POTABLE WATER PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the potable water pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0050

For potable water pump 1, check the condition of the POTABLE WATER PUMP No.1 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No.1 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 5. For potable water pump 2, check the condition of the POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No.2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 5. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (1).

Is the POWER AVAILABLE light illuminated on the potable water pump motor controller? If no: (1) (2) Troubleshoot the motor controller fault (WP 0064). Go to Step (1).

Does the pump motor run when the START pushbutton is pushed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0050-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 POTABLE WATER PUMP - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0050

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Pump does not deliver any water. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Is the pump running? If yes, go to Step (4). Start the pump by pressing the START switch on the motor controller. Did the pump start? If no: (1) (2) 4. 5. Refer to No Power To The Potable Water Pump troubleshooting. Go to Step (1).

Is the pump delivering water? If yes, fault is corrected. Are the potable water system valves lined up correctly? If no: (1) (2) Conduct potable water system valve lineup IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Go to Step (1).

6. 7.

Prime the pump by pressing the START pushbutton at the motor controller and allowing the pump to run longer than one (1) minute. Did the pump prime? If no, go to Step (9).

0050-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 POTABLE WATER PUMP - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 8. Is the pump delivering water? a. b. 9. 10. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0050

WARNING

0050-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00009)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 POTABLE WATER PUMP - Continued MALFUNCTION Pump leaks water. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Inspect the pump casing for any cracks or deformations. Are there any cracks or deformations in the pump casing? If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0221). Inspect the pump for any leaks in the mechanical seals. Is there any leakage from the mechanical seals? a. b. If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, fault is corrected.

0050

END OF WORK PACKAGE

Charge the hydropneumatic tank and fill the water heaters IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Go to Step (1).

Set the HOT POTABLE WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP circuit breaker to ON and start the pump. Is the pump delivering liquid? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0230).

MALFUNCTION Pump leaks water. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Inspect the pump casing for any cracks or deformations. Are there any cracks or deformations in the pump casing? If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0230). Inspect the pump for any leaks in the mechanical seals. Is there any leakage from the mechanical seals? If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0230). Are there any other leaks from the pump? a. b. If yes, replace the pump (Volume 2, WP 0230). If no, fault is corrected.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0051-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00010)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0052

0052-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE SYMPTOM FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to the fire and general service pump. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Does the pump run when the START pushbutton is pressed at the motor controller? If yes, fault is corrected.

0052

For fire and general service pump 1, check the condition of the FIRE PUMP NO 1 circuit breaker at emergency switchboard. For fire and general service pump 2, check the condition of the FIRE PUMP NO 2 circuit breaker at main switchboard. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (1).

Is the POWER AVAILABLE light illuminated on the fire and general service pump motor controller? If no: (1) (2) Troubleshoot the motor controller fault (WP 0064). Go to Step (1).

Does the pump motor run when the START pushbutton is pushed at the motor controller? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0052-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE - Continued MALFUNCTION Pump does not deliver any water. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Is the pump running? If yes, go to Step (4). Start the pump by pressing the START switch on the motor controller. Did the pump start? If no: (1) (2) 4. 5. Refer to No Power To The Fire And General Service Pump troubleshooting. Go to Step (1).

0052

Is the pump delivering water? If yes, fault is corrected. Are the fire and general system valves lined up correctly? If no: (1) (2) Conduct fire and general service system valve lineup IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Go to Step (1).

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Prime the pump by pressing the START pushbutton at the motor controller and allowing the pump to run longer than one (1) minute. Did the pump prime? If yes, go to Step (11). Visually verify that the pump rotates when the motor is ON. Turn the pump OFF and check that the coupling is tight. Is the coupling tight? Does the pump rotate when the motor is running? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Check the condition of the suction strainers. Check clear and service if necessary (Volume 2, WP 0231). Is the pump delivering water in sufficient quantity and pressure to charge the fire main? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0052-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE - Continued MALFUNCTION Pump leaks fluid CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Inspect the pump casing for any cracks or deformations. Are there any cracks or deformations in the pump casing? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Inspect the pump for any leaks in the mechanical seals. Is there any leakage from the mechanical seals? a. b. If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, fault is corrected.

0052

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00011)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PORTABLE ELECTRIC PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0053

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0242 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0053-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00012)

0053

END OF WORK PACKAGE

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FUEL OIL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR - Continued MALFUNCTION Unit will not drain. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. OPEN the drain valve. Does any fluid come from the drain? If no: (1) (2) 3. a. b. Replace the drain valve (Volume 2, WP 0114). Go to Step (1).

0054

Are there any bubbles or fuel leakage coming from the drain valve? If yes, service the fuel filter/water separator unit (Volume 2, WP 0113). If no, fault is corrected.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0054-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00013)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE TANK LEVEL INDICATORS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0055

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0187 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0188 Volume 2, WP 0189 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0055-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE TANK LEVEL INDICATORS SYMPTOM TANK LEVEL INDICATORS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Tank Level Indicator (TLI) shows no indication of power. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. With the POWER ON/OFF set to ON, is the POWER light lit? If yes, fault is corrected. Check TLI SYSTEM circuit breaker at 120 V emergency distribution panel No.1.

0055

Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (1).

Is there a blown fuse on the TLI control panel? If yes: (1) (2) Replace the blown fuse (Volume 2, WP 0189). Go to Step (1).

6. 7.

Check the condition of the unit POWER light bulb. Tighten the bulb or replace as necessary (Volume 2, WP 0188). Is the POWER light illuminated? If yes, fault is corrected.

0055-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK LEVEL INDICATORS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0055

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Tank level indicator alarm horn does not sound. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. With the POWER ON/OFF switch set to ON, is the POWER light illuminated? If no, refer to Tank Level Indicator Shows No Indication Of Power troubleshooting. Have conditions been met for a high level alarm (day tank 95% or more full)? If no, go to Step (4). Is the HIGH ALARM light illuminated? a. b. 4. 5. 6. If yes, go to Step (7). If no, go to Step (6). If no, alarm condition does not exist. Is the LOW ALARM light illuminated? If yes, go to Step (7). Calibrate the high and low level alarm set points (Volume 2, WP 0187).

Have conditions been met for a low level alarm (day tank 25% or less full)?

0055-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK LEVEL INDICATORS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 7. Is the ALARM SILENCE switch in the CUTOUT position? a. If yes: (1) (2) b. 8. 9. 10. Take the ALARM SILENCE switch out of the CUTOUT position. Go to Step (8).

0055

If no, go to Step (8). If yes, fault is corrected.

Does the ALARM horn sound? OPEN the front panel of the control panel, locate, press and hold the calibrate switch for the function with the faulty alarm (Volume 2, WP 0187). Does the panel meter deflect to show that the tank is completely full? If no, refer to Tank Level Indicator Control Panel Meter Does Not Deflect Correctly troubleshooting.

11.

Is the HIGH ALARM light illuminated? a. b. If yes, the alarm horn is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, go to Step (6).

MALFUNCTION Tank level indicator control panel meter does not deflect correctly. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Set the POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF. Does the suspect meter deflect to 0? If no, the meter is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. OPEN the front panel, set the POWER ON/OFF switch to ON, and press and hold the CALIBRATE switch (Volume 2, WP 0187). With the POWER ON/OFF switch ON, does the meter remain at full deflection? a. b. If yes, calibrate the alarm circuit full reference point by performing the adjustment procedure of the faulty circuit (Volume 2, WP 0187). If no, the control module is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION Tank level indicator remote meter does not follow the control panel meter. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Set the POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF.

0055-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK LEVEL INDICATORS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 2. 3. 4. Does the suspect meter deflect to 0? If no, the meter is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0055

OPEN the front panel, set the POWER ON/OFF switch to ON, and press and hold the CALIBRATE switch (Volume 2, WP 0187). With the POWER ON/OFF switch ON, does the meter remain at full deflection? If no, refer to Tank Level Indicator Control Panel Meter Does Not Deflect Correctly troubleshooting.

Does the remote closely follow the control panel meter? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0055-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TANK LEVEL INDICATORS - Continued MALFUNCTION No level change indicated on meter when tank level changes. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Set the POWER ON/OFF switch to OFF. Does the suspect meter deflect to 0?

0055

If no, refer to Tank Level Indicator Remote Meter Does Not Follow The Control Panel Meter troubleshooting. 3. 4. OPEN the front panel, set the POWER ON/OFF switch to ON, and press and hold the CALIBRATE switch (Volume 2, WP 0187). With the POWER ON/OFF switch ON, does the meter remain at full deflection? If no, refer to Tank Level Indicator Control Panel Meter Does Not Deflect Correctly troubleshooting. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Turn OFF the TLI SYSTEM circuit breaker. Empty the tank so all TLI transmitter floats are lowered. Remove the cover to the TLI transmitter connection box (or) J-box. Take and record a resistance reading across the RED and BLACK wires. Is the measured value between 1,000 to 2,500 Ohms? If no, the TLI transmitter is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Take and record a resistance reading across the BLACK and WHITE wires. Is the measured resistance value between 300 to 360 Ohms? If no, the TLI transmitter is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Begin filling the tank while taking continuous readings across the BLACK and WHITE wires. Does the measured resistance value increase from 330 to 360 Ohms? a. b. If yes, the wiring between the TLI control panel and the TLI transmitter is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, the TLI transmitter is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0055-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00014)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0056

0056-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS SYMPTOM DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Day tank high level alarm shows no indication of power. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Is either the port or starboard pilot light illuminated? If yes, go to Step (5).

0056

Check the FUEL OIL DAY TANKS (P & S) HIGH LEVEL ALARM CIRCUIT BREAKER at the 24 V machinery DC control distribution panel. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (1).

WARNING

0056-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 9. Is the port day tank high level alarm pilot light lit? If yes, go to Step (14).

0056-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0056

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Day tank high level alarm does not sound. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Place the TEST switch to ON to test the port and starboard day tank high level alarms. Did the horn sound and the strobe flash for both units? If yes, go to Step (11). Did the port unit function properly? If yes, go to Step (7).

WARNING

0056-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 5. Is there continuity between the contacts when the switch is ON? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0056

WARNING

Did the starboard unit function properly?

WARNING

0056-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DAY TANK HIGH LEVEL ALARMS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0056

WARNING

Fill each day tank to 95% capacity and verify correct operation of the day tank high level alarm system. Did the alarms function correctly as designed? If yes, fault is corrected. Place the ALARM TEST switch to OFF. Measure for continuity across the switch terminals. Is the measured resistance level approximately 0 Ohms? a. b. If yes, wiring is defective between the day tank high level alarm panel and the sensor/level switch. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, sensor/level switch is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0056-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00015)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE MAIN SWITCHBOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0057

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0126 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0057-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MAIN SWITCHBOARD SYMPTOM MAIN SWITCHBOARD INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to equipment from main switchboard. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Check the condition of the suspect circuit breaker at the main switchboard.

0057

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (2).

Does the desired equipment power ON when the correct circuit breaker is ON? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

0057-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued MALFUNCTION No power to the main switchboard. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Does the main switchboard show any indication that power is available? If yes, fault is corrected. Is the vessel running on shore power? If yes, go to Step (14). Is the main switchboard lined up to operate on Ship's Service Diesel Generator (SSDG) 1? If no, go to Step (9). Check the condition of the GEN 1 circuit breaker.

0057

Is the GEN 1 circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Place the GEN 1 circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (1).

WARNING

0057-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

0057

WARNING

0057-7

0057

Are AC Volts and current present at the windings of the GEN 2 AMMETER control transformers? a. b. If yes, wiring is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, transformer is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If yes, fault is corrected.

43.

Does the GEN 2 AC KILOWATTS meter show any indication of power available?

WARNING

0057-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

Does the SHORE POWER AC VOLTS meter show any indication of power available?

WARNING

0057-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

Does the SHORE POWER FREQUENCY meter show any indication of power available?

0057-17

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

0057-18

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued b. If no, transformer 3PT-1 is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0057

MALFUNCTION Light(s) not lit on the main switchboard. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Are any lights lit on the main switchboard? a. b. If yes, go to Step (2). If no: (1) (2) 2. 3. 4. 5. Refer to No Power To The Main Switchboard troubleshooting to verify that power is available to the main switchboard. Go to Step (2).

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

0057-23

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

Is the GENERATOR 2 POWER AVAILABLE lamp illuminated?

0057-24

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

Is 120 V AC present when measured at GEN 2 HERTZ meter pin 6? If yes, wiring is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

WARNING

0057-25

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MAIN SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0057

WARNING

0057-26

0057

If no, refer to No Power To The Main Switchboard troubleshooting to troubleshoot loss of power to the main switchboard. 88. 89. Is 120 V AC present and available across the secondary winding of transformer 5PT4? If no, transformer 5PT4 is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. With the BUS TIE CKT BKR CLOSED is the BUS TIE CKT BKR CLOSED lamp illuminated? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, wiring is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0057-33/34 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00016)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0058

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0128 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0058-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD SYMPTOM EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to equipment from the emergency switchboard. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Is there any indication of power at the emergency switchboard? If no, refer to No Power To The Emergency Switchboard troubleshooting. Check the condition of the suspect circuit breaker at the emergency switchboard.

0058

Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? a. If yes: (1) (2) b. Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (4).

If no, go to Step (4). If yes, go to Step (5). If no: (1) (2) Place the circuit breaker in the ON position. Go to Step (5).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? a. b.

Does the desired equipment power ON when the correct circuit breaker is ON? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

0058-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued switchboard (Volume 2, WP 0128). 8. Is the correct voltage level available at the desired equipment? a. b. If yes, refer to the troubleshooting guide for the faulty piece of equipment fed by the emergency switchboard. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0058

MALFUNCTION No power to the emergency switchboard. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does the emergency switchboard show any indication that power is available with the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) running? If yes, fault is corrected. 2. 3. Check the condition of the EMERGENCY GENERATOR circuit breaker. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) 4. If no: (1) (2) Turn ON the circuit breaker at the emergency switchboard. Go to Step (1). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued (1) (2) Replace the AC VOLTS meter (Volume 2, WP 0128). Go to Step (2).

0058

WARNING

If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If yes, go to Step (12).

Does the HERTZ meter show any indication of power available?

0058-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0058

WARNING

0058-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued a. If yes: (1) (2) b. 12. Replace the faulty fuses at the emergency switchboard (Volume 2, WP 0128). Go to Step (1).

0058

If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If yes, fault is corrected.

Does the AC AMPERES meter show any indication of power available?

WARNING

0058-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued MALFUNCTION Light(s) not lit on the emergency switchboard. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Are any lights lit on the emergency switchboard? a. b. If yes, go to Step (2). If no: (1) (2) 2. 3. 4. 5.

0058

Refer to No Power To The Emergency Switchboard troubleshooting to verify that power is available to the emergency switchboard. Go to Step (2).

When pushing the GND DETECT TEST switch, do the A, B, and C PHASE lamps illuminate? If yes, go to Step (14). When pushing the GND DETECT TEST switch, do any of the A, B, and C PHASE lamps illuminate? If no, go to Step (8). Replace the suspect burnt out bulb(s) (Volume 2, WP 0128). When pushing the GND DETECT TEST switch, do the A, B, and C PHASE lamps illuminate? If yes, go to Step (1).

WARNING

If no, go to Step (1).

0058-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0058

WARNING

When pushing the GND DETECT TEST switch, do the A, B, and C PHASE lamps illuminate? If no, wiring is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Verify that the EDG is OFF/not running, and that the main switchboard is providing power to the emergency switchboard. Is the EMG GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN lamp illuminated?

0058-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If yes, go to Step (29). 16. 17.

0058

Replace the EMG GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN lamp bulb (Volume 2, WP 0128). Is the EMG GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN lamp illuminated? If yes, go to Step (29).

WARNING

If no, go to Step (21).

MALFUNCTION No control of main switchboard bus tie circuit breaker. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does pushing the MAIN SWBD BUS TIE CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN switch OPEN circuit breaker? If yes, go to Step (15).

WARNING

0058-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued (1) (2) b. Replace the faulty fuse at the emergency switchboard (Volume 2, WP 0128). Go to Step (4).

0058

If no, go to Step (4).

WARNING

0058-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00017)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0059-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00018)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE DISTRIBUTION PANELS SYMPTOM DISTRIBUTION PANELS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to equipment from distribution panel. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Check the condition of the suspect circuit breaker at the distribution panel.

0059

Is the distribution panel circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the distribution panel circuit breaker ON? If no: (1) (2) Set the distribution panel circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1).

Does the desired equipment power ON when the correct distribution panel circuit breaker is set to ON? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

0059-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00018)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DISTRIBUTION PANELS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0059

WARNING

Is the correct voltage level available at the desired equipment?

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0059-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00018)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE LIGHTING, INTERIOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0060

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0133 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0134 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0060-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE LIGHTING, INTERIOR SYMPTOM INTERIOR LIGHTING INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Interior fluorescent lights do not illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Check the condition of the switch that energizes the lights. Do the lights illuminate when the switch is set to ON? If yes, fault is corrected.

0060

Is the circuit breaker for the lights tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (2).

Is the circuit breaker for the lights at the power panel set to ON? If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (2).

5. 6.

Replace the bulb(s) (Volume 2, WP 0133). Did the light illuminate? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

0060-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 LIGHTING, INTERIOR - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0060

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Interior incandescent lights do not illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Check the condition of the switch that energizes the lights. Do the lights illuminate when the switch is set to ON? If yes, fault is corrected. Is the circuit breaker for the lights tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) 4. If no: (1) (2) 5. 6. Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (2). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (2).

Is the circuit breaker for the lights at the power panel set to ON?

Replace the bulb(s) (Volume 2, WP 0134). Did the light illuminate? If yes, fault is corrected.

0060-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 LIGHTING, INTERIOR - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0060

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0060-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00019)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE FLOODLIGHTS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0061

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0136 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0061-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00020)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FLOODLIGHTS SYMPTOM FLOODLIGHTS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Floodlight does not illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2.

0061

Check the condition of the affected floodlight circuit breaker in 120 V exterior emergency lighting panel No. 2. Is the circuit breaker for the lights tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (5).

Is the circuit breaker OFF? If yes: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (5).

4. 5.

Replace the lamp (Volume 2, WP 0136). Does the floodlight illuminate? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0061-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00020)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE NAVIGATION LIGHTS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0062

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0161 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0163 Volume 2, WP 0164 Volume 2, WP 0166 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0062-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE NAVIGATION LIGHTS SYMPTOM NAVIGATION LIGHTS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Navigation light does not illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2.

0062

Check the condition of the switch for the selected navigation light at the navigation lighting panel. Does the selected navigation light illuminate when the switch is set to ON? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

Is the fuse holder in serviceable condition? If no, fuse holder is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0062-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 NAVIGATION LIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0062

WARNING

NOTE
In dual lamp lens applications for the navigation lighting system, the primary lamp sits atop the secondary lamp. 5. 6. 7. Set to OFF the appropriate switch on the navigation lighting panel and replace the navigation lamp (Volume 2, WP 0161). Set the appropriate switch on the navigation lighting panel to ON. Does the selected navigation light illuminate? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Yardarm light does not blink/illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Set the BLINKER LIGHT switch of the navigation lighting panel to ON.

0062-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 NAVIGATION LIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 2. Does the yardarm blinker light illuminate when the BLINKER KEY switch is pressed? If yes, fault is corrected.

0062

WARNING

0062-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 NAVIGATION LIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0062

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0062-5/6 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00021)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE SEARCHLIGHTS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0063

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0155 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0063-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE SEARCHLIGHTS SYMPTOM SEARCHLIGHTS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to searchlight. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Does the searchlight show any indication of power? If yes, fault is corrected.

0063

Check the condition of the PORT SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLY or STBD SEARCH LIGHT POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker at the 120 V emergency distribution panel. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by it being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker set to ON? If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the STANDBY/OFF switch on the searchlight control panel in the STANDBY position? a. b. If yes, go to Step (6). If no: (1) (2) Place the STANDBY/OFF switch on the searchlight control panel in the STANDBY position. Go to Step (6).

6. 7.

Momentarily place the OFF/START switch on the searchlight control panel in the START position and release the switch. When the switch is in the START position, does the searchlight lamp "flash internally" without starting? If yes, refer to Searchlight Does Not Illuminate troubleshooting. With the switch in the START position, can a "buzzing sound" be heard inside the searchlight drum? If yes, refer to Searchlight Does Not Illuminate troubleshooting. Check that the searchlight power supply is securely fastened to ensure that the interlock switch is CLOSED. Does the searchlight show any indication of power? If yes, fault is corrected. 0063-2

9. 10.

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SEARCHLIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0063

WARNING

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SEARCHLIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued b. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0063

MALFUNCTION Searchlight does not illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. With the OFF/START switch in START, does the XENON lamp flash internally without starting? If no, go to Step (4). Replace the XENON lamp and turn ON the circuit breaker (Volume 2, WP 0155). With the OFF/START switch in START, does the searchlight illuminate? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, go to Step (6).

WARNING

0063-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SEARCHLIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued GAP (Volume 2, WP 0155). 8. 9. Reinstall the starter and turn ON the circuit breaker. With the OFF/ START switch in START, does the searchlight illuminate? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0063

MALFUNCTION Searchlight does not move up down and left right remotely. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does the joystick controller on the searchlight control panel return to the center position when released? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 2. 3. 4. Adjust speed control on the searchlight control panel to full (100). Does the searchlight move any direction when operating the joystick controller? If yes, go to Step (9). Are the searchlight control panel fuses blown? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

WARNING

0063-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SEARCHLIGHTS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0063

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0063-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00022)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE MOTOR CONTROLLERS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0064

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0138 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0140 Volume 2, WP 0142 Volume 2, WP 0144 Volume 2, WP 0146 Volume 2, WP 0148 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0064-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE MOTOR CONTROLLERS SYMPTOM MOTOR CONTROLLERS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Type 1 motor controller does not start motor. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Verify that the condition switches (Table 1) are not activated. Check the position of the motor controller circuit breaker.

0064

Is the circuit breaker set to ON? If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1).

WARNING

0064-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0064

WARNING

Take great care when working around energized electrical equipment. Contact between unprotected body parts and electrical conductors can cause serious injury or death. Do not wear jewelry or other conductive items while servicing energized electrical equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions can cause serious injury or death. 7. 8. OPEN the motor controller door and check for the presence of AC voltage at the output side of the motor controller main disconnect switch. Is AC voltage present and available at the output side of the motor controller main disconnect switch? If no, motor controller is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 9. 10. 11. Set the MAIN DISCONNECT switch to OFF and check the condition of the motor controller inline fuses. Are the motor controller inline fuses blown? If yes, replace the motor controller inline fuses (Volume 2, WP 0138). Does the motor run when the motor controller START switch is pressed (or the ON/OFF switch is set to ON)? If yes, fault is corrected. 12. 13. 14. Set the motor controller MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH to OFF. Take resistance readings across the primary and secondary windings of the power transformer. Are resistance readings across the windings less than 10 ohms, indicating that the transformer checks good? If no, replace the power transformer in the motor controller (Volume 2, WP 0138). 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. With the MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH ON, does the motor run when START switch is pressed? If yes, go to Step (24). Take resistance readings across the motor starter. Check to see if the motor starter resistance changes when the polarity of the resistance reading is changed. The motor starter resistance value should not be grounded or open. Visually check for oily residue and the smell of burnt insulation. Does the motor starter check good? If no, replace the motor starter in the controller (Volume 2, WP 0138). Push the START/STOP switch. Check for continuity across the switch contacts. Does the START/STOP switch check good?

0064-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 23.

0064

With the MAIN DISCONNECT switch ON, does the motor run when the START pushbutton is pushed? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Is the POWER AVAILABLE light illuminated on the motor controller? If yes, go to Step (27). Replace the motor controller POWER AVAILABLE lamp (Volume 2, WP 0138). Go to Step (24). Does the RUN lamp come on when the START switch is pressed (or the ON/OFF switch is set to ON)? If yes, fault is corrected. Replace the motor controller RUN lamp (Volume 2, WP 0138). Go to Step (27).

24. 25. 26. 27.

28. 29.

MALFUNCTION Type 2 motor controller does not start motor. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify that the condition switches (Table 1) are not activated. Does the motor run when the motor controller SLOW speed switch is pressed? If yes, go to Step (17). Does the motor run when the motor controller FAST speed switch is pressed? If yes, go to Step (17). Check the position of the motor controller circuit breaker. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) 6. If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (2). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (2).

Is the circuit breaker set to ON?

0064-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0064

WARNING

0064-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If no, replace the power transformer in the motor controller (Volume 2, WP 0140). 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

0064

With the MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH ON, does the motor run when SLOW switch is pressed? If yes, go to Step (23). Set the motor controller MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH to OFF. Take resistance readings across the SLOW speed motor starter. Check to see if the SLOW speed motor starter resistance changes when the polarity of the resistance reading is changed. The motor starter resistance value should not be grounded or open. Visually check for oily residue and the smell of burnt insulation. Does the SLOW speed motor starter check good? a. b. If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no: (1) (2) Replace the SLOW speed motor starter in the controller (Volume 2, WP 0140). Go to Step (17).

23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29.

Press the FAST speed switch. Does the motor run in FAST speed? If yes, go to Step (30). Set the motor controller MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH to OFF. Take resistance readings across the FAST speed motor starter. Check to see if the FAST speed motor starter resistance changes when the polarity of the resistance reading is changed. The motor starter resistance value should not be grounded or open. Visually check for oily residue and the smell of burnt insulation. Does the FAST speed motor starter check good? a. b. If yes, motor controller is faulty. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no: (1) (2) Replace the FAST speed motor starter in the controller (Volume 2, WP 0140). Go to Step (23).

30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36.

Is the POWER AVAILABLE light illuminated on the motor controller? If yes, go to Step (33). Replace the motor controller POWER AVAILABLE lamp (Volume 2, WP 0140). Go to Step (30). Does the FAST lamp illuminate when the motor is running in FAST speed? If yes, go to Step (36). Replace the motor controller FAST lamp (Volume 2, WP 0140). Go to Step (33). Does the SLOW lamp illuminate when the motor is running in SLOW speed?

0064-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If yes, fault is corrected. 37. 38. Replace the motor controller SLOW lamp (Volume 2, WP 0140). Go to Step (36).

0064

MALFUNCTION Type 3 motor controller does not start motor. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Verify that the condition switches (Table 1) are not activated. Does the motor run when the motor controller START switch is pressed? If yes, fault is corrected. Check the position of the motor controller circuit breaker. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) 5. If no: (1) (2) 6. Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (2). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (2).

Is the circuit breaker set to ON?

Take great care when working around energized electrical equipment. Contact between unprotected body parts and electrical conductors can cause serious injury or death. Do not wear jewelry or other conductive items while servicing energized electrical equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions can cause serious injury or death. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. OPEN the motor controller door, and check for the presence of AC voltage at the input side of the motor controller switch lamp. Is AC voltage present and available to the motor controller? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Secure power at the motor controller circuit breaker. If bilge and ballast, fire, and service pump controller is faulty, replace the contactor in controller (Volume 2, WP 0144). If hot potable water recirculating pump controller is faulty, replace the contactor in controller (Volume 2, WP 0146). If weld hood exhaust fan controller is faulty, replace the contactor in controller (Volume 2, WP 0148). Does the motor run when the motor controller START switch is pressed (or the ON/OFF switch is set to ON)? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Is the POWER AVAILABLE light illuminated on the motor controller? If yes, go to Step (17). If bilge and ballast, fire, and service pump controller is faulty, replace the POWER AVAILABLE lamp in controller (Volume 2, WP 0144). If hot potable water recirculating pump controller is faulty, replace the POWER AVAILABLE lamp in controller (Volume 2, WP 0146). If weld hood exhaust fan controller is faulty, replace the POWER AVAILABLE lamp in controller (Volume 2, WP 0148). Go to Step (12). Does the RUN lamp come on when the START switch is pressed (or the ON/OFF switch is set to ON)? If yes, fault is corrected. 18. 19. If bilge and ballast, fire, and service pump controller is faulty, replace the POWER AVAILABLE lamp in controller (Volume 2, WP 0144). If hot potable water recirculating pump controller is faulty, replace the POWER AVAILABLE lamp in controller (Volume 2, WP 0146).

0064-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 20. 21.

0064

If weld hood exhaust fan controller is faulty, replace the POWER AVAILABLE lamp in controller (Volume 2, WP 0148). Go to Step (17). Table 1. Nomenclature 01, 02 and 03 Level Fan Coil Units AFFF Pump Air Compressors 1 and 2 Motor Controller Type, Condition Switches, and Procedure Type 1 1 3 Condition Switches Emergency Stop Switch N/A Pressure Switch Troubleshooting Procedure Procedure 1 Procedure 1 Procedure 3

AMS 1 Supply Fan

Emergency Stop Switch FM-200 Pressure Switch Remote Lockout Switch Emergency Stop Switch Remote Start Switch Remote Run Light Paint Locker Exhaust Fan Interlock Switch Emergency Stop Switch Gaylord Exhaust Ventilator Thermostat Shutdown Switch Supply Fan Interlock Switch Remote Lockout Switch Emergency Stop Switch FM-200 Pressure Switch Remote Lockout Switch Exhaust Fan Interlock Switch Remote Start Switch Remote Stop Switch Remote Run Light

Procedure 2

AMS 2 Supply Fan Bilge and Ballast Pumps 1 and 2 Boatswains Store Room Supply Fan Crews Mess Fan Coil Unit

2 3 2 1

Procedure 2 Procedure 3 Procedure 2 Procedure 1

Engine Room Exhaust Fans 1 and 2 Engine Room Supply Fans 1 and 2

Procedure 2

Fire and General Service Pumps 1 and 2

Procedure 3

0064-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued Table 1. Motor Controller Type, Condition Switches, and Procedure - Continued Type 1 1 Condition Switches Remote Stop Switch FM-200 Pressure Switch Emergency Stop Switch Galley Supply Fan Interlock Switch Gaylord Exhaust Ventilator Thermostat Shutdown Switch N/A N/A N/A Emergency Stop Switch FM-200 Pressure Switch Boatswains locker supply fan Pressure Switch N/A Emergency Stop Switch N/A N/A

0064

Nomenclature Fuel Oil Transfer Pumps 1 and 2 Galley Supply and Exhaust Fans

Troubleshooting Procedure Procedure 1 Procedure 1

Hot Potable Water Recirculation Pump Lube Oil Priming Pumps 1 and 2 Lube Oil Transfer Pump Paint Locker Exhaust Fan

4 6 1 2

Procedure 4 Procedure 4 Procedure 1 Procedure 2

Potable Water Pumps 1 and 2 Reduction Gear Cooling Pumps 1 and 2 Sanitary Space Exhaust Fan Sewage Discharge Pumps 1 and 2 Weld Hood Exhaust Fan END OF WORK PACKAGE

3 1 1 1 5

Procedure 3 Procedure 1 Procedure 1 Procedure 1 Procedure 4

0064-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00023)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE BATTERY CHARGERS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0065

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0150 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0172 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0065-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE BATTERY CHARGERS SYMPTOM BATTERY CHARGERS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Battery charger does not charge batteries. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1.

0065

If the unit is so equipped, is the Alternating Current (AC) switch/circuit breaker located on the battery charger set to ON? a. b. If yes, go to Step (2). If no: (1) (2) Set the battery charger AC switch/circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (2).

Is the battery charger output 26 to 27 V DC? If yes: (1) (2) Service the power supply batteries (Volume 2, WP 0150). Service the general alarm system batteries (Volume 2, WP 0172).

Is the 120 V AC circuit breaker that provides input to the battery charger set to ON? a. b. If yes, go to Step (4). If no: (1) (2) Set the input power circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (4).

Is the interior fuse blown? If yes, the fuse is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

WARNING

0065-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 BATTERY CHARGERS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0065

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0065-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00024)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE SOUND POWERED TELEPHONES TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0066

0066-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE SOUND POWERED TELEPHONES SYMPTOM SOUND POWERED TELEPHONES INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No or low transmission or no receipt of voice communications at a station. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Is the device being used a head-chest set? If no, go to Step (5). Unplug the head-chest set from the jack and plug it into another jack on a separate circuit. Test the head-chest set at multiple stations if necessary.

0066

Does the head-chest set function correctly when tested at other stations on separate circuits? a. b. If yes, isolate and repair the wiring fault at the faulty phone station. If no, the head-chest set is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

5. 6.

Test the station with all other stations using the hand set. Does the hand set work when communicating with other stations? a. b. If yes, isolate and repair the wiring fault at the faulty phone station. If no, the hand set is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION No ring or call. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does the station receiving the call sound when another station calls? If no, the bell at the receiving station is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 2. Does the calling station ring the bell at any other station? a. b. If yes, isolate and repair the wiring fault between the faulty phone stations. If no, the hand ring generator in the calling station is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION Horn does not sound. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does the bell ring at the receiving station when receiving a call?

0066-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SOUND POWERED TELEPHONES - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If no, refer to No Ring Or Call troubleshooting. 2. Does the calling station ring the bell at any other station when making a call?

0066

If no, the hand ring generator in the calling station is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0066-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00025)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE INTERCOMMUNICATIONS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0067

0067-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00026)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYMPTOM INTERCOMMUNICATIONS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to intercom system. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Is the power present at all intercom units? If yes, fault is corrected. Is the power out at all intercom units?

0067

If no, the fuses at effected intercom are defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 3. 4. Check the condition of the INTERCOM SYSTEM circuit breaker at the 120 V pilothouse emergency distribution panel. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) 5. If no: (1) (2) 6. a. b. Set the distribution panel circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker ON?

Is power restored to the intercom system? If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION Intercom unit does not send or receive call. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Is the power present at the faulty intercom unit? If no, refer to No Power To Intercom System troubleshooting. Does the intercom unit receive calls from any other station? Can other stations be heard on the speaker? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0067-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00026)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 INTERCOMMUNICATIONS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 3.

0067

Does the intercom unit send call to any station? Can any receive call from the suspect intercom unit? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does the intercom unit send call when using the hand microphone? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, disconnect and test the suspect hand microphone at another station, and replace the hand microphone if it does not work at another intercom unit.

MALFUNCTION Troubleshoot known faulty intercom unit. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Place the suspect intercom unit in the test fixture. Press the PRESS TO RELEASE pushbuttons. Rotate DIMMER and VOLUME fully CLOCKWISE to MAXIMUM. Connect a hand microphone to the microphone jack (if equipped). Plug in and turn on test fixture. Does the suspect intercom unit blow fuses when system power is applied? If yes, the power supply circuit card is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 7. 8. 9. 10. On the test fixture, place the REVERSE/OFF/PHASE OK switch to the PHASE OK position. Then, place the REVERSE/OFF/PHASE OK switch in the REVERSE position. Move the switch back and forth between PHASE OK and REVERSE. Does the POLARITY IND lamp on the test fixture turn ON and OFF when the switch is cycled? If no, the power supply circuit card is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. On the test fixture, place the TALK/OFF/CALL switch to the CALL position. Then, place the TALK/OFF/CALL switch to the OFF position. Move the switch back and forth between CALL and OFF. Does the CALL indicator lamp on the test fixture turn ON and OFF when the switch is cycled? If no, the call indicator lamp is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. On the intercom unit, place HANDS FREE/NORMAL/PRESS TO TALK switch to the NORMAL position. On the test fixture, place the TALK/OFF/CALL switch to TALK. On the intercom unit, speak into the microphone while varying the volume control.

0067-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00026)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 INTERCOMMUNICATIONS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 18.

0067

Does the speaker output clearly and with varied intensity depending on the volume control knob position? If no, the amplifier circuit card is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Unplug the microphone from the intercom unit. At the test fixture place the TALK/OFF/CALL switch to the TALK position and place the REMOTE TALK/OFF/RECEIVE switch to the RECEIVE (HANDS FREE) position. At the intercom unit, set the HANDS FREE/NORMAL/PRESS TO TALK switch to the TALK position. On the intercom unit, speak into the microphone. Does the speaker output clearly and with varied intensity depending on the volume control knob position? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, the amplifier circuit card is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

17.

Do all the lamps illuminate on the alarm panel?

0068-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ALARM SYSTEMS: ARMS STORAGE, RADIO ROOM, AND FAN ROOM - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If yes, fault is corrected. 18.

0068

Does the SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER lamp illuminate when pressing the ALARM TEST pushbutton? If no, refer to Small Arms Room Sprinkler Alarm Malfunction troubleshooting. Does the SMALL ARMS HIGH TEMP lamp illuminate when pressing the ALARM TEST pushbutton? If no, refer to Small Arms Room Temperature Malfunction troubleshooting. Does the RADIO RM DOOR OPEN lamp illuminate when pressing the ALARM TEST pushbutton? If no, refer to Radio Room Door Alarm Malfunction troubleshooting. Does the FAN ROOM DOOR OPEN lamp illuminate when pressing the ALARM TEST pushbutton? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, refer to Fan Room Door Alarm Malfunction troubleshooting.

19.

20. 21.

MALFUNCTION Small arms room sprinkler alarm malfunction. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Push and hold the ALARM TEST pushbutton. Does the SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER-WTR lamp illuminate? If yes, go to Step (5). Replace the SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER-WTR bulbs (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER-WTR alarm function correctly? If yes, fault is corrected. Remove the water activated switch from its mount. Jumper the contacts, and check for a proper indication at the alarm panel. Does the SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER-WTR alarm function at the alarm panel? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Replace the water activated switch (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the SMALL ARMS RM SPRINKLER-WTR alarm function correctly? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0068-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ALARM SYSTEMS: ARMS STORAGE, RADIO ROOM, AND FAN ROOM - Continued MALFUNCTION Small arms room temperature malfunction. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Push and hold the ALARM TEST pushbutton. Does the SMALL ARMS RM HIGH TEMP lamp illuminate? If yes, go to Step (5). Replace the SMALL ARMS RM HIGH TEMP bulbs (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the SMALL ARMS RM HIGH TEMP alarm function correctly? If yes, fault is corrected.

0068

NOTE
The thermostat contacts close at approximately 104F (40C). 5. 6. 7. 8. Check for continuity across the contacts by applying heat to the thermostat. Do the continuity measurements across the thermostat indicate it is functioning correctly? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Replace the thermostat assembly (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the SMALL ARMS RM HIGH TEMP alarm function correctly? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION Radio room door alarm malfunction. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Push and hold the ALARM TEST pushbutton. Does the RADIO RM DOOR OPEN lamp illuminate? If yes, go to Step (5). Replace the RADIO RM DOOR OPEN bulbs (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the RADIO RM DOOR OPEN alarm function correctly? If yes, fault is corrected. Actuate the rotary snap switch, and check the continuity across closed contacts. Do the continuity measurements across the rotary snap switch contacts indicate it is functioning correctly? If yes, go to Step (9). 7. 8. Replace the faulty rotary snap switch (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the RADIO RM DOOR OPEN alarm function correctly?

0068-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ALARM SYSTEMS: ARMS STORAGE, RADIO ROOM, AND FAN ROOM - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If yes, fault is corrected. 9. 10. Actuate the rotary snap switch, and check the continuity across closed contacts.

0068

Do the continuity measurements across the rotary snap switch contacts indicate it is functioning correctly? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Replace the faulty rotary snap switch (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the RADIO RM DOOR OPEN alarm function correctly? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

11. 12.

MALFUNCTION Radio room door alarm malfunction. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Push and hold the ALARM TEST pushbutton. Does the FAN RM DOOR OPEN lamp illuminate? If yes, go to Step (5). Replace the FAN RM DOOR OPEN bulbs (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the FAN RM DOOR OPEN alarm function correctly? If yes, fault is corrected. Actuate the fan room door alarm switch, and check continuity across closed contacts. Do the continuity measurements across the fan room door switch contacts indicate it is functioning correctly? If yes, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 7. 8. Replace the faulty fan room door alarm switch (Volume 2, WP 0175). Does the FAN RM DOOR OPEN alarm function correctly? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0068-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00027)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PILOTHOUSE WING HEATERS AND PILOTHOUSE CONSOLE LIGHT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0069

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0086 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0069-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE PILOTHOUSE WING HEATERS AND PILOTHOUSE CONSOLE LIGHT SYMPTOM PILOTHOUSE WING HEATERS AND PILOTHOUSE CONSOLE LIGHT INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Pilothouse wing heater is inoperative. CORRECTIVE ACTION

0069

WARNING

0069-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE WING HEATERS AND PILOTHOUSE CONSOLE LIGHT - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0069

WARNING

MALFUNCTION Pilothouse console light does not illuminate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Replace the bulb (Volume 2, WP 0086). Does the console light illuminate? If yes, fault is corrected

WARNING

0069-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 PILOTHOUSE WING HEATERS AND PILOTHOUSE CONSOLE LIGHT - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0069

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0069-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00028)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH (EOT) TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0070

0070-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH (EOT) SYMPTOM ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No indication of power to EOT system. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Does the EOT show any indication of power? If yes, fault is corrected.

0070

Check the condition of the EOT system circuit breaker at the 120 V emergency distribution panel No.1. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker ON? If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1).

With the dimmer switch turned fully clockwise, are there any Light Emitting Diode (LED)s on the indicator panel lit or flashing? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

0070-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH (EOT) - Continued MALFUNCTION Pilothouse order not received in the Enclosed Operating System (EOS). CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Is power available to the EOT as indicated by LEDs lit or flashing? If no, refer to No indication of power to EOT system troubleshooting. Does the EOT system send and receive the correct values at the pilothouse EOS units? If yes, fault is corrected.

0070

Change the order being sent to the EOS receiver by rotating the EOT transceiver switch in the pilothouse. Did conditions change at the EOT receiver unit in the EOS? Are different LEDs lit or flashing? If yes, go to Step (7). Change the position of the switches at the EOT receiver unit in the EOS. Observe the pilothouse transceiver while cycling through the switch positions. Did conditions change at the pilothouse transceiver unit? Did the pilothouse indications follow what was sent? a. b. If yes, the pilothouse transceiver unit EOT indicator panel is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, the pilothouse transceiver unit EOT rotary switch is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

7. 8.

Change the position of the switches at the EOT transceiver unit in the pilothouse. Observe the EOS receiver while cycling through the switch positions. Did conditions change at the EOT receiver unit? Did the EOS display what was sent from the pilothouse? a. b. If yes, the EOS receiver unit EOT indicator panel is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, the EOS receiver unit EOT rotary switch is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

MALFUNCTION No alarm bell function. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does the EOT alarm bell sound when there is any mismatch between the EOT receiver and transceiver as indicated by a flashing LED on the EOT indicator panels? If yes, fault is corrected.

0070-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH (EOT) - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0070

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0070-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00029)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0071

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0167 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0168 Volume 2, WP 0169 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0071-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM SYMPTOM GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Alarm does not actuate. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does any bell sound when the pilothouse contactor switch is actuated? a. If yes: (1) (2) b. 2. a. Test the general alarm by actuating the 01 level contactor switch. Go to Step (2).

0071

If no, go to Step (2). If yes: (1) (2) Replace the pilothouse contactor switch (Volume 2, WP 0167). Go to Step (3).

Does any bell sound when 01 level contactor switch is actuated?

b. 3. a. b.

If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, refer to Alarm Actuates, But Bell Does Not Sound troubleshooting.

Does the general alarm bell sound when either contactor switch is actuated?

MALFUNCTION Alarm actuates, but bell does not sound. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. Does any bell sound when the 01 level switch is actuated? a. b. If yes, go to Step (2). If no: (1) (2) 2. 3. 4. Test the general alarm by actuating the pilothouse contactor switch. Go to Step (2).

Does any bell sound when the pilothouse switch is actuated? If no, replace the pilothouse contactor switch (Volume 2, WP 0167). Does the 02 level passageway bell sound? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does the pilothouse bell sound?

0071-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. 5. 6. 7. 8. Does the 01 level passageway bell sound? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Do any of the main deck bells sound? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

0071

Does either the Auxiliary Machinery Space (AMS) 1 or bow thruster compartment bell sound? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does either the Enclosed Operating System (EOS), engine room, AMS 2, or towing gear locker bell sound? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Do all bells sound? If yes, fault is corrected. Inspect the bell that does not ring when the general alarm is actuated. Is there any evidence of physical damage to the gong? If yes: (1) (2) Replace the gong (Volume 2, WP 0167). Go to Step (18).

9. 10. 11.

12. 13.

Place your hand over the gong that is not ringing while the other bells are sounding. Do you feel any vibration coming from the bell actuator? If yes: (1) (2) Replace the bell assembly (Volume 2, WP 0167). Go to Step (18).

WARNING

0071-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued a. If yes: (1) (2) b. 18. a. b. Replace the bell assembly (Volume 2, WP 0167). Go to Step (18).

0071

If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

Do all the bells sound when the general alarm is actuated?

MALFUNCTION Alarm actuates, but rotating beacon does not function. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Do any rotating beacons function when the general alarm is sounded? If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. Does the AMS 1 beacon lens light up or rotate? If yes, go to Step (5). Check the BOWTHRUSTER COMPT & AMS NO. 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTS circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the BOW THRUSTER & AMS No. 1 EMERGENCY LIGHTS circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at the 120 V emergency distribution panel No.1. Go to Step (13). Does the engine room beacon lens light up or rotate? If yes, go to Step (8). 6. 7. 8. 9. Check the ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (PORT) circuit breaker at the 120 V emergency distribution panel No.1. Go to Step (13). Does the starboard engine room beacon lens light up or rotate? If yes, go to Step (11). Check the ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STBD) circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the ENGINE ROOM EMERGENCY LIGHTS (STARBOARD) & SOUND POWERED TELEPHONE HORN circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at the 120 V emergency distribution panel No.1. Go to Step (13). Does the AMS 2 beacon lens light up or rotate? If yes, go to Step (17). 12. 13. Check the AMS No.2 EMERGENCY LIGHTS circuit breaker at the 120 V emergency distribution panel No.1. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions?

4. 5.

10. 11.

0071-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If yes: (1) (2) 14. If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

0071

Is the circuit breaker ON?

WARNING

Do all the beacons light up and rotate?

0071-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 19. Does the suspect beacon's lamp illuminate? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the lamp in the faulty rotating beacon (Volume 2, WP 0169).

0071

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0071-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00030)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE SIGNAL HORN TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0072

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References Volume 2, WP 0174 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0072-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE SIGNAL HORN SYMPTOM SIGNAL HORN INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Signal horn does not sound. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. Place the AT WILL/AUTO-FOG switch to the AT WILL position and press the switch. Does the signal horn sound? a. If yes: (1) (2) b. 3. a. b. Replace the fog signal timer (Volume 2, WP 0174). Go to Step (3).

0072

If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

Does the signal horn sound?

MALFUNCTION Automatic timer function does not work. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Place the AT WILL/AUTO-FOG switch to the AT WILL position and press the switch. Does the signal horn sound? If yes, fault is corrected. Check the position of the FOG HORN circuit breaker at the radio room electronics distribution panel. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) 5. If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (1). Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (1).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position?

0072-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SIGNAL HORN - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0072

WARNING

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 SIGNAL HORN - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued b. If no, replace the power supply (Volume 2, WP 0174).

0072

WARNING

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0072-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00031)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE HOT WATER HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0073

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools Multimeter (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 15) Tool Kit, Electrical Repair (Volume 3, WP 0344, Table 1, Item 26) Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required Watercraft Engineer 88L (2) References TM 55-1925-273-10 References (cont.) WP 0051 Volume 2, WP 0227 Volume 2, WP 0229 Volume 3, WP 0344 Equipment Condition N/A

0073-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE HOT WATER HEATER SYMPTOM HOT WATER HEATER INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION Hot water heater tank relief valve discharges continuously. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the water temperature at the hot water heater tank thermometer. Is the temperature reading on the thermometer 210F (99C) or greater? If no, go to Step (7). Adjust the thermostat to a lower temperature setting (Volume 2, WP 0227). Does the thermostat adjustment cause the tank temperature to decrease indicating that the thermostat is functioning? If no, replace the thermostat (Volume 2, WP 0229). 5. 6.

0073

Continue adjusting the water heater thermostat until the temperature stabilizes at approximately 110F (43.3C) (Volume 2, WP 0227). Did the continued adjustments of the thermostat stabilize the temperature at approximately 110F (43.3C)? If no, replace the thermostat (Volume 2, WP 0229). Is the reading on the pressure gage 125 PSI (8.6 bar) or greater? If yes, go to Step (10). Adjust the potable water system pressure at the hydropneumatic tank IAW TM 55-1925-273-10. Go to Step (7). Does the hot water heater tank relief valve discharge water continuously? a. b. If yes, the relief valve is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect. If no, fault is corrected.

7. 8. 9. 10.

MALFUNCTION Not enough or no hot water. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. Run water at a hot water faucet. Does enough hot water come out of the faucet after running for a short period of time? If yes, fault is corrected. Check the water temperature at the hot water heater tank thermometers. Does water heater 1 thermometer indicate that water temp is less then 105F (40.5C).

0073-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 HOT WATER HEATER - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued If no, go to Step (7). 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Check the HOT POTABLE WTR HTR NO. 1 circuit breaker on the main switchboard. Go to Step (9). Does water heater 2 thermometer indicate that water temp is less then 105F (40.5C). If no, troubleshoot hot water recirculation pump (WP 0051). Check the HOT POTABLE WTR HTR NO. 2 circuit breaker on the main switchboard.

0073

10.

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (15).

WARNING

0073-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 HOT WATER HEATER - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0073

WARNING

Allow some time for the water in the tank to heat up. Does the thermometer indicate that the water in the tank is heating up? If no, go to Step (23). Adjust the thermostat so that water temperature stabilizes between 105F and 110F (40.6C and 43.3C). Does the tank temperature stabilize at the correct temperature? If yes, fault is corrected.

WARNING

0073-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 HOT WATER HEATER - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0073

WARNING

0073-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 HOT WATER HEATER - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued b. If no: (1) (2) (3) (4) END OF WORK PACKAGE Replace the heater elements (Volume 2, WP 0229). Return the system to normal. Allow some time for the water in the tank to heat up. Go to Step (1).

0073

0073-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00032)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE ROTARY CLEARVIEW SCREENS TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE

0074

0074-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00033)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE ROTARY CLEARVIEW SCREENS SYMPTOM ROTARY CLEARVIEW SCREENS INOPERABLE MALFUNCTION No power to rotary clearview screen. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. Set the HEATER ON/OFF switch at all clearview screen control boxes to ON. Are any HEATER lights illuminated when the ON/OFF switches are ON? If yes, fault is corrected.

0074

Check that the ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER AND HEATER circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the ROTARY CLEARVIEW WIPER AND HEATER, (FORWARD AND AFT) circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at the 120 V exterior emergency lighting panel No. 2 is set to ON. Is the circuit breaker tripped as indicated by the circuit breaker being between the ON and OFF positions? If yes: (1) (2) Reset the circuit breaker by setting it to OFF and then setting it to ON. Go to Step (7).

Is the circuit breaker in the ON position? If no: (1) (2) Set the circuit breaker to ON. Go to Step (7).

6. 7. 8. 9.

At the rotary clearview screen with no indication of power, check the condition of the HEATER bulb, and replace it if necessary. Is the heater lamp illuminated? If yes, fault is corrected. At the rotary clearview screen with no indication of power, check the condition of the fuse, and replace it if necessary. Is the heater lamp illuminated? If yes, fault is corrected.

0074-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00033)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ROTARY CLEARVIEW SCREENS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued

0074

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 ROTARY CLEARVIEW SCREENS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued 11. 12.

0074

Check continuity between the output side of the fuse holder and the MOTOR ON/OFF switch with the switch ON. Is the resistance reading near 0 Ohms with the switch ON? If no, the thermometer fuse holder is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

13. 14.

Turn ON the circuit breaker and HEATER ON/OFF switch. Is the screen rotating? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, the clearview screen is defective. Notify the maintenance supervisor of the defect.

END OF WORK PACKAGE

MALFUNCTION Drill press does not rotate/spin smoothly. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set to OFF the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) circuit breaker at the load center distribution panel. Turn OFF the drill press. Remove the top cover and check condition of the belt(s). Replace and adjust the belt(s) as necessary (Volume 2, WP 0238). Set to ON the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) circuit breaker at the load center distribution panel. Set the drill press ON/OFF switch to ON. Does the drill press rotate/spin smoothly with little or no vibration? If yes: (1) (2) 7. 8. 9. Reinstall the top cover to the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238). Fault is corrected.

Set the drill press ON/OFF switch to OFF. Tighten the motor and pulleys and ensure they are in proper alignment (Volume 2, WP 0238). Does the drill press rotate/spin smoothly with little or no vibration?

0075-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DRILL PRESS - Continued CORRECTIVE ACTION - Continued a. If yes: (1) (2) b. Reinstall the top cover to the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238). Fault is corrected.

0075

If no, replace the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238).

MALFUNCTION Drill press chuck does not tighten sufficiently to hold drill bit. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Set to OFF the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) circuit breaker at the load center distribution panel. Lubricate the moving parts of the chuck. Check the gear teeth for proper mesh. Operate the chuck to the fully OPEN and fully CLOSED positions. Does the chuck hold the drill bit(s) tightly in place with proper vertical alignment? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238).

MALFUNCTION Drill press spindle does not raise and lower correctly. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Set to OFF the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) circuit breaker at the load center distribution panel. Lubricate the moving parts of the spindle. Check the gear teeth for proper mesh. Operate the handle to fully lower and raise the spindle. Does the handle fully lower and raise the spindle without binding? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238).

0075-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00034)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 DRILL PRESS - Continued MALFUNCTION Drill press table does not raise, lower, or rotate correctly. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

0075

Set to OFF the MACHINE SHOP EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX (LATHE/GRINDER/DRILL PRESS) circuit breaker at the load center distribution panel. Do the table clamp(s) loosen to allow travel and rotation, and tighten to properly secure the table? If yes, go to Step (6). Clean and lubricate the clamp(s) threads, and remove all debris from the area of the collar. Check that the drill press post is smooth, and clear away any foreign matter that may interfere with the vertical travel of the table. Do the clamp(s) loosen to allow travel and rotation, and tighten to properly secure the table. If no, replace the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238). Operate the table crank to fully lower and raise the table. Does the table crank raise and lower the table without binding? If yes, go to Step (11). Clean and lubricate table crank, and remove all debris from the area of the collar. Operate the handle crank to fully lower and raise the table. Does the table fully lower and raise without binding? If no, replace the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238). Does the table rotate from vertical to horizontal and secure tightly in place? If yes, fault is corrected. Clean and lubricate table rotation crank, and remove all debris from the rotation union. Does the table rotate from vertical to horizontal and secure tightly in place? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the drill press (Volume 2, WP 0238).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0076-3/4 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00035)

MALFUNCTION No high frequency function. CORRECTIVE ACTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Verify that the POWER switch is set to ON. Does the arc welder appear to turn ON when the POWER switch is ON? If no, refer to Arc Welder Does Not Power Up troubleshooting. Is the HIGH FREQUENCY switch in the correct position? If yes, go to Step (6). Place HIGH FREQUENCY switch S4 in the correct position. Go to Step (3). With HIGH FREQUENCY S4 switch in the correct position, does the high frequency function work? If yes, fault is corrected. Turn the unit OFF. Clean and tighten all cable connections. With all cable connections clean and tight, is there good weld output? If yes, fault is corrected. Check that the electrode is dry, clamped properly, and the correct type. With a good, dry, and properly connected electrode, is there good weld output? If yes, fault is corrected. Turn the unit OFF, replace all cables, tighten, and clean all connections. With all cable connections clean and tight, is there good weld output? a. b. If yes, fault is corrected. If no, replace the arc welder (Volume 2, WP 0240).

END OF WORK PACKAGE

0077-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(tswp) wpno(T00036)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1

CHAPTER 4 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR LT-800 SERIES

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcsintrowp) wpno(I00001)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INCLUDING LUBRICATION BELOW MAIN DECK LEVEL

0079

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References FM 4-01.502 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0087 Volume 2, WP 0149 Volume 2, WP 0150 Volume 2, WP 0231 Equipment Condition N/A

0079-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 1

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Tank Level Indicator (TLI) Panels and Receivers EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Before

PROCEDURE Test and inspect TLI receivers and transmitters.

(1) Observe level at local receiver. Compare reading with receiver panel in Enclosed Operating Station (EOS).

Any unacceptable difference in readings between control panel indicators and remote indicators. Any unserviceable part.

(2) Inspect units for any missing or damaged parts or indicators.

TLI REMOTE INDICATOR

MASTER TLI IN EOS

FUEL OIL AND LUBE OIL MASTER TLI IN EOS

LUBE OIL 1 PORT CHT SLUDGE FRESH WATER STBD FRESH WATER PORT BALLAST PEAK BALLAST STBD BALLAST PORT

1 STBD

2 STBD

2 PORT 2 CENTER 3 CENTER

PA NE L CONTROL

PANEL CONTROL

4 STBD

4 PORT

STBD PORT DAY TANK DAY TANK

I1001T73

Figure 1.

Tank Level Indicator (TLI) Panels.

0079-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 2 3

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Aft Sea chest Strainers High Level Sea chest Strainers EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Before Before

PROCEDURE

Shift and clean strainers. Refer to (Volume Strainers are unserviceable. 2, WP 0231). Shift and clean strainers. Refer to (Volume Strainers are unserviceable. 2, WP 0231).

STRAINER SELECTOR HANDLE T-HANDLE

LOCKING BAR

COVER

DUPLEX STRAINER BASKET

I1002T73

Figure 2. Sea chest Strainer.

0079-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 4

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sound Powered Telephones Head Set-Chest Set EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Inspect and service as follows: Check the two-way voice capability of the headset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

HEADSET

EAR CUPS WIRING MOUTH PIECE PUSHBUTTON NECK STRAP

CHEST SET

WIRING

JACK PLUG
I1003T73

Figure 3. Head Set-Chest Set.

0079-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 5

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Exterior Handsets EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Inspect and service as follows: Check the two-way voice capability of the handset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

EXTERIOR HANDSET

ROTARY SWITCH

HANDSET WIRING
I1004T73

Figure 4.

Exterior Handset.

0079-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 6 7

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Propeller Battery EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Any excessive vibration.

INTERVAL During Weekly

PROCEDURE Inspect propellers. Observe for unusual noise or vibration.

WARNING

Batteries produce hydrogen gas. This gas is explosive. Keep work area free of sparks, open flame, and excessive heat. Take care to prevent conductive metal tools from arcing between positive and negative terminals. Failure to comply with these precautions can result in injury or death. Test and service the equipment batteries. Refer to (Volume 2, WP 0149) and (Volume 2, WP 0150).

0079-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

BATTERY CHARGER

BATTERY BOX COVER

BATTERY BOX TERMINAL CABLE CABLE CONNECTION NEGATIVE TERMINAL NEGATIVE TERMINAL

WINGNUTS TERMINAL CONNECTION

VENT CAP CABLE

POSITIVE TERMINAL

VENT CAPS

BATTERIES
Figure 5. Batteries and Battery Charger.

I1005T73

0079-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 8

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.7 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Main Switchboard EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Inspect and test as follows:

Any missing or damaged (1) Visually inspect exterior of switchboard for damaged or missing circuit control, meter, or circuit breaker. breakers, meters, controls, or indicators. (2) Press ground detector PUSH TO TEST pushbuttons, and verify that the lamps illuminate. Ground fault detector lamps do not illuminate.

MAIN SWITCHBOARD AC AMMETER AC WATT AC VOLTS HERTZ METER METER METER AC AMMETER AC WATT AC VOLTS HERTZ METER METER METER

I1006T73

Figure 6.

Main Switchboard.

0079-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 9

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Load Center EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Any missing or damaged part.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Visually inspect the load center for damaged or missing circuit breakers, controls, or indicators. a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses, and secure mounting.

Weekly

1.5

Fluorescent and Incandescent Lights

INTERIOR LIGHTING

120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 24 V MACHINERY DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL

440 V POWER PANEL No. 1 LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

I1007T73

Figure 7. Distribution Panels.

0079-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 11

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.3 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

Engine Order Move selector through each position Telegraph (EOT) ensuring corresponding indicator lights and bells. Verify operation of wrong direction alarm system.

EOS CONSOLE

REMOTE PROPULSION INDICATOR PANEL

COMMAND TRANSFER

CONTROL AIR ENGINE ORDER PRESSURE TELEGRAPH STEERING GEAR ALARM PANEL

PORT

STARBOARD

STOP
1/4
1/4 1/4

STOP
LF HA
AHEAD

LF
ASTERN

1/4

LF
ASTERN

HA
AHEAD

3/4
LL FU

3/4
FU LL

3/4
LL FU

3/4
FU LL

ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH

21 MC INTERCOM REMOTE START DISPLAY MACHINERY PLANT MONITORING PORT REDUCTION PANEL STARBOARD MAIN SYSTEM GEAR AHEAD/ASTERN STBD REDUCTION ENGINE THROTTLE PORT MAIN SELECTOR GEAR AHEAD/ASTERN CLUTCH ENGINE THROTTLE SELECTOR CLUTCH I1008T73
Figure 8. Engine Order Telegraph (EOT) Console.

0079-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 12

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sound Powered Telephones Head Set-Chest Set EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Inspect and service as follows: Check the two-way voice capability of the headset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

HEADSET

EAR CUPS WIRING MOUTH PIECE PUSHBUTTON NECK STRAP

CHEST SET

WIRING

JACK PLUG
I1003T73

Figure 9. Head Set-Chest Set.

0079-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 13

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Exterior Handsets EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Inspect and service as follows: Check the two-way voice capability of the handset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

EXTERIOR HANDSET

ROTARY SWITCH

HANDSET WIRING
I1004T73

Figure 10.

Exterior Handset.

0079-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 14

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Main Switchboard/ Engine Room Load Center Distribution Panel EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE Wipe down and clean exterior.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 24 V MACHINERY DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL

440 V POWER PANEL No. 1 LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

I1007T73

Figure 11. Distribution Panels.

0079-13

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

MAIN SWITCHBOARD AC AMMETER AC WATT AC VOLTS HERTZ METER METER METER AC AMMETER AC WATT AC VOLTS HERTZ METER METER METER

I1006T73

Figure 12.

Main Switchboard.

0079-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 15

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 6.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED AMS 1 and 2 Watertight Door Remote Hand Pump Stations EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE Inspect and service as follows:

CAUTION
Do not operate door with pressure shutoff valves closed, as this will back-pressure the local hand pump and cause the seals to rupture. Door does not operate. (1) Operate the hand pump to close the door and ensure smooth operation of the pump and correct operation of the door. (2) Check reservoir oil level on dipstick and fill with hydraulic fluid as required. (3) Check that hydraulic system is bled Bleeder valve missing or at all high points to remove trapped air. Turn unserviceable. bleeder valve handle to release trapped air. (4) Check oil level dipstick in expansion tank. Add oil as required. (5) Inspect hydraulic cylinder assembly for leaks and damage. (6) Inspect hydraulic control valve assembly for leaks and damage. (7) Visually inspect tracks for secure mounting and damage. Adjust tracks (Volume 2, WP 0087) as required. (8) Inspect local hand pump for secure mounting and damage. Low oil level. Class III leaks exist. Unserviceable damage. Class III leaks exist. Unserviceable damage. Tracks damaged or not mounted securely.

AMS 2 WATERTIGHT DOOR HAND CRANK LOCATED IN THE CREWS MESS

OIL FILL CAP HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR HAND CRANK MAIN DECK PASSAGEWAY

CUTOFF VALVES
Figure 13.

I1051T73

Watertight Door Hand Crank and Watertight Door Remote Pump Station.

0079-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 16

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Tank Level Indicator (TLI) Panels and Receivers EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE Test and inspect TLI receivers and transmitters.

(1) Observe level at local receiver. Compare reading with receiver panel.

Any unacceptable difference in readings between control panel indicators and remote indicators. Any unserviceable parts.

(2) Inspect units for any missing or damaged parts or indicators.

TLI REMOTE INDICATOR

MASTER TLI IN EOS

FUEL OIL AND LUBE OIL MASTER TLI IN EOS

LUBE OIL 1 PORT CHT SLUDGE FRESH WATER STBD FRESH WATER PORT BALLAST PEAK BALLAST STBD BALLAST PORT

1 STBD

2 STBD

2 PORT 2 CENTER 3 CENTER

PA NE L CONTROL

PANEL CONTROL

4 STBD

4 PORT

STBD PORT DAY TANK DAY TANK

I1001T73

Figure 14.

Tank Level Indicator (TLI) Panels.

0079-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 17

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 6.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE

Intercom System Perform operational test of the intercom system by communicating with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

MOUNTING HARDWARE INTERCOM SYSTEM INDICATOR LAMPS

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS REL CALL BUSY

PRESS TO RELEASE

PUSHBUTTONS
PRESS TO RELEASE

VOLUME

DIMMER OFF HANDS FREE MAL

ROTARY SWITCH

MIC OR

CONTROL SWITCH
HANDSET PRESS TO TALK

HANDS FREE SWITCH

I1015T73

Figure 15. Intercom System.

0079-17

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 18

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Workshop EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE a. Inspect all precautionary labels for legibility. b. Inspect workshop for loose parts, tools, or heavy objects that may fall or slide in heavy seas, and secure loose objects. c. Ensure that decking is secure, lights are operational, and that the shop is clean and free of salt deposits. d. Verify that no flammable liquids are stowed in shop, and that the shop is free of trash and other solid flammables.

WORKSHOP

DRILL PRESS

PIPE VISE

BENCH GRINDER

BENCH VISE

WORK BENCH
I1016T73

Figure 16.

Workshop.

0079-18

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 19

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Arc Welding Machine EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Quarterly

PROCEDURE Inspect cables for breaks in insulation. Repair or replace damaged cables. Clean and tighten connections.

ARC WELDER

I1017T73

Figure 17.

Arc Welder.

0079-19

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 20

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.4 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Quarterly

PROCEDURE

Battery Chargers Inspect as follows: (1) Check for visible damage and corrosion. (2) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive wear. (3) Check for secure mounting, and ensure tightness and no parts missing. (4) Inspect for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (5) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation.

BATTERY CHARGER

BATTERY BOX COVER

BATTERY BOX TERMINAL CABLE CABLE CONNECTION NEGATIVE TERMINAL NEGATIVE TERMINAL

WINGNUTS TERMINAL CONNECTION

VENT CAP CABLE

POSITIVE TERMINAL

VENT CAPS

BATTERIES
Figure 18. Batteries and Battery Charger.

I1005T73

0079-20

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 21

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Keel Coolers EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Quarterly

PROCEDURE

Inspect keel coolers. Visually inspect keel Class III leaks or loose cooler piping connections for cracks, leaks, mounting. and secure mounting. Inspect the water heaters as follows: (1) Check the heaters for damage and corrosion. (2) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive wear. (3) Check for secure mounting, and ensure tightness and no parts missing. (4) Inspect for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (5) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (6) Inspect for leaks or drips from the tank, valves, and pipes. (7) Inspect the integrity and material condition of the tank insulation.

Semiannual

1.0

Hot Water Heaters

HOT WATER HEATER

ACCESS COVER

I1019T73

Figure 19. Hot Water Heater.

0079-21

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 23

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE

Prelubrication Oil Inspect the electric motors as follows: Pump Motors (1) Inspect the motor casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (4) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (5) Ensure that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

ELECTRIC MOTOR COUPLING

PRELUBE PUMP

I1020T73

Figure 20.

Prelubrication Oil Pump.

0079-22

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 24

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.6 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Hot Water Recirculation Pump EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect the pump as follows:

(1) Inspect the pump casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and leaks. (4) Check for secure mounting, and ensure tightness and no parts missing. (5) Check that the pump is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

ELECTRIC MOTOR HOT WATER PIPING

HOT WATER RECIRCULATING PUMP

I1021T73

Figure 21. Hot Water Recirculation Pump.

0079-23

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 25

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sewage Discharge Pump Motors EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect the electric motors as follows:

(1) Inspect the motor casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (4) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (5) Ensure that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

ELECTRIC MOTOR COUPLING SEWAGE DISCHARGE PIPING

LUBRICATION POINTS

SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP

VALVE SEWAGE DISCHAGE INLET PIPING

I1022T73

Figure 22.

Sewage Discharge Pump.

0079-24

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 26

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE

Fuel Oil Transfer Inspect the electric motors as follows: Pump Motors (1) Inspect the motor casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (4) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (5) Ensure that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP COUPLING

ELECTRIC MOTOR

PUMP LUBRICATION POINTS

I1023T73

Figure 23. Fuel Oil Transfer Pump.

0079-25

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 27

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Engine Exhaust System EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect engine exhaust system as follows: (1) Inspect for missing insulation and hot spots. (2) Check for cracks in piping. (3) Ensure that all fasteners and mounts are secure with no parts missing. (4) Inspect for exhaust gas leakage when engines are running.

ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM

I1024T73

Figure 24. Engine Exhaust System.

0079-26

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 28

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.1 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Submersible Pump EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect as follows: (1) Check the unit for damage and corrosion. (2) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Check that the unit is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. (4) Look for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (5) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (6) Inspect the plug for serviceability.

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

I1025T73

Figure 25.

Submersible Pump.

0079-27

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 29

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Distribution Panels EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect as follows: (1) Inspect electrical and mechanical fasteners for secure mounting. (2) Inspect the gasket material for damage, dry rot, or inadequate compression. (3) Inspect fuse dips to ensure that the fuse retainers are in place. (4) Inspect cable and component insulation for discoloration or deterioration. (5) Operate switches/circuit breakers to detect irregular or faulty operation.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

120 V DISTRIBUTION PANEL No. 4 24 V MACHINERY DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL

440 V POWER PANEL No. 1 LOAD CENTER DISTRIBUTION PANEL

I1007T73

Figure 26. Distribution Panels.

0079-28

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 30

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE

Fire and General Inspect the electric motors as follows: Service Pump Motors (1) Inspect the motor casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (4) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (5) Ensure that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

ELECTRIC MOTOR

FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP

I1027T73

Figure 27.

Fire and General Service Pump.

0079-29

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 31

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE

Bilge and Ballast Inspect the electric motors as follows: Pump Motors (1) Inspect the motor casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and deterioration of the elecrical wiring. (4) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (5) Ensure that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

ELECTRIC MOTOR COUPLING

BILGE/BALLAST PUMP

T1028T73

Figure 28.

Bilge and Ballast Pump.

0079-30

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 32

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Potable Water Pump Motors EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect the electric motors as follows: (1) Inspect the motor casing for damage and corrosion. (2) Check motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (3) Look for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (4) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (5) Ensure that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from any valves, pipes, and hoses.

PRESSURE GAGE

ELECTRIC MOTOR

POTABLE WATER PUMP

Figure 29. Potable Water Pump.

I1029T73

0079-31

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 33

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 5.4 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED All Motor Controllers EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE Inspect and test all motor controllers as follows: (1) Check the motor controller housing for damage and corrosion. (2) Inspect for chipped paint or metal wear. (3) Check for secure mounting, and ensure tightness and no parts missing. (4) Inspect for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. (5) Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. (6) Check that the motor controller is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. (7) Test, operate, and verify that the motor controller operates correctly. (8) Check that all indicators function correctly. (9) Check that all switches operate normally.

0079-32

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

MOTOR CONTROLLER
ON

OFF

POWER AVAILABLE

FAST SLOW

FAST SLOW RESET RESET

STOP

I1030T73

Figure 30. Motor Controller.

0079-33

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 34

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.9 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE

Prelubrication Oil Inspect and service the pumps as follows: Pumps (1) Set to OFF the MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the CONTROLLER FOR STARBOARD MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 1 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels), and the MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the CONTROLLER FOR PORT MAIN ENGINE LUBE OIL PRIMING PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 1. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

Do not allow cleaning solvents to come in contact with unprotected skin or eyes. Prolonged skin contact can cause illness or injury. Eye contact can cause serious injury. Always wear chemical protective gloves and goggles when handling cleaning solvents. Failure to follow these precautions can result in illness or serious injury. (2) Clean and inspect the pump casing using cleaning solvent and rags. (3) Check for damage and corrosion. (4) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (5) Check that the unit is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. (6) Remove the lock outs and tag outs IAW FM 4-01.502 and return equipment to readiness condition.

0079-34

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

ELECTRIC MOTOR COUPLING

PRELUBE PUMP

I1020T73

Figure 31.

Prelubrication Oil Pump.

0079-35

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 35

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.9 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE

Lube Oil Transfer Inspect and service the pump as follows: Pump (1) Set to OFF the LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP. circuit breaker (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP circuit breaker (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 1. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

0079-36

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP DISCHARGE PRESSURE GAUGE

LUBE OIL MANIFOLD AND PIPING

STRAINER PIPING

COUPLING PUMP ELECTRIC MOTOR

LUBE OIL TRANSFER PUMP

I1032T73

Figure 32. Lube Oil Transfer System.

0079-37

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 36

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sewage Discharge Pumps EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE Inspect and service pumps as follows:

(1) Set to OFF the SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 1. and the SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 2. circuit breakers (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR STARBOARD SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 1 and the LVP FOR PORT SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP No. 2 circuit breakers (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 1. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

0079-38

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

ELECTRIC MOTOR COUPLING SEWAGE DISCHARGE PIPING

LUBRICATION POINTS

SEWAGE DISCHARGE PUMP

VALVE SEWAGE DISCHAGE INLET PIPING

I1022T73

Figure 33. Sewage Discharge Pump.

0079-39

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 37

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Reduction Gear Cooling Pumps EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE Inspect and service the pumps as follows: (1) Set to OFF the FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1, (REDUCTION GEAR). and the FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2, (REDUCTION GEAR) circuit breakers (LT 803 Only), or the LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 1 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) STARBOARD and the LVR FOR FRESH WATER PUMP No. 2 (REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMP) PORT circuit breakers (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 1. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502. (2) Open and/or remove access covers as necessary.

WARNING

Do not allow cleaning solvents to come in contact with unprotected skin or eyes. Prolonged skin contact can cause illness or injury. Eye contact can cause serious injury. Always wear chemical protective gloves and goggles when handling cleaning solvents. Failure to follow these precautions can result in illness or serious injury. (3) Clean and inspect the pump casing using cleaning solvent and rags. (4) Check for damage and corrosion. (5) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (6) Check that the unit is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. (7) Remove the lock outs and tag outs IAW FM 4-01.502 and return equipment to readiness condition.

0079-40

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

REDUCTION GEAR

ELECTRIC MOTOR REDUCTION GEAR COOLING PUMPS

ELECTRIC MOTOR

I1034T73

Figure 34.

Reduction Gear Cooling Pump.

0079-41

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 38

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.9 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE

Fuel Oil Transfer Inspect and service the pumps as follows: Pumps (1) Set to OFF the FO XFER PMP (1) circuit breaker at the emergency switchboard. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

0079-42

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FUEL OIL TRANSFER PUMP COUPLING

ELECTRIC MOTOR

PUMP LUBRICATION POINTS

I1023T73

Figure 35. Fuel Oil Transfer Pump.

0079-43

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 39

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE

Bilge and Ballast Inspect and service the pumps as follows: Pumps (1) Set to OFF the BILGE PUMP #1 circuit breaker at the emergency switchboard. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502. (2) Set to OFF the BILGE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker at the main switchboard. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

Do not allow cleaning solvents to come in contact with unprotected skin or eyes. Prolonged skin contact can cause illness or injury. Eye contact can cause serious injury. Always wear chemical protective gloves and goggles when handling cleaning solvents. Failure to follow these precautions can result in illness or serious injury. (3) Clean and inspect the pump casing using cleaning solvent and rags. (4) Check for damage and corrosion. (5) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (6) Check that the unit is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. (7) Remove the lock outs and tag outs IAW FM 4-01.502 and return equipment to readiness condition.

0079-44

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

ELECTRIC MOTOR COUPLING

BILGE/BALLAST PUMP

T1028T73

Figure 36. Bilge and Ballast Pump.

0079-45

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 40

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.8 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Potable Water Pumps EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE Inspect and service the pump as follows: (1) Set to OFF the POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1. and the POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2. circuit breakers (LT 803 Only), or the LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 1 and the LVP FOR POTABLE WATER PUMP No. 2 circuit breakers (All Other Vessels) at 440 V power panel No. 5. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

0079-46

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

PRESSURE GAGE

ELECTRIC MOTOR

POTABLE WATER PUMP

Figure 37. Potable Water Pump.

I1029T73

0079-47

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 41

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE

Fire and General Inspect and service the pumps as follows: Service Pumps (1) Set to OFF the FIRE PUMP #1 circuit breaker at the emergency switchboard. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502. (2) Set to OFF the FIRE PUMP No. 2 circuit breaker at the main switchboard. Lock out and tag out IAW FM 4-01.502.

WARNING

Do not allow cleaning solvents to come in contact with unprotected skin or eyes. Prolonged skin contact can cause illness or injury. Eye contact can cause serious injury. Always wear chemical protective gloves and goggles when handling cleaning solvents. Failure to follow these precautions can result in illness or serious injury. (3) Clean and inspect the pump casing using cleaning solvent and rags. (4) Check for damage and corrosion. (5) Inspect for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. (6) Check that the unit is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. (7) Check for loose or broken pump/ motor couplings. (8) Remove the lock outs and tag outs IAW FM 4-01.502 and return equipment to readiness condition. (9) Check sea chest valves for proper operation. Sea chest is clogged when suction pressure is greater than 50 PSI (3.45 bar). Sea chest cannot be cleared, and suction pressure cannot be lowered below 50 PSI (3.45 bar).

0079-48

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Fire main discharge pressure above 90 PSI (6.21 bar) or below 50 PSI (3.45 bar).

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE (10) Check gages for normal readings. Fire main discharge pressure should be 50 to 90 PSI (3.45 to 6.21 bar) against dead head.

(11) General service pressure should Unable to maintain general service discharge be greater than 50 PSI (3.45 bar) under pressure. normal operating conditions at 50 PSI (3.45 bar) under normal operating conditions.

ELECTRIC MOTOR

FIRE AND GENERAL SERVICE PUMP

I1027T73

Figure 38.

Fire and General Service Pump.

0079-49

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 42

0079

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.4 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Bench Grinder EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE Inspect and service as follows: (1) Inspect the grinding wheels for serviceablility and dress as required. (2) Visually check that tool rest is in correct position and is securely mounted. (3) Rotate the vise clamp wheels and check for ease of motion. (4) Look for loose connections on the grinder, excess buildup of metal residue, and chips on the grinding wheels. (5) Check that the spark guard is clear, undamaged, and securely mounted.

GUARD COVER

BENCH GRINDER

SPARK GUARD

GRINDING WHEEL

TOOL REST

I1039T73

Figure 39.

Bench Grinder.

0079-50

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00002)

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the headset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

HEADSET

EAR CUPS WIRING MOUTH PIECE PUSHBUTTON NECK STRAP

CHEST SET

WIRING

JACK PLUG
I1003T73

Figure 1. Head Set-Chest Set.

0080-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 2

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Exterior Handsets EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the handset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

EXTERIOR HANDSET

ROTARY SWITCH

HANDSET WIRING
I1004T73

Figure 2.

Exterior Headset.

0080-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 3

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fan Coil Unit EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check air filters for condition, cleanliness, and buildup of salt. Clean as required.

FAN COIL UNIT REHEATER

Figure 3. Fan Coil Unit.
I1043T73

0080-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 4

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fluorescent and Incandescent Lights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses, and secure mounting.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

I1044T73

Figure 4. Interior Lighting. 5 Weekly 0.1 Walk-In Refrigerator Freezer Test the walk-in refrigerator/freezer alarm by pushing the alarm button and verifying that the alarm sounds in all locations. Alarm fails to sound in all locations.

0080-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 6

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sound Powered Telephones Head Set-Chest Set EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the headset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

HEADSET

EAR CUPS WIRING MOUTH PIECE PUSHBUTTON NECK STRAP

CHEST SET

WIRING

JACK PLUG
I1003T73

Figure 5. Head Set-Chest Set.

0080-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 7

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Exterior Handsets EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the handset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

EXTERIOR HANDSET

ROTARY SWITCH

HANDSET WIRING
I1004T73

Figure 6.

Exterior Handset.

0080-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 8

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Floodlights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Floodlights nonfunctional. Any loose connections, missing lens, or unsecure mounting.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses, and secure mounting.

FLOODLIGHT

I1047T73

Figure 7.

Floodlight.

0080-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 9

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fan Coil Unit EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Check air filters for condition, cleanliness, and buildup of salt. Replace as required.

FAN COIL UNIT REHEATER

Figure 8. Fan Coil Unit.
I1043T73

0080-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 10

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED AMS 1 and 2 Watertight Door Remote Hand Pump Stations EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE

a. Operate the hand pump to close Door does not operate. the door and ensure smooth operation of the pump and correct operation of the door. b. Check reservoir oil level on dipstick and fill with hydraulic fluid as required. Refer to Table 2.

OIL FILL CAP

AMS 2 WATERTIGHT DOOR RESERVOIR, LOCATED IN THE VESTIBULE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR

HAND CRANK MAIN DECK PASSAGEWAY AMS 2 WATERTIGHT DOOR HAND CRANK LOCATED IN THE CREWS MESS

HAND CRANK

CUTOFF VALVES

I1052T73

Figure 9.

Watertight Door Remote Pump Station and Watertight Door Hand Crank.

0080-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 11

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 6.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE

Intercom System Perform operational test of the intercom system by communicating with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

MOUNTING HARDWARE INTERCOM SYSTEM INDICATOR LAMPS

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS REL CALL BUSY

PRESS TO RELEASE

PUSHBUTTONS
PRESS TO RELEASE

VOLUME

DIMMER OFF HANDS FREE MAL

ROTARY SWITCH

MIC OR

CONTROL SWITCH
HANDSET PRESS TO TALK

HANDS FREE SWITCH

I1015T73

Figure 10. Intercom System. 12 Semiannual 0.1 Fan Coil Unit Grease two fittings on fan housing with a lubricating gun filled with ball and roller bearing grease. Refer to Table 2.

0080-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 13

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Emergency Distribution Panel EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Semiannual

PROCEDURE a. Inspect electrical and mechanical fasteners; tighten loose connections. Use lockwashers or jamnuts where necessary to keep connections tight. b. Inspect the rubber/neoprene gasket material for damage, dry rot, or inadequate compression. c. Inspect fuse dips to ensure that the fuse retainers are in place. d. Inspect cable and component insulation for discoloration or deterioration.

Annual

2.2

Fan Coil Unit and Motor Controller

a. Inspect the motor casing. b. Check for damage and corrosion. c. Inspect motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. d. Inspect for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. e. Inspect the motor electrical wiring and connections. f. Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. g. Check that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. h. Test, operate, and verify that controller operates correctly. i. Check that all indicators function correctly.

0080-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

FAN FAN PULLEY

ELECTRIC MOTOR

FAN COIL UNIT

I1009T73

Figure 11.

Fan Coil Unit and Electric Motor.

0080-13

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 15

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.3 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Galley Supply Fan Motor Controller EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE a. Inspect the casing for secure mounting. b. Check for damage and corrosion. c. Inspect chipped paint or excessively worn switches. d. Inspect for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. e. Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. f. Check that the motor controller is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. g. Test, operate, and verify that controller operates correctly. h. Check that all indicators function correctly.

0080-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

CREWS MESS FAN COIL UNIT MOTOR CONTROLLER

GALLEY SUPPLY FAN MOTOR CONTROLLER

OFF

POWER AVAILABLE MOTOR RUN

START STOP START STOP START STOP

START STOP

RESET RESET RESET

RESET

STOP

I1010T73

Figure 12. Galley Supply Fan Motor Controller.

0080-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 16

0080

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.3 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Galley Exhaust Fan Motor Controller EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

GALLERY EXHAUST FAN MOTOR CONTROLLER

OFF

POWER AVAILABLE MOTOR RUN

START STOP

RESET

I1011T73

Figure 13.

Galley Exhaust Fan Motor Controller.

0080-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 2. Item Fan Coil Unit Sliding Hydraulic Watertight Door END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE Lubricant Grease, Ball and Roller Bearing Hydraulic Fluid, Fire Resistant Lubrication Chart. Military Specification DOD-G-24508 MIL-PRF-46170

0080

0080-17/18 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00003)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INCLUDING LUBRICATION 01 LEVEL

0081

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References Volume 2, WP 0149 Volume 2, WP 0150 Equipment Condition N/A

0081-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 1

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sound Powered Telephones Head Set-Chest Set EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the headset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

HEADSET

EAR CUPS WIRING MOUTH PIECE PUSHBUTTON NECK STRAP

CHEST SET

WIRING

JACK PLUG
I1003T73

Figure 1. Head Set-Chest Set.

0081-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 2

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Exterior Handsets EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the handset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

EXTERIOR HANDSET

ROTARY SWITCH

HANDSET WIRING
I1004T73

Figure 2.

Exterior Handset.

0081-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 3

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fan Coil Unit EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check air filters for condition, cleanliness, and buildup of salt. Clean as required.

FAN COIL UNIT REHEATER

Figure 3. Fan Coil Unit.
I1043T73

0081-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 4

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fluorescent and Incandescent Lights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses, and secure mounting.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

I1044T73

Figure 4. Interior Lighting.

0081-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 5

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Battery EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

WARNING

Batteries produce hydrogen gas. This gas is explosive. Keep work area free of sparks, open flame, and excessive heat. Take care to prevent conductive metal tools from arcing between positive and negative terminals. Failure to comply with these precautions can result in injury or death. Test (Volume 2, WP 0149) and service (Volume 2, WP 0150) batteries.

0081-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

BATTERY CHARGER

BATTERY BOX COVER

BATTERY BOX TERMINAL CABLE CABLE CONNECTION NEGATIVE TERMINAL NEGATIVE TERMINAL

WINGNUTS TERMINAL CONNECTION

VENT CAP CABLE

POSITIVE TERMINAL

VENT CAPS

BATTERIES
Figure 5. Batteries and Battery Charger.

I1005T73

0081-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 6

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.1 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Emergency Switchboard EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

Any missing, or damaged a. Visually inspect exterior of switchboard for damaged or missing circuit control, meter, or circuit breaker. breakers, meters, controls, or indicators. b. Press ground detector PUSH TO TEST buttons, and verify that the lamps illuminate. Ground fault detector lamps do not illuminate.

EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD

I1012T73

Figure 6.

Emergency Switchboard.

0081-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Floodlights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Floodlights nonfunctional. Any loose connection, missing lens, or unsecure mounting.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses, and secure mounting.

FLOODLIGHT

I1047T73

Figure 9. Floodlight.

0081-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 10

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fan Coil Unit EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Check air filters for condition, cleanliness, and buildup of salt. Replace as required.

FAN COIL UNIT REHEATER

Figure 10. Fan Coil Unit.
I1043T73

0081-12

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 11

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE

Intercom System Perform operational test of the intercom system by communicating with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

MOUNTING HARDWARE INTERCOM SYSTEM INDICATOR LAMPS

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS REL CALL BUSY

PRESS TO RELEASE

PUSHBUTTONS
PRESS TO RELEASE

VOLUME

DIMMER OFF HANDS FREE MAL

ROTARY SWITCH

MIC OR

CONTROL SWITCH
HANDSET PRESS TO TALK

HANDS FREE SWITCH

I1015T73

Figure 11. Intercom System. 12 Semiannual 0.1 Fan Coil Unit Grease two fittings on fan housing with a lubricating gun filled with ball and roller bearing grease. Refer to Table 2.

0081-13

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 13

0081

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fan Coil Unit and Motor Controller EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Annual

PROCEDURE a. Inspect the motor casing. b. Check for damage and corrosion. c. Inspect motor for chipped paint or excessive metal wear. d. Inspect for cracks and deterioration of the electrical wiring. e. Inspect the motor electrical wiring and connections. f. Check for evidence of burning or overheating of the wire insulation. g. Check that the motor is not in the path of any leak, drip, or spray from valves, pipes, and hoses. h. Test, operate, and verify that controller operates correctly. i. Check that all indicators function correctly.

FAN FAN PULLEY

ELECTRIC MOTOR

FAN COIL UNIT

I1009T73

Figure 12.

Fan Coil Unit and Electric Motor.

0081-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 2. Item Fan Coil Unit END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE Lubricant Grease, Ball and Roller Bearing Lubrication Chart. Military Specification DOD-G-24508

0081

0081-15/16 blank

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00004)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 FIELD MAINTENANCE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INCLUDING LUBRICATION 02 LEVEL AND ABOVE

0082

INITIAL SETUP: Tools and Special Tools N/A Materials/Parts N/A Personnel Required N/A References Volume 2, WP 0149 References (cont.) Volume 2, WP 0150 Volume 2, WP 0155 Equipment Condition N/A

0082-1

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 1

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Signal Horn EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Before

PROCEDURE

a. Inspect for any obvious damage or Any damaged or nonfunctional part. nonfunctional part. b. Sound the signal horn to ensure that it operates properly. Horn does not sound.

SIGNAL HORN
Figure 1. Signal Horn.

I1014T73

0082-2

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 2

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Sound Powered Telephones Head Set-Chest Set EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the headset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

HEADSET

EAR CUPS WIRING MOUTH PIECE PUSHBUTTON NECK STRAP

CHEST SET

WIRING

JACK PLUG
I1003T73

Figure 2. Head Set-Chest Set.

0082-3

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 3

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Exterior Handsets EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL During

PROCEDURE Check the two-way voice capability of the handset with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

EXTERIOR HANDSET

ROTARY SWITCH

HANDSET WIRING
I1004T73

Figure 3. Exterior Handset

0082-4

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 4

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Fluorescent and Incandescent Lights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses, and secure mounting.

INTERIOR LIGHTING

I1044T73

Figure 4. Interior Lighting.

0082-5

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 5

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Battery EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

WARNING

Batteries produce hydrogen gas. This gas is explosive. Keep work area free of sparks, open flame, and excessive heat. Take care to prevent conductive metal tools from arcing between positive and negative terminals. Failure to comply with these precautions can result in injury or death. Service batteries (Volume 2, WP 0149) and (Volume 2, WP 0150).

0082-6

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

BATTERY CHARGER

BATTERY BOX COVER

BATTERY BOX TERMINAL CABLE CABLE CONNECTION NEGATIVE TERMINAL NEGATIVE TERMINAL

WINGNUTS TERMINAL CONNECTION

VENT CAP CABLE

POSITIVE TERMINAL

VENT CAPS

BATTERIES
Figure 5. Batteries and Battery Charger.

I1005T73

0082-7

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 6

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.5 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

Navigation Panel a. Inspect for cleanliness, breakage, Any broken switches. Lights and and toggle switch movement. Switches b. Ensure that navigation lights operate properly when switches are in the primary and secondary positions. Any light that does not operate from the primary and secondary switch position.

c. Verify that primary and secondary A nonfunctional interlock position. interlock linkages function correctly.

SECONDARY

OFF

PRIMARY

LIGHTS 3A MAX

PORT STARBOARD MASTHEAD STERN UPPER TOW LOWER TOW AFT TOW ANCHOR
BLINKER

NUC
TEST

POWER
DIMMER POWER POWER 10A MAX PILOT

AFT TOW

NAVIGATION LIGHTING PANEL

I1026T73

Figure 6. Navigation Lighting Panel.

0082-8

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 7

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE

Engine Order Move selector through each position Any nonfunctional Telegraph (EOT) ensuring corresponding indicator lights and indicator or alarm. bells. Verify operation of wrong direction alarm system.

ENGINE ORDER TELEGRAPH

PORT STOP

STARBOARD STOP

1/4

LF
STERN

3/4
FU LL

GIN

E OR

DER TELEGR

APH

GIN

E OR

DIMMER
I1018T73

Figure 7.

Engine Order Telegraph.

0082-9

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

LF HA 3/4 FU LL

1/4
LF HA 3/4 FU LL
E AH AD
DER TELEGR
APH

STERN

1/4

LF 3/4

1/4

E AH AD

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 8

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 2.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Floodlights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Floodlights nonfunctional. Any loose connection, missing lens, or unsecure mounting.

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE a. Check for proper operation of switches and bulbs. b. Check for loose connections, cracked or missing lenses and secure mounting.

FLOODLIGHT

I1047T73

Figure 8.

Floodlight.

0082-10

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 9

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 4.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED 500 W Xenon Searchlights EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Weekly

PROCEDURE Service searchlights (Volume 2, WP 0155).

500 W XENON SEARCHLIGHT

FRONT COVER GLASS

I1037T73

Figure 9. Searchlight.

0082-11

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 0.2 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Signal Horn EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE

a. Inspect for any obvious damage or Any damaged or nonfunctional part. nonfunctional part. b. Sound the signal horn to ensure that it operates properly. Horn does not sound.

SIGNAL HORN
Figure 12. Signal Horn.

I1014T73

0082-14

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 13

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED General Alarm System EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Any damaged part.

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE a. Inspect general alarm operators, bells, and rotating beacons for obvious damage.

b. Operate general alarm switches in Any part nonfunctional. pilothouse and 02 level passageway, and verify operation of all bells and rotating beacons.

GENERAL ALARM CONTACTOR GENERAL ALARM BELL

I1033T73

Figure 13. General Alarm System.

0082-15

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 14

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 8.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Masts and Yardarm EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE Service the masts and yardarm a. Inspect for structural damage.

Any structural damage.

b. Inspect mast foundation for damage Any cracks. or cracks. Inspect navigation lights for mechanical damage. Any nonfunctional light. c. Verify that all navigational equipment and lights are functional by inspecting for broken and/or missing lens, bulbs, and gaskets on light fixtures, and turning the lights on and off to test for proper operation as follows: (1) Port running light (2) Starboard running light (3) Masthead lights (4) Stern lights (5) Anchor lights (6) Not-Under-Command lights (7) Yardarm blinker lights (8) Tow lights d. Inspect preservation on the masts and yardarm. Check for rust and corrosion.

0082-16

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO.

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL

PROCEDURE

MAST AND YARDARM

I1035T73

Figure 14. Mast and Yardarm.

0082-17

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 15

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 6.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF: Communications not clear and undistorted.

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE

Intercom System Perform operational test of the intercom system by communicating with all other stations. Transmissions and receptions should be clear, undistorted, and easily understood.

MOUNTING HARDWARE INTERCOM SYSTEM INDICATOR LAMPS

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS REL CALL BUSY

PRESS TO RELEASE

PUSHBUTTONS
PRESS TO RELEASE

VOLUME

DIMMER OFF HANDS FREE MAL

ROTARY SWITCH

MIC OR

CONTROL SWITCH
HANDSET PRESS TO TALK

HANDS FREE SWITCH

I1015T73

Figure 15.

Intercom System.

0082-18

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 16

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Pilothouse EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Monthly

PROCEDURE a. Clean the pilothouse and stow items in the pilothouse for sea. b. Check the chart table or for secure mounting and illumination control. c. Verify that all navigation lights operate properly when the respective light switches on the navigation lighting panel are in the primary and secondary position.

Any bell or light does not d. Sound the general alarm, and ensure that all bells and lights operate in all function. compartments. e. Check the fire & detection system Obvious damage or unit remote indicator panel for obvious damage, does not operate when tested. and test operate. Switches fail to operate. f. Test and operate the emergency stop switches for exhaust and recirculation fans. g. Check the open steering compass Glass is broken. repeater for broken glass. h. Check the helm for any obvious damage. i. Check the alarm switchboard for obvious damage, and press the ALARM TEST button. Any damage which could affect operation. Obvious damage or alarm test does not function.

j. Inspect the pilothouse console for Any critical control or indicator that is obvious damage. Ensure that the throttle controls operate smoothly and do not bind. unserviceable. k. Check the first aid kit and verify that items are serviceable and within periodicity.

0082-19

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 Table 1.
ITEM NO. 17

0082

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) Including Lubrication - Continued.

MAN HOURS 1.0 ITEM TO BE CHECKED OR SERVICED Clearview Screens EQUIPMENT NOT READY/ AVAILABLE IF:

INTERVAL Quarterly

PROCEDURE

a. Inspect rotary windows for obvious Any damaged or nonfunctional unit. damage and secure mounting. b. Inspect control box exterior for obvious damage and secure mounting. c. Service the clearview screens as follows: (1) Inspect the unit for correct assembly. (2) Turn on the clearview screen and verify correct operation. (3) Turn on the heater units and verify the units heat up properly. (4) De-energize units after service test.

PILOTHOUSE CLEARVIEW SCREENS

US ARMY
LT - 803

18 17 16 15 14 13

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

I1036T73

Figure 16.

Pilothouse and Clearview Screens.

END OF TASK END OF WORK PACKAGE

0082-20

03/15/2011 Rel(1.8) root(pmcswp) wpno(I00005)

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA.

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE Date you filled out this form.

TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

Your mailing address

6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE

TM Number
ITEM PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO.

Date of the TM

Title of the TM

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON (Exact wording of recommended change must be given)

0007-3 0018-2

Figure 2, Item 9 should show a lockwasher. Currently shows a flat washer. Cleaning and inspection, Step 6, reference to governor support pin (14) is wrong reference. Reference should be change to (12).

SAMPLE

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

Your Name
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

Your Phone Number

Your Signature
APD V4.00

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE Date you filled out this form

Your Address

6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000 PART II REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE

TM Number
PAGE NO. COLM NO. LINE NO. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

Date of the TM

Title of the TM
RECOMMENDED ACTION

TOTAL NO. REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR NO. NO. NO. ITEMS SUPPORTED

SAMPLE
PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

Your Name

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION

Your Phone Number

Your Signature
APD V4.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual Including Repair TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 31 January 2013 Parts and Special Tools List For Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

APD V4.00

TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000 PART II REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual Including TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 31 January 2013 Repair Parts and Special Tools List For Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) PAGE NO. COLM NO. LINE NO. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM NO. NO. NO. TOTAL NO. OF MAJOR ITEMS SUPPORTED RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION

APD V4.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual Including Repair TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 31 January 2013 Parts and Special Tools List For Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) ITEM PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

APD V4.00

TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART III REMARKS (Any general remark, or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION

APD V4.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND BLANK FORMS

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is OAASA

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

TO (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000 PART I ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS TITLE PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Field and Sustainment Maintenance Manual Including Repair TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1 31 January 2013 Parts and Special Tools List For Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) ITEM PAGE PARAGRAPH LINE FIGURE TABLE NO. RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

APD V4.00

TO (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS

FROM (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART III REMARKS (Any general remarks, recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, SIGNATURE PLUS EXTENSION

APD V4.00

By order of the Secretary of the Army:

RAYMOND T. ODIERNO General, United States Army Chief of Staff

Official:

JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 1234513

DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the Initial Distribution Number (IDN) 255668 requirements for TM 55-1925-273-24&P-1.

THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS

LINEAR MEASURE 1 Centimeter=10 Millimeters=0.01 Meters=0.3937 Inches 1 Meter=100 Centimeters=1000 Millimeters=39.37 Inches 1 Kilometer=1000 Meters=0.621 Miles WEIGHTS 1 Gram=0.001 Kilograms=1000 Milligrams=0.035 Ounces 1 Kilogram=1000 Grams=2.2 Lb 1 Metric Ton=1000 Kilograms=1 Megagram=1.1 Short Tons LIQUID MEASURE 1 Milliliter=0.001 Liters=0.0338 Fluid Ounces 1 Liter=1000 Milliliters=33.82 Fluid Ounces SQUARE MEASURE 1 Sq Centimeter=100 Sq Millimeters=0.155 Sq Inches 1 Sq Meter=10,000 Sq Centimeters=10.76 Sq Feet 1 Sq Kilometer=1,000,000 Sq Meters=0.386 Sq Miles CUBIC MEASURE 1 Cu Centimeter=1000 Cu Millimeters=0.06 Cu Inches 1 Cu Meter=1,000,000 Cu Centimeters=35.31 Cu Feet TEMPERATURE 5/9 (F 32) = C 212Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100Celsius 90Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2Celsius 32Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0Celsius 9/5 (C + 32) = F

APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS

TO CHANGE Inches . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Inches . . . . Square Feet . . . . . . . Square Yards . . . . . . Square Miles . . . . . . Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . Cubic Yards . . . . . . . Fluid Ounces . . . . . . Pints. . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons. . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . Short Tons . . . . . . . . Pound-Feet . . . . . . . Pounds/Sq Inch . . . . Miles per Gallon . . . . Miles per Hour . . . . . TO CHANGE Centimeters . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers . . . . . . . . Sq Centimeters . . . . Square Meters . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . Square Kilometers . . Sq Hectometers . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . Milliliters . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms . . . . . . . . . Metric Tons . . . . . . . Newton-Meters. . . . . Kilopascals. . . . . . . . Km per Liter . . . . . . . Km per Hour . . . . . .

MULTIPLY BY 2.540 0.305 0.914 1.609 6.451 0.093 0.836 2.590 0.405 0.028 0.765 29.573 0.473 0.946 3.785 28.349 0.454 0.907 1.356 6.895 0.425 1.609

Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pound-Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per Sq Inch . . . . . . . . . . . Miles per Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.394 3.280 1.094 0.621 0.155 10.764 1.196 0.386 2.471 35.315 1.308 0.034 2.113 1.057 0.264 0.035 2.205 1.102 0.738 0.145 2.354 0.621

MULTIPLY BY

1 CM. 2

INCHES

Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Kilometers. . . . . . . . . . . . Square Hectometers . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Milliliters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Newton-Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilopascals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Hour . . . . . . . . . .

PIN: 082852-000

TM 9-4940-568-10 FRS
100% (3)
TM 9-4940-568-10 FRS
404 pages
M113A3_Technical_Manual_TM_9-2350-277-34_2001
No ratings yet
M113A3_Technical_Manual_TM_9-2350-277-34_2001
875 pages
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module Water Distribution
100% (2)
TM 5-3825-270-10 Engineer Mission Module Water Distribution
484 pages
TM 9 6230 210 13p Floodlight Set
No ratings yet
TM 9 6230 210 13p Floodlight Set
264 pages
TM 10-4930-250-13P Aafars
100% (1)
TM 10-4930-250-13P Aafars
268 pages
TM 11-487C-1 1965
100% (2)
TM 11-487C-1 1965
1,531 pages
TB 9 2350 369 20 1
No ratings yet
TB 9 2350 369 20 1
40 pages
TM 9 2330 379 14&P
No ratings yet
TM 9 2330 379 14&P
417 pages
087176
No ratings yet
087176
1,420 pages
TM 9-2330-246-24P M348a2/xm1007
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-246-24P M348a2/xm1007
376 pages
TM 9-2320-244-20, Truck, 1 - 1-4 Ton, M715, M725, M726
No ratings yet
TM 9-2320-244-20, Truck, 1 - 1-4 Ton, M715, M725, M726
2 pages
TM 08780B-10
60% (5)
TM 08780B-10
912 pages
TM 10-4930-220-13P
No ratings yet
TM 10-4930-220-13P
133 pages
TM 11-5840-345-34P - Radar - System - AN - FSQ-84 - 1978 PDF
No ratings yet
TM 11-5840-345-34P - Radar - System - AN - FSQ-84 - 1978 PDF
58 pages
Kniga # 3616 and # 3617
No ratings yet
Kniga # 3616 and # 3617
7 pages
Cheat Sheet For Engines
No ratings yet
Cheat Sheet For Engines
192 pages
Spraymec 6050 WP 100004455
No ratings yet
Spraymec 6050 WP 100004455
4 pages
Manual Vantra N
No ratings yet
Manual Vantra N
73 pages
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
100% (1)
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
664 pages
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
100% (1)
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
1,008 pages
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
100% (1)
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
440 pages
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
No ratings yet
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
892 pages
TM 5-4210-249-13P-3
No ratings yet
TM 5-4210-249-13P-3
1,488 pages
TM 11 5895 1847 12 and P
100% (1)
TM 11 5895 1847 12 and P
773 pages
TM9-238 Deepwater Fording of Ordnance Materiel PDF
No ratings yet
TM9-238 Deepwater Fording of Ordnance Materiel PDF
35 pages
TM-5-2350-262-10 M9 Ace
100% (1)
TM-5-2350-262-10 M9 Ace
304 pages
Radar FR8062 FR8122 FR8252 OpMan PDF
No ratings yet
Radar FR8062 FR8122 FR8252 OpMan PDF
120 pages
TM 9-2320-420-10 M983a2let Part 4
No ratings yet
TM 9-2320-420-10 M983a2let Part 4
43 pages
TM 5-4940-246-24P-1 Electronic Shop, Semitrailer Mounted An/asm-189a (NSN 4940-00-234-6114)
No ratings yet
TM 5-4940-246-24P-1 Electronic Shop, Semitrailer Mounted An/asm-189a (NSN 4940-00-234-6114)
132 pages
Lo 5-3805-292-13 M1062
No ratings yet
Lo 5-3805-292-13 M1062
16 pages
TM 9-2330-334-13P M1147 FMTV-LHST Trailer Part 6
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-334-13P M1147 FMTV-LHST Trailer Part 6
122 pages
TM 9-2330-297-14&P Milvan Trailer
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-297-14&P Milvan Trailer
302 pages
TM 9 2320 280 20 3 PDF
No ratings yet
TM 9 2320 280 20 3 PDF
1,168 pages
S 591/TRC 175
No ratings yet
S 591/TRC 175
11 pages
TM 9 2320 360 20 3
No ratings yet
TM 9 2320 360 20 3
317 pages
tm9-2350-264-10-1
No ratings yet
tm9-2350-264-10-1
696 pages
TM 9-2320-420-10 M983a2let Part 10
100% (1)
TM 9-2320-420-10 M983a2let Part 10
53 pages
Shelter S-355/T...
100% (1)
Shelter S-355/T...
8 pages
TM 9-2320-206-20P
100% (1)
TM 9-2320-206-20P
240 pages
TM 5-9004 XBBM TRAILER LOW BED 16 TON, 1942
No ratings yet
TM 5-9004 XBBM TRAILER LOW BED 16 TON, 1942
152 pages
TM-55-2320-273-14
No ratings yet
TM-55-2320-273-14
41 pages
TM 9-2330-390-13P
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-390-13P
1,372 pages
TM 10-7360-226-13P
100% (1)
TM 10-7360-226-13P
368 pages
TM 10-3930-669-34 Forklift Truck 6K Drexel MDL R60SL-DC Part 3
No ratings yet
TM 10-3930-669-34 Forklift Truck 6K Drexel MDL R60SL-DC Part 3
65 pages
TM 55 2350 267 14 Transportability Guidance
No ratings yet
TM 55 2350 267 14 Transportability Guidance
47 pages
TM 10-3930-675-10 - 17 Sep 2012
100% (1)
TM 10-3930-675-10 - 17 Sep 2012
308 pages
TM 55-500 Watercraft Equipment Characteristics and Data 1996
100% (1)
TM 55-500 Watercraft Equipment Characteristics and Data 1996
136 pages
TM 5-3805-254-14P-2 Part 4 Ihc F-5070 Dump Truck
No ratings yet
TM 5-3805-254-14P-2 Part 4 Ihc F-5070 Dump Truck
160 pages
M48A5 Tank Chassis, Transporting: For Bridge, Armored-Vehicle-Launched Scissoring Type, Class 60 (5420-01-076-6096)
No ratings yet
M48A5 Tank Chassis, Transporting: For Bridge, Armored-Vehicle-Launched Scissoring Type, Class 60 (5420-01-076-6096)
12 pages
MEP805B MEP815B Engine Parts Manual TM 9 2815 259 24P
No ratings yet
MEP805B MEP815B Engine Parts Manual TM 9 2815 259 24P
121 pages
Mwo 9-2320-307-23-6-9
No ratings yet
Mwo 9-2320-307-23-6-9
20 pages
M900 Series Parts Book 1
No ratings yet
M900 Series Parts Book 1
1,118 pages
TM 9 2350 261 20 1 PDF
No ratings yet
TM 9 2350 261 20 1 PDF
1,233 pages
US Army Tow Bar Smart Book
No ratings yet
US Army Tow Bar Smart Book
30 pages
TM 10-7310-281-13&P
100% (1)
TM 10-7310-281-13&P
400 pages
TM-9-2320-366-24P-2despiece M1038 PDF
No ratings yet
TM-9-2320-366-24P-2despiece M1038 PDF
962 pages
TM 9 2320 364 10
100% (1)
TM 9 2320 364 10
1,102 pages
TM 55-2420-224-14
No ratings yet
TM 55-2420-224-14
51 pages
TM - 9 2320 386 24 1 1
No ratings yet
TM - 9 2320 386 24 1 1
15 pages
TM 5-3805-260-24
No ratings yet
TM 5-3805-260-24
876 pages
Manual S 53 PDF
100% (1)
Manual S 53 PDF
712 pages
TM 9-2330-207-14 Semitrailer, Stake M127, Van M128, Van Supply M129
No ratings yet
TM 9-2330-207-14 Semitrailer, Stake M127, Van M128, Van Supply M129
254 pages
GTA 05-07-013 Rapid Field Classification of Bridges
100% (1)
GTA 05-07-013 Rapid Field Classification of Bridges
29 pages
C 10033674
100% (1)
C 10033674
16 pages
MRAPs - Main Resistant Ambush Protected Vehicles
From Everand
MRAPs - Main Resistant Ambush Protected Vehicles
Wieslaw Pietrzak
5/5 (1)
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
No ratings yet
Inland and Coastal Large Tug (LT) NSN 1925-01-509-7013 (EIC XAG)
1,048 pages
TM 55 1905 242 14
No ratings yet
TM 55 1905 242 14
1,001 pages
TM 11-5895-366-15 January 1967 Incl. C1
100% (2)
TM 11-5895-366-15 January 1967 Incl. C1
144 pages
TM 5-6115-304-15 1963
100% (1)
TM 5-6115-304-15 1963
73 pages
TM 11 5820 535 24P
No ratings yet
TM 11 5820 535 24P
191 pages
001
No ratings yet
001
1 page
S 667a/trc 138B
No ratings yet
S 667a/trc 138B
49 pages
TM 11-2405 S-13/TM Shelter and Instruments Met.
100% (1)
TM 11-2405 S-13/TM Shelter and Instruments Met.
44 pages
S 330a/trc 117
No ratings yet
S 330a/trc 117
13 pages
S 615.MSC 64
No ratings yet
S 615.MSC 64
9 pages
S 342/tya 27
No ratings yet
S 342/tya 27
16 pages
S 583/TRC 151
No ratings yet
S 583/TRC 151
8 pages
S-805 G
No ratings yet
S-805 G
9 pages
S 70/u
No ratings yet
S 70/u
12 pages
S 665.TRC 170 (V)
No ratings yet
S 665.TRC 170 (V)
25 pages
S 141 G
100% (1)
S 141 G
17 pages
S 711.TRC 179 (V)
No ratings yet
S 711.TRC 179 (V)
5 pages
S 389.msa 34
No ratings yet
S 389.msa 34
9 pages
TM 5-6115-599-14P
0% (1)
TM 5-6115-599-14P
444 pages
S 187C.MRR 8
No ratings yet
S 187C.MRR 8
10 pages
S 734.MSC 74
No ratings yet
S 734.MSC 74
23 pages
TM 11-487 October 1944
100% (3)
TM 11-487 October 1944
537 pages
TM 11-900 1942 Pe-75a and Pe-75b
No ratings yet
TM 11-900 1942 Pe-75a and Pe-75b
63 pages
Military Railways 1916
No ratings yet
Military Railways 1916
191 pages
A. The Information Contained in This Manual Covers
No ratings yet
A. The Information Contained in This Manual Covers
18 pages
GigaMare 2018 Course Catalogue
No ratings yet
GigaMare 2018 Course Catalogue
120 pages
Liu Gong
100% (1)
Liu Gong
5 pages
Valve World
No ratings yet
Valve World
10 pages
Operators Manual
No ratings yet
Operators Manual
37 pages
Instrument Panel Analog - Nissan Sentra 1993
100% (1)
Instrument Panel Analog - Nissan Sentra 1993
8 pages
Conveying Systems - PDFX
No ratings yet
Conveying Systems - PDFX
32 pages
O&m Wa470-6 90234 & Up Ten00451-00 PDF
No ratings yet
O&m Wa470-6 90234 & Up Ten00451-00 PDF
415 pages
Exchange Summary Volume and Open Interest Energy Futures: Final
No ratings yet
Exchange Summary Volume and Open Interest Energy Futures: Final
9 pages
Apu Questionnair Pilots A 320
No ratings yet
Apu Questionnair Pilots A 320
5 pages
Mac
No ratings yet
Mac
19 pages
PDF 2012 13
No ratings yet
PDF 2012 13
1 page
Cylinder Condition
No ratings yet
Cylinder Condition
5 pages
Mechanical Project On Auto Turning Fuel Valve
0% (1)
Mechanical Project On Auto Turning Fuel Valve
1 page
MCL345 L1 Introduction
No ratings yet
MCL345 L1 Introduction
14 pages
Электрическая схема - Моторного отсека
100% (1)
Электрическая схема - Моторного отсека
3 pages
Fuels For I.C. Engines: Conventional and Non-Conventional
No ratings yet
Fuels For I.C. Engines: Conventional and Non-Conventional
74 pages
D Eng 23 0057 Me 16 04 2024
No ratings yet
D Eng 23 0057 Me 16 04 2024
20 pages
Specs CASE 821E Series
No ratings yet
Specs CASE 821E Series
6 pages
SNAPAcoustics Acoustic Louvres
No ratings yet
SNAPAcoustics Acoustic Louvres
4 pages
Manual Maintenance Intervals Caterpillar Ad40 Ae40 II Underground Articulated Trucks
100% (2)
Manual Maintenance Intervals Caterpillar Ad40 Ae40 II Underground Articulated Trucks
97 pages
GM 6.5 EFI Diagnostic
No ratings yet
GM 6.5 EFI Diagnostic
10 pages
Electrical Installation Manual: Tower Grain Dryer
No ratings yet
Electrical Installation Manual: Tower Grain Dryer
139 pages
Electricity
No ratings yet
Electricity
29 pages
Shri Chimanbhai Patel Institutes, Ahmadabad: Arti Trivedi Jay Desai Nisarg A Joshi
No ratings yet
Shri Chimanbhai Patel Institutes, Ahmadabad: Arti Trivedi Jay Desai Nisarg A Joshi
31 pages
ZS11EU6B6D维修手册拆装-英文 20180328
100% (1)
ZS11EU6B6D维修手册拆装-英文 20180328
831 pages
Group 5 Cracking
No ratings yet
Group 5 Cracking
30 pages
Goliath Brochure
No ratings yet
Goliath Brochure
1 page
Gas Piping Building Services 1
No ratings yet
Gas Piping Building Services 1
21 pages